Learn by Doing : Adobe Premiere Pro for Beginners

1. Intoduction : Hello, and welcome to my Premier Pro course for beginners. First, let's talk about Premiere Pro. Premier Pro is an editing software. Used to create commercials, documentaries, short films, feature films, music videos, Internet videos, and any type of video project you can think of. It's one of the most powerful and most widely used editing tools, and it's the G two program for most editors. It can be used to create anything from a simple YouTube video to a blockbuster movie. It's a great choice for video editing, whether you are a small content creator or a Hollywood director. It allows you to import media clips, trim and cut with precision, adjust audio and mix music, add text and titles, add transitions and effects, customized colors, and many other things. In this beginner course, you will learn all the basics of premiere pro step by step, and you don't need to have any prerequisite knowledge. The course is organized in five chapters. We will start by getting familiar with the Premier Pro App. We will learn the basic tools for editing video and audio. We will learn how to add and animate text and graphics. We will learn how to add different transitions and effects, and finally, we will learn how to do color correction and color grading. But I must tell you in advance that my method is different from other teachers. This is not a course where you can just sit down, watch and absorb information. No. You won't learn anything that way. Instead, I want you to learn by doing. In this course, we will create many videos, and with every new exercise, we are going to discover a new tool or a new technique in Premier Pro. And I will give you the link from which you can download all the exercise files that way. Every exercise you see me do here. In this course, you will be able to do it yourself at home. We will start with simple and easy exercises, and then as we advance, things will gradually become more and more challenging. But it's very important that you do the exercises, and I can't stress this enough. If you're planning to just watch the course the same way watch Netflix, then you probably shouldn't waste your time. I say this all the time, but you can't just watch basketball games on TV and become a basketball player. You have to work and practice. That's the only way you can get good at anything. You do all the exercises and I promise by the end of this course, you will learn all the fundamentals of premier P. And with that said, welcome to the course. 2. Exercise Files: Okay. First thing we need to do, we need to download the exercise files to do that. I have to copy and paste this link right here. And now I need to download these folders one by one to do that. I go here and click on download, download, download, download and download. We see it's preparing. Download here. We wait for some time. And now the downloading has begun. This is probably going to take a long time because the size of these folders is very large. But once it's done, you're going to get five compressed folders that look like this. I'm going to select all. Right click, and I'm going to extract here. I extract all the folders. I have to wait for some time. And now that it's done, we get these five decompressed folders. Ma like being organized. I'm going to create a new folder. I'm going to name it exercise files, and I'm going to select these five folders and move them inside like this. And now we have all the exercise files, we are going to need for this course all in one place. In case you have trouble downloading the exercise files, let me know in the Q&A section, and I will be happy to help. I. 3. Create a Project: In this lecture, we will create our first project inside Premier Pro. Here, I just opened the Premier Pro app, and I'm going to click right here, New Project. Project name. I'm going to name it Project, where I want the project to be saved. I click here and click on Choose Location. I go to desktop, and I'm going to choose this folder that I just created my first project, and I'm going to select folder, I'm going to save it right here. I'm not going to touch anything else. I'm just going to click here on Create. Create new project. Now just like that, we have a new project opened inside Premier Pro. I I leave, I go to this folder, I find the premier pro file right here, my first project. Back to Premier Pro. Here we have the Premier Pro Interface. I click here or spaces. Here we have a long list of different work spaces. I can switch between the work spaces by clicking like essentials. Editing color audio. Captions and graphics. We will explore all these workspaces later on in the course. But for now, I'm going to stick to essentials. We're going to start with this essentials. Here we have the different panels, the timeline, the tools, the project panel, the source panel, the program monitor panel. We can move these around like this. Take this one right here. Make the panels smaller or larger, like this. But depending on what you want. I can take this one, place it right here. I can take this one, place it right here. I can take this one right here. Make this, move things around. If I want to go back to the way things were, all I have to do is click on workspace and click on reset to saved layout. If I mess up or make a mistake, I go back here, reset to saved layout, and now we're back. 4. Create a Video: In this lecture, we will be creating our first video inside Premiere Pro, and we will be using these files. Here we have five images and one MP three music file. I go back to Premier Pro, and first thing we need to do, we need to create a new sequence to do that. I can click on this icon, new item. Click, and then click on sequence or I can go to the project panel right here. Right click. Go to new item, and then click on sequence. Do We get this window right here? Here we have a long list of sequence presets. I'm going to go with digital SLR, ten ATP, and I'm going to choose this one, 30 frames per second. I selected. Here we see the details of this preset. I can go to settings and change the settings of this preset, but I'm not going to touch anything. Reset selected. I can select the name of my sequence. I'm not going to change it. I'm going to leave it at sequence one and click on. Just like that, now we have a new sequence instead Premiere Pro. We can see it right here in the project panel. We see the program monitor showing sequence one. Of course, right now, it's a blank screen. We have nothing. But it's opened in the program monitor, and it's opened here in the timeline. Right now, it's empty, but we will fill it. Next step, we need to import the files we will be using in our video to import files. I can double click here on the project panel, double click, and look for the files. Select them, and then click on Open or another way I can right click, click on Emport. Look for the files. I go to my first project folder, I go to files, and I'm going to select all these files like this. Once selected, I'm going to click on Open, and just like that, I imported the files inside Premiere Pro. Next step, I'm going to bring these images one by one into the timeline of my sequence right here. Starting with the farm image. To bring it. All I have to do is drag and drop like this, and just like that, I brought the image. We can see it right here in the program monitor. Next, I'm going to bring the chicken, the image of the chicken, drag and drop like this, next, I'm going to bring the cow drag and drop, then the horse drag and drop. And finally, the dog like this, drag and drop. We can zoom in and out of our timeline. Using this lider, I go here. I click and I drag to the left or the right to zoom in and out like this. This is one method to zoom in and out of the timeline. Another way is to press old and use the mouse scroll wheel, like this. I can zoom in and out, like this. This is my favorite way. If I want the clips to fit the timeline perfectly, I can use the shortcut backslash, and just like that, I make the clips fit the timeline. I like this, backslash, I make them fit the timeline. If I zoom in way too much backslash, and I make the clips fit the timeline like this. Here we have the playhead. We can move it using the mouse, and just like that, we can scrub through our video, see how the video is going to look like. We see we have many gaps. I'm going to take these clips and bring them closer together like this. Backslash. I'll make the clips fit the timeline like this, and I can scrub through like this using the mouse. I can play the entire video by clicking here on the play button or I can use the space bar space, and just like that, I play the video. This is how the video is going to look like. Each one of these images lasts for about 5 seconds. Here the video is over and the playhead stops. If I use the right and left arrows, I can move the playhead frame by frame, like this, frame by frame, using the right and left arrows. If you want to be precise. If I use the up and down arrows, I go from one edit point to the next, like this. This can be very practical. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring the mic into the timeline. So here we have V one. The images are placed right here. And here we have A one. This is the audio. I'm going to place the music right here in A one. I click. I drag and draw like this. And now, if I play space. Now our video has sound. These images on the timeline, each one of these lasts for about 5 seconds. I'm going to shorten these clips from 5 seconds to 4 seconds. To do that. I select the clip, select the image. I put the cursor right here and click and drag and I'm going to shorten the clip 5-4 seconds. You can read the duration. Now it's five, and I s, I make it four like this. I'm going to do the same thing here. I make it 4 seconds. This one, same. I shorten it, I make it 4 seconds. This one, 4 seconds, and this one 4 seconds. Now, I have to get rid of these gaps. I'll bring this one closer elects, this one closer elects. This one closer lectis, and this one closer cts. Now if I play from here, If I want, I can make this last picture a little bit longer and make it match the music like this. Now I'm going to full screen the program monitor, so I can see my video clearly. I double click. I full screen. Now I'm going to play the entire video. O I think it looks good. I'm going to double click one more time and leave the full screen mode. And now I can save my project to save is very simple, I go to file and click on Save or, I can use the shortcut Control S just like this. You should make it a habit to save your project every three to 4 minutes. Control S is very simple that way you don't lose your work. 5. Export a Video: Now that our video is finished, we need to export it. To export a video is very simple. All I have to do is click here, Export. I'm going to choose the file name. I'm going to name it first video. One, I'm going to choose the location where I want my video to be. I click, and I'm going to select the folder, my first project. A con save. The format, I always use h264, and this is the most popular format, and the sizes not very large. I recommend you always use this format, and the bit rate. I'm going to choose match source adaptive high bit rate. This is going to give us a good quality. There are other settings I can change like Vo audio, and other things, but I'm not going to touch anything. Here I can preview the video. I can scrub through like this. See what the video is going to look like. And last thing I need to do. I need to click on Export. Click and wait for some time. And now it's done. Your video was exported successfully. I leave. I go to the folder, my first project, and I find the video, my first video right here. I'm going to play it. U. I'm going to go back to Premier Pro. So we can export by clicking here. Click on Export, or I can go to file Export and click on Media is the same thing. It takes us to the same place. I'm going to go back to edit, click on edit, like this, and I'm going to show you another way to export. File Export. And this time, I'm going to choose send to Adobe Media Encoder. And we see the Adobe Media Encoder app opening. And we see Sequence one right here. So now we're going to export using an app outside of Premiere Pro, which is Adobe Media Encoder. Right here, I can click. I can choose where the video is going to be, where I want it to be. I'm going to name it my first video two. And I'm going to place it in the same folder, my first project and click on Save. Here I can choose the format. I'm going to keep it h264. Here I can choose the Bit rate. I'm not going to change anything, and I'm going to export by clicking here. Start Q or press enter. I wait and now it's finished. I'll go to my first project right here, and I find my new video right here. Oh. I'm going to go back to Premier Pro. And I'm going to show you another way to export, and this is the fastest and easiest way. I go right here, Quick Export. I click. I click here. I choose the name and the location. I'm going to name it first Video three, and location inside my first project folder, the same place, click on save and click on Export. I wait and now it's done. Your video was exported successfully. I go to the my first project folder, and I find my video right here. 6. Exercise 1 : Transitions: In this first exercise, we will be creating this very simple video. Images of different animals, and we're going to add the sound for each animal. And we will be adding transitions between the images just like this. It's very simple. I'm going to go to Premiere Pro. First thing I need to do, I need to create a new project to do that. I can go to file new and then click on project. Or I can go back here to home, I click home, and then click on new project. I'm going to go back to my old project. I click here. I'm going to close this old project. I no longer need it. I go to file and Close project. And now the project is closed. I'm back home. I'm going to create a new project. Click on new project. I'm going to name it E X one, Project location. Choose location. I'm going to go to Exercise files. I'm going to go to editing Part one. The folders I downloaded. Exercise one, and I'm going to create a new folder right here inside Exercise one. I'm going to name it E X one like this. I like being organized, and I'm going to save my new project right here. Select folder and click on create. I'm not going to touch anything else. And now we have a new project. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to import the files I will be working with to do that. I go to Project panel right here. I'm going to double click and then go to Exercise files, editing Part one, exercise one, and I'm going to select all the files inside. I'm going to change the view. So you can see it. I'm going to select all these files. I click here. I'm going to press shift and click here to select all the files. Or I can change the view list and select everything. Click on pen, just like that, I imported all the files inside Premiere Pro. I'm going to organize these files inside folders or bins, as they call them in Premiere Pro to create a bin. I come here, new bin, and just like that, I created a new bin. I'm going to name this images. I'm going to create another bin. Click here, New Bin, or I can right click and click on new Bin right here, and I'm going to name this Sounds. Now we have two folders, two bins. I'm going to take all the images, select them and put them right here in this bin, and I'm going to select all the sounds, and I'm going to place them right here. I can change the view here from ICM view to list view like this. This might be easier. I'm going to go back to icon view. I'm going to press control, and I'm going to select all the images one by one. I'm still maintaining control, all the images like this. I'm going to deselect this bin. Now I have all the images selected. I'm going to drag and drop the images inside the images bin. Just like this. Now I'm going to select all the sound files, all the MP three files. I'm going to press control. One by one. Once they're all selected, I'm going to drag and drop them right here inside the sounds bin. And now we have our files organized inside bins inside folders. I can access this bin by double clicking like this, and now I find all the images. I go back to the project panel, Exercise one. I can double click on the sounds bin, and inside, I find all the sounds. I can go back like this. I can access images, sounds or my project. E X one. Next, I'm going to create a sequence to do that. I'm going to click here, new item sequence. I'm going to choose this preset. I'm not going to change anything else in these settings, and I'm going to click on. I can change the name, but I'm not going to do that. Click on, and now we have a new sequence inside Premiere Pro. Next, I'm going to bring all the images in my timeline. I double click here. I open the images bin. I access. I'm going to select all the images. I can do that by changing the view and select everything like this. Or I can press control, select them one by one. But the easiest way is to use the shortcut Control A. Control A, I select everything, and I'm going to drag and draw up the images like this. I'm going to zoom in in the timeline. To do that, I can either use this lider like this, o in and out, and then I can move the slider like this. Or I can press old and use the mouse scroll wheel like this to zoom in and out. And to make all the clips fit the timeline, I can press the key backslash, and just like that, I make them fit the timeline. Now I can scrub through my video and see all the images like this by moving the play head. I need to change the order of these images, the farm to be the first one. To do that. To change the order of the images. I can click and drag this one right here from the video track one to video track two, like this. I put it in the video track two. I'm going to select all these and move them right here. I take this one down like this, and now I'm going to select these four and move them right here. This is one way of changing the order. But it's not a very easy way. I'm going to show you another way. I'm going to undo what I did. If I want to undo what I did, I can go to edit. Click on do, edit, do edit undo, or I can use the shortcut control Z. This is much easier. Control Z, control Z, and now we're back. Whenever you mess up or make a mistake, always use the shortcut control Z to go back. Of course, make sure you have the selection tool selected here. It's very important. And now I'm going to change the order of these images using another way. I want the farm images to be the first one to appear. To do that, I can press control, and now you see the cursor has changed, and now I'm going to click and drag and take it all the way here and let go and just like that. Now, the farm image is the first one to appear, and it pushed all the other images forward like this. I'm going to change the order once again. I want the chicken to be the second image to appear. I'm going to press control. And just like that, I place the chicken right here. I want the sheep to be the last one to appear, press control, click and drag and place it right here. And now we have all the images in the exact order. I think I'm going to place the cow just after the chicken. Press control, and I'm going to take the cow from here to here. Make sure you have this option activated, snap in timeline. You see there is a magnet logo, and it's slit in blue, which means now it's activated. This allows me to move the clips like this, and whenever I get close, it snaps, it's like a magnet effect. If I move it right here, it snaps, move it right here, it snaps, move it right here, it snaps. This makes my work much easier. If I desactivated, click here. Now it's not lit in blue. It's deactivated. The snap effect doesn't work anymore. Now if I move I no longer get the magnet effect. The clipse, no longer snap, as you see, and I can override by mistake like this. And mess up my work like this. This is not what you want. I'm going to undo, control Z. Control Z, control Z, control Z, control, control Z control Z, and control Z. Now we're back. I'm going to activate the magnet, the snapping timeline option. One more time like this, and now it's activated. You see the magnet effect. This is exactly what we want. Now we notice the length of these images. Each one of these images is 5 seconds. If I use the up and down arrows and place the playhead right here. You see here is written 4 seconds and 29 frames, which equals almost 5 seconds. I don't want the images to last 5 seconds. I want the images to last only 3 seconds. To do that, I need to shorten all these clips, all these images. To move the play head in my timeline, I can use the mouse. I can use the up and down arrows to go from ted point to the next, like this. I can use the right and left arrows to move frame by frame like this. I can press shift and left and right arrows to move by five frames, like this. And I can also click here Playhead position, click here and type where I want the playhead to be. I'm going to type 300 for 3 seconds and press enter. Three for the seconds and zero, zero for the frames, 30, zero, and press enter, and now it's placed exactly at 3 seconds. This is exactly what I wanted. Now I'm going to select this image, and I'm going to shorten it like this and I make it 3 seconds long. I'm going to move the next image right here. I'm going to click here. I'm going to type this time 600, 6 seconds. I shorten this one like this. I'm going to select the cow image. I put it right here. I'm going to move to 9 seconds, 900. I shorten it like this. I'm going to move the next one, the dog image. I'm going to click here. I'm going to write 1200, and I'm going to shorten this one like this. I move the next. I'm going to type 150, zero, 15 seconds. And now I'm going to trim this image like this. I'm going to bring this one right here. And now I'm going to type 18. Zero, zero. This is the last one, and I'm going to trim it like this. Now I put the playhead right here and if I play, each one of these images only lasts for 3 seconds. As you see. This is exactly what we wanted. Now, the next thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add the sounds for each animal to do that. I go to the sounds bin like this. I'm going to look for the chicken sound. It's right here. I'm going to click drag and drop it right here. Make sure you put it inside the audio track, not the video track, the audio track, A one, right here. And now we have the sound right here in our timeline. I can play. Of course, we only wanted to last 3 seconds, just the length of this image. So I'm going to shorten it like this. Next, the cow. I look for the cow sound. I'm going to drag and drop. Right here. Let's play. Same thing I need to shorten this one like this. Next sound, the dog I look for the dog sound and drag and drop like this. Let's play. I'm going to shorten this one like this. That's good. Next one is the horse. I look for the horse sound. Drag and drop like this. I'm going to shorten it a little bit. And finally, the sheep sound. Right here, I'm going to and drop M I'm only gonna keep the first part of the sound. I don't need this part. M It's only one sheep. I don't need the sound of different sheep. To zoom in, I can press old and then use the mouse scroll wheel to zoom in like this, and I can make it shorter like this. If I want to make the track bigger, I can go here to the track and double click and make it bigger like this. This makes it easier to see the wave forms. Double click again to make it s double click to make it bigger. Going to double click to make it small. Same thing here, I can double click on this video track and make it big like this. I'm going to zoom out. Now I see a thumbnail for each of my images like this. If I want to make it smaller, I can double click like this and I make it smaller. Now we have all the sounds. We added a sound for each animal. Last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add the farm ambience sound. Right here, I select it, and I'm going to drag and drop it right here. I'm going to play. This is the farm ambient sound. I add it on the second audio track, A two right here, and now I'm going to play I'm going to press backslash to make the clips fit the timeline. We notice the farm ambient sound is way too long. I'm going to trim it. I select, and I make it shorter just like this. I make it the same length as the video track like this. Now last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add transitions between the images. But I'm going to mute the sounds. Now. I want to focus only on the images. To mute a sound, I can click here. Mute track, and now I no longer hear the animals. This entire track is muted. If I want to unmute, all I have to do is click again on Mute track. And now we hear the sounds. If I want to mute both, I click here, I click here. And now both audio tracks are muted. There is no sound. I can unmute once again by cling here and clicking here. I can also use this option solo. Now, I only hear the animal sound. I don't hear the farm ambient sound. I can slo this, and I can slo the farm ambient sound, the audio track two. Now, I only hear the ambience. I'm going to. I'm going to use and focus on the images. I'm going to add transitions between the images to do that. All I have to do is click here between the two clips. I can zoom in a little bit if I want to. Go here between the two clips. I click. I right click, and I'm going to click here. Apply default transition. We have a cross dissolve transition now. Let's play. Now as you see, we have a transition. I'm going to go right here and do the same thing, right click. Apply default transition. Now we have another transition. I come here. I click in between clips. I'm going to right click, apply default transition, or I can use the shortcut Shift and D. And just like that, I created a transition. I click here. Shift D, I create another transition. B slash to make all the clips fit the timeline. Next, click here, Shift D. I create another transition. I'm going to create a transition right here. There's nothing after this image, so it's going to be a F two black. Make sure you click Shift D, and I created a transition right here. Let's play. As you see, it's a F two black because there's nothing after this image. I'm going to go back to the beginning right here. I click on the beginning of the clip and shift D. And now we start from black, and then the image slowly appears just like this. I'm going to move this clip. The sheep sound a little bit here. I wanted to begin after the sheep appears, like this. I'm going to unmute both tracks. I'm going to screen this program monitor. I'm going to make it big by double clicking. And now I'm going to play the entire video. Now, the exercise is finished, you'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 7. Exercise 2 : Link / Unlink: In this exercise, we will be creating this video. I go to Premier Pro. Here I created a new project. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create a new sequence. Right click, new item sequence. I'm going to choose the same preset. Press Enter. I have my sequence, sequence one. Next thing I'm going to do, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I'm going to do it a little bit differently this time. I'm going to go to Exercise files, editing Part one, Exercise two. I'm going to select these two folders. I'm going to go to Premier Pro and drag and drop the folders directly here. Folder selected from exercise two, and I'm going to drag and drop directly here. And just like that, I have two folders, the two bins inside Premier Pro. I'm going to open the Sonny bin and inside, I have an audio file. A image file, a PNG file, and three P four videos. I can preview the videos. I can scrub through the videos by hovering over them with the mouse like this. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to bring the Sunny Video one to my timeline to do that. All I have to do is drag and drop. Backslash to make the clip fit the timeline like this, and I'm going to play it play Sunny Video one. We notice the video is made of two part, a video part on the video track V one, and an audio part on the audio track A one. As you see. I'm going to bring the second video now, Sunny Video two, drag and drop. I can place it on v2a2 or v1a1. I'm going to place it on v1a1. The same tracks as the other video like this. Next to the first video, Backslash to Zoom out, make the two clips fit. Sonny. Video three, I'm going to drag it and drop it and put it next to. The second video like this, Backslash. And now we have the three videos on the timeline. I'm going to play. What I want to do now, I want to delete the audio of these three videos and only keep the video part. I need to select the c, the audio clips from here, here, and here and delete them without deleting the video, of course, to do that, I have to select the audio clip like this, but the problem, whenever I select the audio, the video is also selected, both are linked I move one, the other one moves. Oh. I select one and press delete. Both get deleted. This is a problem, Control Z to go back. To solve this problem. I have to select the clip. Right click, and click on link. I click on Unlink, and now the video part and the audio part are unlinked are separated. I can select each one. Individually like this, I select the audio and press the button delete. Now the audio part is deleted. I'm only left to the video part. I'm going to do the same thing for Sonny Video two and Sunny video three. I'm going to select both at the same time, right click and click on n link. And just like that, I separated the video from the audio. I can select each one individually. I'm going to select both audio clips like this and press the. And now I got rid of all the audio. This is exactly what I wanted. Just video clips with no audio. Next, I'm going to select the birds sound. Drag and drop it right here on the audio track A one, like this. Now we have ambience sound. I'm going to zoom out a little bit using this lider. I zoom out, and I'm going to shorten this audio clip. Like this. Make it about this length. Next, I'm going to select the sunny image, and I'm going to place it around here. I'm going to make it a bit longer. About 14 seconds like this, or maybe 15 seconds, like this. I'm going to backslash to zoom in like this. I can see clearly, I'm going to select this part. I click on this and I'm going to add a transition, right click, apply default transition. I'm going to select this. I click here, and I'm going to add a transition right click, apply default transition or shift and D, just like that, I added the transition here and here, I'm going to play now. Now the word Sonny appears slowly, like this, and disappears slowly. This is the first part of our video. Now it's done. I'm going to zoom out a little bit and start making the second part of the video. I'm going to go back to my project here. I'm going to open the bin, rainy, double click like this, and I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to bring rainy Video one, rainy Video two, and rainy video three. I'm going to press control, select this one, this one, and this one at the same time, like this and drag and drop the three videos, just like this. I'm going to do the same thing. I did with the first part of the video, the sunny part. I'm going to get rid of the audio clips, all of them, and only keep the video clips to do that, I can s, right click or without, I can press and I click on the audio and just like that, I select the audio only, even though both of them are linked, if I press old, I can access the audio and select the audio only, and now I can delete it, press delete. Just like this. Now, second video, both are linked. Rainy video three. Same thing, both are linked. I'm going to press old and select the audio like this without unlinking. Select the audio like this and press delete, and just like that, now I'm left with the video part only, and I got rid of the audio part. This is exactly what I wanted. Now I'm going to select the rain sound, dragon draw like this. I'm going to make it a little bit shorter. Now if I play. I select the rainy image. I'm going to place it somewhere around here. I'm going to make it a little bit longer. Like, 15 seconds, like this. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right. Maybe I'm going to make it a little bit longer like 17 seconds. Move it a little bit to the left. I'm going to add transitions. I can select this added point and added transition, and then select this added point and added transition or I can sel the entire clip and shift D, and just like that, I add a transition in the beginning. And in the end. Next thing I'm gonna do. I'm gonna mute this clip now. I don't want to hear any sound. Around here, when we see the lightning, I want to hear the thunder sound. I'm going to add the thunder sound exactly here. For more precision, you can use the right and left arrows like this, when you see the lightning right around here, like this. I have the playhead placed right here. I know where I have to add the thundersund. I select the thundersund, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on Audio tract two A two. Now, if I play, This is exactly what I wanted. Right when we see the lightning, we hear the thunder. Going to move the play head, right around here. I want to add another thunder sound. For more precision, I can use the left and right arrows, right around here, around here, I'm going to add another thunder sound. To do that, I can drag and drop the thunder sound just like I did earlier, like this, place it exactly right here, or control Z to undo. I can select this thundersund, press t, and duplicate it. Just like this, I made a copy of the same sound. Now I play. This is exactly what I wanted to do. Now, I'm gonna mute this audio track. Let's see what we get. I think this sounds good. Backslash to Zoom out, see all the clips inside my timeline. Now we have the sunny part and the rainy part. I want to change the order. I want to place the rainy part first, and then I see the sunny part. To do that. I'm going to select the rainy part. But I'm going to do something first. I'm going to right click and click on Group. Now all these clips are grouped, if I select anyone. Now, everything is selected. If I select and select this, everything is selected, I deselect and select this. Everything is selected. If I move. Now all the clips move as a group. Like this. If I want to ungroup, all I have to do is right click and click on Ungroup, and now they are ungrouped. As you see, they are separate. I'm going to group them again. Select everything, right click and click on group. Going to do the same thing for the sunny part, select all the clips, right click and group. Now I'm going to move the sunny part here, and the rainy part right here, I'm going to move the sunny part closer like this. Now we have the rainy part, and then the sunny part. Now we have two groups. If I want to access one clip inside the group, I can press old, and just like that, I can access any clip inside any group. H this temporarily as long as I maintain old, just like this. Last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add transition in the beginning and a transition in the end to do that, I'm going to select the beginning, but they are grouped. I need to press old, select Video one, and select the first edit point. Now I can add transition shift and D like this without ungrouping. I go to the end. I'm going to press old. I select Sonny Video three. I select the last edit point and shift and D I add a transition right here. The transition lasts about 1 second. I'm going to make it a little bit longer to do that. I have to zoom in. I zoom in like this. I can use this slide and place the cursor right here. Click and drag to the right, make the transition longer, 3 seconds like this and now play. The image appears slowly. I'm going to do the same thing here. I'm going to make this transition longer from 1 second to 3 seconds. To do that. I place the cursor right here. I click and drag and make it longer or another way, I can double click on the transition, double click, and now I can type the new duration, how long I want it to be. I want it to be 3 seconds, so I type 30, zero, and. Just like that, I made it 3 seconds long. Let's play. Now it fades out slowly. Last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add a transition to the audio also. I select the audio, the last edit point here, and I'm going to add a transition shift D, and just like that, I add a transition. I'm going to make it a little bit longer. And now hear the sound, how it disappears. How the volume goes down. I'm going to play it one more time. The volume goes down softly. This is what I wanted. I'm going to do the same thing for this. I click here. I'm going to press because this is a group, press, select this track. Click on the first edit point of this audio. Going to zoom in a little bit like this and shift and D. I add a transition to the audio, and I'm going to make it a little bit longer. I can double click and type 3 seconds, 300. Okay. Now I have a 3 seconds transition. Let's play. As you hear, the volume of the audio goes up slowly. I'm gonna play the entire video now. I full screen, the program monitor, click. The exercise now is finished, you'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 8. Exercise 3 : Ripple Delete: In this exercise, we will create this video. Now I'll go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create a new sequence, right click, new item sequence, same preset. Next, I'm going to bring the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I'll go to Exercise files, editing P one, Exercise three, I select every here. I go back to P P, and I'm going to drag and drop. I open the images Bin, and here I have all the images. I'm going to select all to select all. I can use the shortcut Control A. Now, all of them are selected, and now I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline, just like this. Backslash to make the clipse fit the timeline. And now I have all the images here in the right order. I want to copy and paste the same image in the beginning and put it in the end to duplicate, I can press old and duplicate just like this. Now I have the same image in the beginning and in the end. I can do that or I can select the image. Control C to copy, I go where I want it to be pasted and Ct V, and I paste it just like this, and I'm going to place it right next to this one. Just like this. I'm going to add one transition here. I click here on this edit point in the beginning. Shift and D. I added a transition here. I go to the end. I'm going to do the same thing. Shift and D, I add another transition here. I'm going to make the length of this transition. 3 seconds. I double click on the transition, and I'm going to type the new duration 3 seconds, 300. Okay. I go to this transition. I change the duration. Same thing, 3 seconds, 300. Okay. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to add a transition here, shift and D. Now I'm going to zoom a little bit, lt and scroll wheel, or I can move the slider. To zoom in and out like this, and I'm going to click on this transition and drag it all the way to the left, like this. Now we get this result. We go from here to here smoothly, and then we fade to black. Just like this. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add the music. I go back to the project panel, right here. I select the music, and I drag and drop. Right here, I'm going to place it on this audio track A one like this, and I'm going to trim it a little bit. So we can have the same length for the video and the audio. I'm going to add a transition for the audio in the beginning, in the end. I select the music. I select the audio clip and shift and D. And just like that, I add a transition in the beginning, and in the end. I'm going to change the length, double click here. New duration, 3 seconds, 300. And the end, same thing. Double click duration 3 seconds, 300. Now in the beginning, The volume goes up slowly and then goes down slowly. Now I'm going to open the videos bin, and I'm going to bring the videos. But first of all, I need to do something. I'm going to select all these clips in this video track, and I'm going to take them from this video track, V one to V two. To do that, I can click and drag up like this and move them from V one to V two or control two and do. Select like this, press old end with the up arrow. I take them up from V one to V two. I'm going to do the same thing for the audio track. This music, I'm going to take it from the audio track, A one, two, audio track, A two, t and down arrow. And just like that, I move it down. Now we have V one and A one empty. I'm going to bring all these videos and place them right here. Now I'm going to select all the videos, Control A to select all, and I'm going to drag and drop all the videos right here. I'm going to mute the audio now and scrub through. It's very important that we place the videos on this video track, V one and the images on V two because the clips on V two always appear on top of the clips on V one. This is exactly what we want. In this case, everything on the video tracks on top appears on the foreground and everything on the video track. And the bottom appears in the background. This is a general rule. But when we scrub through, we notice there are some dog videos that need to be deleted. I'm going to start by deleting this dog video. But before I do that, I want to do something. I go here to this video track V two and put the cursor right here. To track Lock, and I'm going to this track. I'm going to do the same thing for this audio track. Togal track lock and I lock this track. And by doing this, all the clips inside this track and this track are protected. I can no longer select them, move them, modify them or delete them by mistake, and I can focus only on V one and A one. I select this clip. Now this dog, press delete. I get rid of it, I scrub through. There's another video here that needs to be deleted. I can select it, delete it. Now we have an empty space that needs to be filled. I can select these two clips and move them to the left like this or control Z to undo. I can select the space and delete the space by pressing the lit. And just like that, I no longer have the gap. I continue. There's another dog video that needs to be deleted. I can click, delete, and then delete the space, or there's another way. I can right click and go to ripple delete. Just like that, I delete the video of the dog, and at the same time, delete gap. I no longer have a gap. Let's continue. This is perfect. We got rid of all the dog videos. Now, we need to put these videos in order. Starts as a baby, then the baby grows older and then a child. And then a teenager. We need to change the order right here. I'm going to unlock this track and this track. Now we won't be doing any more deleting. And to change the order, I'm going to select this video right here. Press control. Click and Drag, and I'm going to put it right here. By doing that, I swapped this video with this video, but it pushed all the other videos forward. This is not what we want Control Z to undo. If I protect this track and this track and try to do the same thing one more time, press control and change the order like this. Now we no longer have the problem because we locked this track and this track. So this is one way of not having the problem by locking the other tracks or I can unlock and unlock Select the video. This time. I'm going to press control and old. At the same time, control and old. Click and drag right here, and then let go and you see the cursor has changed. Now I let go and just like that, I swap this video with this video without affecting anything else. This is the best method to use Control and old at the same time. I'm going to change the order control and old, and I'm going to place the video right here. I didn't affect any of the other tracks. I need to swap this one with this one. Click, select control and click and drag and just like that, I swap this one with this one. I also need to swap this one with this one, old and click and drag it like this. Now, I think all the videos are placed in the right order. Yes. One last thing. I'm going to add a transition in the end here. I click on this added point in the end and shift and D, just like that, I added a transition. I'm going to mute the music, and I'm going to play the entire video now. I full screen the program monitor, and I The exercise now is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to say. A 9. Exercise 4 : Source: In this exercise, we will discover the source monitor, and we will create this video. R ang. And I I go to Premier Pro. I created a new project. I'll go to the Project panel. I'm going to create a new sequence. Same preset. Now I'm going to import the files. I'm going to need for this exercise. Right click Import. Exercise files editing. Part one, Exercise four. I select everything and I'm going to click on O. Before I start, I'm going to change the workspace to do that. I go here, work spaces, and I'm going to change it from essentials to editing. I click like this. I can use this button, or I can go to window workspaces and look for editing. Now what I'm going to do. Now I have the project panel right here in the bottom left. I'm going to start bringing the videos in my timeline. But before that, I'm going to open the videos one by one in the source monitor, which is this one. Starting with Video one, to open a video in the source monitor. All I have to do is double click on the video, and now it's opened in the source monitor. I can see my video right here. I can play the video. I can move the playhead like this and scrub through my video. I can use the J K and L keys. L to move forward. K to stop, and I can use J two go backwards. To stop. L to go forward. And if I press L several times, each time I press, I'm going to go faster. I'm going to show you. Each time I go faster. And same thing with J. Each time I press J, I go backwards faster and faster and faster. J J like this. Of course, I can use the left and right arrows to move frame by frame like this, or I can press shift and left and right arrows and move by five frames. What I'm going to do? With this video, I'm going to find the point where he salutes and then his arms go down. His arm is down, and I want my video to start from here. To do that. I go here, mark in, and I mark an end point right here. I go to the end. Right before he salutes. I move frame by frame using the right arrow. Before his hand goes up, before his hand start moving, I'm going to place an outpoint now. I click here, out, and now I have an point and an outpoint. I remove the parts where he salutes in the beginning, and at the end, I only want this part, the in and out part. And now I'm going to bring this part to my timeline here. All I have to do is drag and drop, and now have the part I wanted. In my timeline in my sequence. And I remove the part where he salutes in the beginning and in the end. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add some B roll. Around here. Right when we see the two men starting to fix the wheel around here. I'm going to add some B roll. Starting with video two. I'm going to double click the video two to open it in the source monitor. I double click, and I'm going to choose the part I'm going to include in my video in my sequence. I'm going to play Okay, right before he does this rotation, I'm going to place the endpoint by clicking here, or I can use the letter I I and just like that, I set the endpoint. I'm going to go forward like this. And when his son places his hand, I'm going to place the outpoint by clicking here or by using the shortcut, I press the key and now I have an point and an outpoint. Now I can bring it by dragging and dropping. I place it on the track right here. And now we have a Just like this. I'm going to add the second burro. I go to video three. I want the video start from here. To around here before the wheel leaves the frame around here. The video I wanted to start from the beginning, so I don't need to set an point. All I have to do is set an outpoint by clicking here or I press, like this. Now, I only have an outpoint. This part is selected. I'm going to drag and drop it right here. The second brow. Okay. Like this. I move to Video four. I'm going to double click. I'm going to choose the part I'm going to include in my video. Right before he takes his tool away from the wheel around here. I'm going to press and set an outpoint. And the point I'm going to place it around here. Press point, now have an endpoint, and outpoint. I'm going to bring this part right here, like this. I noticed each one of these small videos has an audio track. Even though it's empty, it does have an audio track. I'm going to delete it. I can select them all and unlink and then delete the audio part or I can simply press and select the audio parts and delete like this. I'm going to bring the last one. Video five. I double click, I open it in the source monitor. I'm going to set my in and out point. I only want this last part. When he puts the screw in. Right around here, I want the video to start. I press I set the end point. And I want it until the end. There's no need to place an outpoint. So just an endpoint right here. I want the video only without the audio clip to do that. I can place the cursor right here, drag video only and click and drag like this. As you see, I only brought the video with no audio part. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to play or the roll starting from here. If I want to cover the truck when it passes, I can cover it using the by moving the roll around here. That way, we don't see that moving. Now, last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to go to my project panel. The Jungle video. I'm going to double click. I open it in the source monitor. Now, I don't want this jungle video in my final edit in my sequence. But I do want the ambient sound of the jungle in my video to do that. I'm going to set an in and out point like this. I'm going to place the cursor right here, drag audio only, and I'm going to only take the audio from this video. I'm going to and drop like this. And just like that, I took the audio only from this video. Now we have the ambient sound of the jungle. Of course, I can make it shorter or longer, even beyond the out or in point. As you wish, like this. Now, final thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add transitions for the audio and the video in the beginning end in the end to do that. I'm going to select these clips like this and shift N D. And just like that, I added transitions here and here. I'm going to full screen. And play the entire video. I. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 10. Exercise 5 : Source: In this exercise, we will start with separate clips, and using the source monitor, we will put together this video. I go to Premier Pro. I still have the same workspace, which is editing workspace. I'm going to go to the Project panel, which is right here. I'm going to create a new sequence. Sequence. I'm going to use the same preset. And now I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. Right click, port. I go to Exercise five. I select everything and click on O pen. I'm going to start with the first video, this one. I double click on video one. I open it in the source monitor, and now I'm going to set an in and out point for the part I want to include in my video. To do that, I can either use these, mark in and mark out buttons, or I can use the shortcuts. I and O. I think this is much easier. Somewhere around here, I'm going to place the in point, I press I. Scrub through like this, and here I'm going to place the outpoint. I press. If I ever want to modify the in and out points, I can click and drag the point like this, make it longer or shorter and the outpoint, same thing. I can drag it to the right or to the left. If I want to delete the in and out point, I can go to markers, clear in if I want to delete the endpoint, clear out if I want to delete the outpoint, or I can click on clear in and out and delete both. I can either do that markers, clear in and out point, or I can simply right click here, right click, clear in and out point, and just like that, I get rid of the in and out point. I'm going to create a new in and out point right here, I endpoint. And right here, outpoint. Now that I selected the part I want. Now I want to take this part from here from the source monitor to my edit to my sequence, sequence one, right here, this is the part I want in my video. But this time without using the Dragon rob technique, I make sure the playhead is at 0 seconds. This is where I want this part to be. And I'm going to click right here insert. And just like that, I put this small part inside my sequence. Backslash to make it fit like this. I'm going to zoom out a little bit, like this. I see it clearly. I'm going to move to the second video and add the next clip. I move to video two. I double click. I want my video to start from the beginning, so there's no need to set an point. I'm just going to set an outpoint. I scrub through until he gets close to the three point line right here and touches the ball with his right hand. The ball is in his right hand, exactly right here. I can use the left and right arrows for more precision. Right here. I'm going to set an out point. Oh, the playhead is exactly right here. I can use the up and down arrows to go from one dded point to the next. I make sure I click on my timeline and up and down arrows. I go to the dit point right here and I'm going to insert this part. I click insert like this. Now we go from here to here is walking like this slowly. I'm going to add the next clip third video. I'm going to double click on this one. You can hover over the videos like this to preview, to scrub through, to see what's inside the video like this. I'm going to double click on the third video. I'm going to set in and out point point right here. And out point right here. I want to add this small clip. I want it to be right here on the second track. So we see him walking. Then we see the net, and then we go back to him walking. I want to add this small clip in the second track right here, I place the playhead right here, and I'm going to click on Insert. And this is not what I wanted. It added the small clip in the video track one, V one, that's not what I want, can chose z to go back. If I want to add this small part in the second track, V two, I have to come here. You can read source patching for inserts and overwrites. I'm going to change this from V one to V two like this. Now if I click on Insert, You see, I added my video on the second track. But the problem, it cut this clip in half. I don't want that. Control Z. I'm going to go back. Instead, I'm going to use overwrite instead of insert. Click on Ort, and now we no longer have the problem. It didn't cut this clip. Now we go from him walking slowly like this. To a small clip of the net, and then him walking again. I move to the next one. The fourth video, I double click. I'm going to set in and out point like from here to here, I'm going to set the out point. This is a good length. I want to place this small clip between Clip one and Clip two right here. He's outside the court walking slowly. We see the net outside the court walking slowly, and then I want him to spin the ball on his finger and then see him walking towards the net. To do that, can use the up and down arrows and place the playhead exactly right there on that edit point, where I want to add my clip. I use the up and down arrows to move from one edit point to the next. But I have to make sure V one is selected right here, toggle the track targeting for this track. If I deselect this one and select this one, V two. Now if I use the up and down arrows, I'll go from one edit point to the next, but only on this track. If I select both V one and V two and use the up and down arrows. Notice now I stop at every edit point. I'm going to deselect V two right here. I'm just going to show you something. I'm going to duplicate this several times, like this. We only have V one selected. But if I press shift and use the up and down arrows, now I stop at every edit point on all the tracks, even though V one is the only one selected, I'm going to do what I did, control Z. I get rid of all these. I'm going to go back to track one right here and continue up and down arrows. I place the playhead right here. I'm going to add this small clip right here using insert. Just like that, I add the small clip, and it pushed the other one to the right. Canto Z, I go back. If I use overwrite instead, it's going to overwrite this small clip and delete the first part and replace it. That's not what I want. Control Z. I have to use insert and push this clip to the right. Now, if we play We see him walking, spinning the ball, and continues his walk. Right around here. In the middle, I'm going to go back to this video, Video three, double click. I'm going to change the in and out points. By clicking and dragging like this. I'm going to select the other half like this. We have the in and out point, and I'm going to add this small clip right here. I'm not going to overwrite. I'm going to insert and place it in the middle like this. We have clip two. I get it in health, and I placed this small clip like this. And then he continues his walk. I move to the next video. I'm going to go to Video five. I double click. The last thing we see here, he has the ball in his right hand. I'm going to scrub right here. He has the ball in his right hand. I set the endpoint, and then right before he jumps, right before his foot leaves the ground. You can use the left and right arrows. E right here, just before his foot leaves the ground, I'm going to set an outpoint like this. Make sure the playhead is placed correctly, and I'm going to insert this part. Click Insert. Now, we go from here to here, his right hand and starts running, and then jumps. I'm going to move to video six, double click. I'm going to scrub through. And exactly when he leaves, when he jumps and his foot leaves the ground, exactly here. I'm going to set an endpoint. Scrub through. And right when the ball starts falling down, so it goes up and right when it starts falling down, I'm going to set an outpoint and insert. I place the small clip right here. Let's play now. He runs, and then he jumps like this. Notice I made a mistake. When I clicked on Insert. We see the small part right here. That's because I didn't place my play head correctly. I'm going to zoom out a little bit and control Z, go back. That's why it's very important to use the up and down arrows. Go to the last edit point exactly here, and then click on Insert, that way you don't have the problem. I'm going to play one more time. And then jumps like this. Place the playhead right here in the end, and I'm going to move to Video seven. Double click. I open it on the source monitor. I scrub through the layout. He throws the ball and right when the ball starts falling and his hand leaves the frame. Exactly right here. You can use the right and left arrows to move frame by frame, exactly right here. I'm going to set an endpoint. And there's no need to set an outpoint. I'm going to bring this entire part. Up and down, I go to this edit point and then click on Insert. Now I'm going to press Backslash. I'm going to click on this added point, Shift ND to add one transition here and click on this added point to add a transition right here. Now I'm going to play the entire video. Play. And now the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 11. Exercise 6 : Subclips: In this exercise, we will start with this long video. And from this video, we will extract small and short subclips, and we will end up with this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence, new item, sequence, same pre set. And I'm going to import the video. I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to import Exercise six, and I select the video like this. I'm going to double click on the video and open it in the source monitor. I'm going to start. I'm going to set the first in and out. I can use the right and left arrows like this. And if I hold, I move quickly, and if I want to move slowly, I can Move the playhead like this. Right around here. When the ball is in the air and she's about to hit it. I'm going to set an point in. I'm going to use the right arrow to move. She hits the ball. The ball leaves the frame like this, and here I'm going to set an outpoint. We have an in and out point. I can zoom in and out if I want to by moving this slider like this. So this is my selection. I'm going to play it. I'm going to click here, button editor. We have different buttons here. I go here, Loop playback, and I'm going to drag and drop this button right here. Click on Okay. I'm going to activate the loop playback. Now it's activated. And now if I play this small part, the in and out part, it loops forever. I can make the selection longer or shorter like this. Let's play and see. I think I'm going to move the endpoint b right here. Let's play. C to Z. I'm going to move the outpoint a bit like this, make it a little bit s. Now, let's play. I'm gonna make it ale bit longer. Let's play. I think this is a good selection. Now, I'm going to create a sub clip of this small part. To do that, I go to clip and click on Ma Sub clip. I can click here. I can use the shortcut Control U, or I can simply right click here, right click on the Monitor, and click on Ma Sub clip. Click on Ma Sub clip. I can name my Sub clip. I'm going to name it Sub one like this. I can click on restrict trims to sub clip boundaries and click on. And just like that, I have a sub clip here inside the project panel. I can drag it and drop it right here. And as you see, I have this small part of the video, which is less than 1 second right here. In my timeline. I'm going to click one more time. Click on make sub clip. This time, I'm going to uncheck restrict trim two sub clip boundaries. I'm not going to change the name. I'm going to click on. And now we have the new sub clip. I Dragon drop. The difference between this one and this one. This one has triangles here and here. That means there are no more frames here or here, and I can't extend the length from here or from here. This one we notice, it doesn't have triangles here or here. That means there are extra frames from the left and the right, and we can extend the length like this or like this. I'm going to delete both from here. I'm going to delete both subclips from here, delete, and I'm going to create a new subclip. M sub clip. I always recommend to not check restrict trims to sub clip boundaries because you never know you might want to make it a little bit longer. I'm going to change the name Sub one, and click on Okay. We have our first sub clip. I'm going to zoom out and continue. I'm going to create another sub clip. I scrub through the ball comes his way. Right here, I'm going to set an endpoint, press. I'm going to move, he hits the ball. The ball leaves the frame. I'm going to set an outpoint. Let's play. I think this looks good. I'm going to right click, make sub clip. I'm going to name this sub two. Click Okay. We have sub two right here. I'm going to continue. The ball is in the air. She's about to hit it. I'm going to set an point right here. I'm going to use the arrows to move like this, and the ball leaves the frame. I'm going to set an outpoint. Clip make sub clip. I'm going to name this sub three. Click on. I'm going to zoom out like this. Or I can double click. I double click. I Zoom out completely. I'm going to keep moving. Okay, round here, the ball comes his way. Going to set an endpoint. He hits the ball. The ball leaves the frame. I'm going to set an outpoint. Let's play. I think I'm going to set the outpoint a little bit earlier. Round here, O press. Let's play. I think this is good. Right click. M sub clip. I'm going to name the sub four. Click on. Keep going. The ball comes her way. It bounces on the ground and goes way right around here, I'm going to set an endpoint. She hits the ball. The ball leaves the frame, and I'm going to set an outpoint. Let's play. I'm going to set the out point a little bit earlier exactly when the ball leaves the frame, press Oh. Let's play. Right click. M sub clip. I'm going to name this sub five. I keep going. Right around here, I'm going to set an endpoint. She hits the ball. The ball leaves the frame. Full swing and around here, I'm going to set an outpoint. Let's play. This is a good sub clip. Right click, M sub clip. I'm going toname the sub six. Okay. Keep going. The second one, I'm not going to sub clip it. I keep going. The ball bounces here. Goes Her way in point. She hits the ball and the ball leaves the frame. We can still see the shadow of the ball. Right here, I'm going to set the outpoint. Let's play. I. This is a good sub clip. Clip, make sub clip. I'm going name this sub seven. Click on. Keep going. The ball hits the ground, goes her way. The ball in the air. I'm going to set an endpoint. She hits the ball like this. And when the ball is mid, right around here. I'm going to set an outpoint. Let's play. A This is a good sub clip. I'm going to click. Click on M sub clip. I'm going to name this sub eight. Click on. Okay. Now I'm going to select sub one. I press shift. I go to sub eight and I click, and just like that, I selected everything in between. Now all the sub clips are selected. I'm going to and op in my timeline. Like this. And now I have an entire video made of subclips. I can come here button editor. I can bring the same button, which is loop playback, drag and drop it right here. Click on. In my timeline here, I can set an in and out point by pressing I come here and press Oh, I have an in and out point. I can activate the loop playback, and now if I play. I play only this part on a loop, like this. I can delete the in and out point by going to markers and clear in and out point, or I can simply right click here. Clear in and out point. Now we have no in or out point. But the low playback is still selected. And whenever the playhead reaches the ending, it plays the video one more time. If I deactivate loop playback. Now the video stops right here. If I want to the video to go forever, I activate loop playback and play and now it plays on a loop. I can use this button or I can go to settings and activate loop from here. Now loop is activated, as you see here. The video plays on a loop. And two is activated. I can go to settings and click on Loop and activated that way. Now I'm going to play the entire video. I full screen the program monitor. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 12. Exercise 7 : Razor Tool: In this exercise, we will learn how to cut clips using the razor tool, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to go back to the essentials workspace. I go to work spaces here and click on essential. I'm going to create a new sequence, new item sequence, same preset. I'm going to go to the Exercise files, editing Part one, Exercise seven. I'm going to select the folders, go to Premier Pro, and I'm going to drag and drop directly to Premier Pro like this. I'm going to open the bin logos. I'm going to start by bringing the surfing logo. I'm going to drag and drop it right here on the track V two like this, and I'm going to make it longer. I'm going to make it about 20 seconds long like this. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. I'll make it about 20 seconds long. This is the first logo. Then I'm going to bring the second logo, the skiing logo dragon drop like this, and I'm going to make it the same length about 20 seconds, like this. Back to the project panel. I'm going to open the videos Bin, double click, and I'm going to start by bringing the surfing video. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on the track V one. And we notice this is a very long video. I'm going to scrub through it. And as you see, there are many parts that need to be removed. I'm going to start here. I scrub through slowly, and right before he falls down. I want the clip to end right here. I'm placing the playhead right here, and I'm going to make a cut on the video exactly here. To do that. I go to the tool bar, and I'm going to select this tool right here, the razor tool. I click and using this tool, I come here, and I make one click, and by doing that, I created one cut right here. As you see, I created one cut. I keep going. I keep going. And right here, I'm going to make another cut click, and now I'm going to delete this part back to selection tool. I'm going to select this part, and I'm going to delete it. So now we are left with only this clip of this surfing and he stops before he falls. And then the next clip starts from here. The main surfing. We have a gap. I'm going to select the space in between. The gap. I click, I select it, and now I'm going to delete it using the delete key. I notice I can't delete it. This is because the image on the second track is stopping me from doing that. I'm going to solve this problem by locking this entire track. I click here. Togal track, Lock now, this track is locked. I'm going to try one more time. I select the empty space. I select the gap and delete key, just like that, I deleted, and I no longer have a gap. I go from this clip to this clip directly. I keep going. And I'm going to do the same thing right before he falls down. I'm going to make a cut back to the razor tool. I click, and make a cut. I keep going, and this entire part will be removed. I come here when we see this new clip. I'm going to make another cut right here. Back to Selection tool. I can either click on the selection tool here or press the V key. This is the short cut. I press V, and now we have the selection tool selected. You can see the shortcut next to the word. The short cut for the selection tool is V. The short cut for the Razor tool is C. I select this part where he falls down. I'm going to delete, delete. I select the space and delete. I remove the gap. I keep going. I'm going to do the same thing here. And when the woman disappears when the woman leaves the frame, I'm going to make a cut. I can type the C letter. That is the short cut for the razor tool and make one cut. I keep going. And when we see this new clip, right here, I'm going to make another cut when the man is standing up and is already surfing. I'm going to make another cut right here. I press V selection tool. Now this part will be removed. I can press the delete key, and then delete the space or I can right click and click on ripple delete. Just like that, I delete the clip and I delete the space. I keep going. And I'm going to make a cut right before he falls down. Around here, I'm going to make a cut. I can use the razor tool, or there's another way I can use the short cut control and K, make sure the pad is placed correctly, where I want the cut to be and control K. And just like that, I created a cut. If I I'm going to unlock this track. If I deselect the track V one and select the track V two, and I use the same short cut control K. Now we notice, I do the cut on the second track. I do the cut on the clips on the second track like this because the second track is the one selected. If both of them are selected and I use the short cut control K. Now I make a cut on both, as you see. Control Z, control Z, control Z. I'm going to show you another thing. I'm going to unlock this. I'm going to duplicate this layer right here. Now we have three layers like this. Now even if I deselect V two and V one, and I wish to make a cut on all the clips here. I can use the shortcut control shift and K, and just like that, I make a cut on all three clips. As you see, I can move the playhead to another time and control shift K, I cut all the clips at the same time. Control Z to go back, control Z to go back. Right here, I'm going to the lit, and lock this layer. I'm going to select V one like this and continue. All this needs to be removed. And I want the next clip to start from here when the man is already standing up and doing the surfing. I'm going to make a cut here. Control K. I make a cut. I select this part, select the space. I keep going like this, and right before he falls down, I'm going to make another cut. I'm going to make another cut here. Can show K, and I cut. I'm going to select this last part and deleted. Like this, I'm going to unlock this track, and using the Razor tool, I'm going to make a cut right here back to selection tool. I'm going to select this small part and deleted, select this space and delete. Now the skiing part. I'm going to select all the skiing videos. We have four ski videos. I click on Ski Video one, Bress shift, and go to Ski video four. I select all four videos and drag and drop like this. I bring the four videos. And I'm going to start making cuts. This time using a new technique that I'm going to show you, which is the Q and W Keys. I want this clip to start from here when this man leaves the frame, right here. I want to focus on this orange man and stop the clip right when he leaves the frame. This. So when this man leaves the frame, right here, I want to make a cut and delete this first part. To do that, I can use the razor tool, make a cut, and then delete this part, or I can use the Q key. I press Q. I make sure this key video first is selected and press, just like that, I deleted everything before the play head. As you see, now it starts from here. But the problem is that I always cut a small part of the skiing logo. That's not what I want. Controls to go back. I go back. I'm going to place the playhead right here. I'm going to lock this track. One more time like this, so I can focus on the videos only. I press Q and delete this part. Now, the clip starts from here. And I want a clip to stop here. I make sure it's selected. Now, all this part, I'm going to remove it to do that. I can use the razor tool, make a cut, and then delete this part, or I can use the WK. I press W. And just like that, everything after the playhead was deleted. Keep going. Now, skiing video two, I scrub through it. And I want the clip to end right when this man leaves the frame, which is right here. I place the playhead right here and press W, just like that, I deleted everything after. Now, the third video, I scrub. And right when she starts moving, I want the clip to begin, which is right here, so I want to delete. All this to do that, I place the playhead right here and press Q. Just like that, I delete everything before. I scrub through I want the clip to end right before she falls down, which is right here. I place the play head right here and I'm going to press W and cut and delete everything after. Now, the last video, I want it to begin from here. And I want it to end right before the camera falls down, which is here. I'm going to place the playhead right here. Place the playhead right here, and I'm going to cut and delete everything after the playhead. I make sure it's selected first, very important and type W, and just like that, I cut and delete everything after. I'm going to unlock this. I'm going to cut this small part, or I can simply trim it using the selection tool like this. And now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 13. Exercise 8 : Ripple Edit Tool: In this exercise, we will discover the ripple edded tool, and we will create this movie scene. I go to Premier Pro. And first thing I'm going to do. I'm going to import the videos I will be working with. I'm going to right click. Import. I go to Exercise eight, and I'm going to select all the videos. Click on Open. Now we have all the videos. And using these videos, we will create the movie scene. I'm going to double click on the Project panel to full screen it. We notice a problem is that our videos are not organized. They are not in the right order, so we need to put them in the right order. To do that, I'm going to change the view from icon view to free form view. This is like a storyboard view that allows me to move the videos freely, like this in the space. I can see them clearly and I can organize them like I want. It makes things easier. I'm going to start by looking for the first video, which is this one. You can scrub through it by hovering over it with the mouse. This is the first one. The cup car stops, and then the two officers come out of the car. This is the first one. I'm going to place it right here. The next one is they arrest the man and take him out of the house to the car from the house to the car. This is going to be the second. I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to put this away. The third I think it's this one. They slam him on the car. This is going to be the third one. This is the last one. He is inside the cup car and he's talking to the officers. This is the last one. This is before the last one. I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to scrub through these. This is the fourth one. We see this one. They put him on the car, they slam him on the car, and then they talk to him. Here, he's still on the car. And then they take him to the back of the car. Which is this one. I'm going to place it right here. The cup gets in the car. I'm going to put this one right here, and this is the one in between. I think this one should be here. They take him to the car. She opens the door, and then the cup puts him inside. And after that, The cup goes inside the car. We see him getting inside the car, and then they talk inside the car. So this is the right order. Now our videos are placed in order like this. I'm going to double click on the project panel to leave the full screen mode. I'm going to zoom out here adjust the size of icons and thumbnails. I'm going to make the icons smaller like this. I can see things clearly. Now I'm going to create a new sequence. New item sequence, same preset. I created a new sequence, sets right here, is opened in the timeline. And now I'm going to bring my videos like this in the right order. I can bring them one by one, like this. Or can Z to undo, I can select them all, like this. Now they're all selected, and I'm going to drag and drop all of them like this. Now I'm going to scrub through. The car stops. The two police officers, they come out of the car, and they bring the man, they arrest the man and bring him. Here, they slam him on the car. They talk to him, like this, and they take him inside the car. Inside the car, closes the door, opens the door, then the officer gets inside, and they have a conversation inside the car like this. This is the right order of the videos, but obviously, this still needs a lot of editing. I'm going to leave this view. I'm going to go back to CO view. Now we no longer need the three form view. I'm going to move this like this a little bit and this here a little bit. And I'm going to make the program monitor a little bit bigger, like this. And I'm going to start editing, so the car stops. They come out of the car, they arrest the man. They come here, and right after they go through the yellow tape, I want the clip to end right here. I'm going to zoom a little bit. I want the clip to end right here. There are a few ways to do that. I can select this clip and make it shorter like this. I shorten the clip. And then I select all these clips and move them to the left. I can do that. Control Z, control Z, go back. I can use the razor tool and make a cut right here. Go back to selection tool, select the small part and the lite, and then select the space and end lite, or control, control Z to undo like this. I can also use this tool, which is the ripple edit tool. I select the ripple edit tool. I come here. I go to this edit point, I click and drag, and just like that, I shorten this clip and bring all the other clips to the left. So that way, I don't have any gap. This is the fastest way. I keep going. They go through the yellow tape. They slam him on the car. I keep going. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I can use the slider like this or old and the mouse scroll wheel and zoom out. I keep going. I scrub through. I keep going. I keep going. She opens the door and right when he puts his hand on his head, I want the clip to end right here. Using the same tool, ripple added tool. I'm going to shorten this clip like this, and I keep going. And I want this clip to start exactly when he put his hand on his head. I can use the right and left arrows for more precision. Right here. He has his hand on his head. I'm going to shorten this clip from the left this time using the ripple dded tool, like this. And just like that, I shorten this clip, and I have no gaps in between. I keep going. So the man is inside the car. The cup opens the door like this and he gets in. And right in the middle of him getting inside the car, I want the clip to end to do that, I select the clip. I can use the ripple added tool, or I can use the selection tool, press control, and by pressing control, I temporarily access the ripple added tool. I click and drag like this. I shorten the clip, and I get rid of any gap. So this is a very practical way without changing the tool by using the selection tool. I click and hold control, I press control and hold, and I temporarily access the ripple dded tool. So in the middle of him getting inside, I cut. Now the next clip. I keep scrubbing through, in the middle of him getting inside. I want to cut. I press control. I access the ripple dded tool, and I shorten this clip, like this. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks good. It's very smooth. When I cut in the middle of the movement. Another tool I want to show you, which is the rolling eddy tool. I go to the ripple ddy tool, and you see here there is a small triangle on this tool that means there are hidden tools inside. I click and hold, and inside, I can find four other tools. I'm going to select this one, Rolling dd tool and show you what this does. I personally don't use it often, but it might be useful in certain situations. Using this tool, I place it between two clips like this. I click, and when I drag to the right or the left, I make one shorter and the other one longer. One longer and the other one shorter. If you look at the program monitor, we see two screens. The first one represents the last frame of the first clip, and the second one represents the first frame of the second clip like this. You can choose where the cut is going to be, where you want the cut to be, like this. I think right here is fine. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. And I want the cut to be in the middle of the movement like this, let's play. And maybe a little bit to the right. No. Controls to go back. I'm going to try right here, Let's play. I think this looks good in the middle of the movement. I'm going to go back to the selection tool and keep going. Keep scrub like this. And I'm not going to make any more cuts. Now the scene is over. The one last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add transitions in the beginning and in the end. I click on the last edit point, fift N D to add a transition pad to black, like this, and I go to the first dit point, Shift N D, and I add a transition like this in the beginning. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 14. Exercise 9 : Slip Tool / Slide Tool: In this exercise, we will discover the slip tool and the slide tool, and we will create this video. I'll go to Premiere Pro. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create a new sequence. Right click, new item sequence, S p set, and then I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. Right click, por. I'll go to Exercise nine and bring all the files like this. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to select the goals video and drag it and drop it here back slash. So I can zoom on this clip. This is a very long clip that includes all the goals. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to bring the celebrations one by one and put them right here inside the goals clip, right here, I'm going to put celebration one, celebration two, and celebration three. I go to Celebration one. I'm going to start with this one. I'm going to double click. I open it in the source monitor, as you see here. This is the source monitor. This is the program monitor, and this is the source monitor. And here I'm going to set an in and out point. For now, I'm not going to worry about where the in and out point should be. I'm just going to worry about the length. I want the in and out selection to be exactly 5 seconds. So I'm going to set an end point here. I press the letter I for the endpoint. I'm going to click here on the playhead position, and I'm going to write plus 5 seconds plus 500, press enter. I go 5 seconds forward, and I'm going to set an outpoint. I press h, and now I have an point and an outpoint, and this is exactly 5 seconds. Now, the playhead is right here. I go back to the source, and I'm going to click here Insert. Make sure you don't click on Ort. I'm going to click on Insert. And just like that, I added these 5 seconds right here, 5 seconds celebration right here inside the ghost clip, and the ghost clip was split into, and the celebration was put in between like this. I'm going to move the playhead to the middle now. Right here. It doesn't matter where. And I'm going to go to celebration two. I'm going to double click. I open it in the source monitor. I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to set an endpoint. Click here plus 5 seconds plus 500, and press enter, and I'm going to set an outpoint. Press O. Now we have an in and out point. I'm going to click on Insert. We have the second celebration here. I'm going to move the playhead right here. And I'm going to bring the celebration three. I'm going to double click. I open it in the source monitor. I 0.5 seconds plus 5 seconds, enter, and I'm going to set an outpoint, and then click on Insert. Now, I add celebration one, two, and three. But we notice the celebration doesn't really start at the right time. I want them to start celebrating from the beginning of this clip. Same thing here. I want them to start celebrating from the beginning and same for this one. So to fix that, I'm going to double click on this small clip celebration one. I double click. I open it in the source monitor. Here we have the slider. I can zoom out like this by clicking and dragging, or I can double click on the slider and zoom out completely. Now we see our in and out selection right here. And if we put the cursor like this, we see the hand. If I click and drag, I can move the in and out point, and you can see in the monitor, the first frame and the last frame, the point and the outpoint. I'm going to drag it about here. In the left screen, I want the endpoint to be exactly when this man raises his hand exactly right here. And now if I play, we see them in the middle of the celebration. This is exactly what I wanted. I can do that. I double click here, I open this small clip inside the source monitor, and then using the hand, I can move the in and out point. I can do that, or I can go to the program monitor and use this tool right here, the slip tool. I click. I put the cursor right here using the slip tool. If I click and drag, I can do the same thing. I can move the in and out point, like this. Is it the same thing? I'm going to change the workspace. So you can see clearly, I'm going to change from essentials to edit. Now we have the source monitor here and the program monitor here. If I use the slip tool, if I click and drag like this, you see how the in and out point in the source is moving. I'm going to go back to essentials and use the slip tool and make sure the clip starts exactly here around 6 seconds and 14 frames like this, when the man raises his hand, that's when the celebration starts. I'll let go and now if I play I think this looks good. I'm going to move to the second celebration using the slip tool. I'm going to click and drag and I drag to the left when the woman jumps. I'm going to focus on the screen on the left, when the woman jumps and raises her hand. That's when I want the clip to begin. I let go here. Now let's play I'm going to move it a little bit. Using the slip tool. I'm going to start it from here right before she stands up. Let's play now. I think this looks better. Now I'm going to move to the third celebration. I can in if I want to for more precision like this. I in and now I'm going to click and drag. Okay. Just right before the man stands up, around here, 8 seconds and 20 frames around here, right before he stands up and starts celebrating. I want the clip to begin. Now let's play. This is exactly what I wanted. Back slash to zoom out. Now we have the three celebrations starting exactly at the right point, the right in and out point, like this. One last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to move the position of the celebration inside the goals clip. We notice they don't start where they so. When this man kicks the ball and the ball hits the net, that's exactly when I want the celebration to begin. So I need to move it a little bit to the left here. To do that, I'm going to use a new tool, which is the slide tool. So I go here. I click and hold, and I go to the slide tool inside, I select the slide tool. And now I go to celebration one, this small clip. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. So you can see clearly, using the slide tool, if I click and drag, You can see where the celebration is going to be between these two frames. You can see here on the left, he kicks the ball, and then the ball hits the net. That's when I want the clip to begin. Exactly at 8 seconds and 16 frames. That's when the celebration will start. I let go. And now if I play, he kicks the ball, hits the net, and that's when we see the celebration. I think this looks good. I'm going to move to the next. Using the same tool, this slide tool, I'm going to click on Celebration two and move it. I'm going to focus on the screen on the left. He hits the ball. And then the ball hits the net. When the ball touches the net, that's when the celebration will start. 27 seconds and ten frames around here, and I'll let go now if I play. It touches the net, and that's when we see the celebration. I'm going to move it a little bit to the left. I click, and I'm going to drag. I'm going to leave it right here. Let's see. Nothing this looks better. Now, the third celebration. I'm going to click and drag. I go back here. I focus on the screen. On the left, he kicks the ball, and then the ball goes in. He touches the net, and that's when the celebration will start. I read for 5 seconds and 12 frames. Let go. Now let's play. I wanted to start a little bit earlier. I'm going to click and drag to the left. Right here, it touches the net. I let go. I play. I think this looks better. I'm going to move it a bit to the right. I click and drag using the slide tool. Right here, we see the ball. In the net, the goal was scored. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks good. Now we're done with the slide tool and the slip tool. Last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to go back to selection tool. I'm going to add a transition here, fade in transition shift D, fade in like this, and fade out in the end, I click here and shift D. The exercise now is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 15. Exercise 10 : Markers: In this exercise, we will learn how to create markers inside Premiere Pro, and we will create this video. Each time, we see a different animal, and we will add the corresponding logo for each animal right here in the top right corner. I go to P P, and this time, I'm going to change the workspace from essentials to assembly. I'm going to choose the workspace assembly. I click. Now, I go to the Project panel right here. I'm going to right click, click on Emport. I go to Exercise ten. I select the animals video. I bring it like this. Now instead of creating a new sequence by right clicking, new item sequence, I'm going to create a sequence from this video that I just imported. I select the video. I right click, and I'm going to click here a new sequence from clip. And just like that, I created a new sequence with the same name animals, and it's opened right here, and we have the clip inside our sequence animals. I can scrub through it like this. I can do that or canto Z to undo. Ct Z. I do. I can take the video right here that I just imported and drag it and drop it in the timeline. And by doing that, I created a new sequence called animals, and I have the clip inside my sequence right here. This is another way of doing it, or I can control Z to undo, control Z. Right here, we have a new item. I can select the video, I can drag it and drop it right here. And just like that, I created a new sequence called animals, and we have the clip inside the sequence like this Backslash to make it fit the timeline. Now I'm going to show you how we can create markers in our timeline to create a marker. I can go to Markers and click on Ad Marker. I click. And just like that, I add a marker like this right here. I can move the playhead. If I want to add a marker here. There's another way of doing it. I can right click and click on Ad Marker. I'm going to create another marker here. I go to markers, add marker or I can use the shortcut M. I press the M key and I create a marker. Playhead right here. I'm going to create a marker here. M, I create a marker. I can take the playhead right here. M, I create another marker, and now I have four markers. As you see. I can go from one marker to the next by clicking on the markers like this here or by clicking here. Like this. I can go to markers here click and open the markers window. And here, I can see all the markers I have with the thumbnail and the exact time. I can go from one marker to the next. I move the playhead from one marker to the next by clicking like this. This is another way of doing it. I can use the shortcut Shift and M to go from one marker to the next, and if I want to go to the previous marker, control shift and M, and just like that, I move to the previous marker. If I want to delete a marker, I can select it like this. And then right click and go to clear selected marker, and just like that, I delete the marker. If I want to delete all markers, I can right click and then click on Clear Markers, or I can go to markers here and click on Clear Markers from here. And just like that, I deleted all the markers. Now I'm going to create new ones. I'm going to go to 0 seconds, the first frame of the timeline. I can move the playhead from here, or I can put the cursor right here, playhead position, and click and drag to the right or left to move the playhead. I move it to the first frame right here, and I'm going to create a marker. I press M. This is the first marker. I'm going to move the play head like this right here, and now I'm going to use the arrows, the right arrow to move frame by frame. Until I see the line right here, this is the first frame right here of the line shot. I'm going to put a marker right here, M. Another marker here. I keep going. I go back right arrow. I move frame by frame, and this is the first frame of the cheetah shut. I'm going to create a new marker. I keep going. Frame by frame, I move. I'm going to create a marker here. M. I keep going. I go back, frame by frame, right here. Another marker, M. I keep going. A move frame by frame, and right here, I'm going to create the last marker. Now, as you see, we have six markers. We can see them right here. If you don't see the markers window, you can always go to Window and look for markers, right here. We have six markers. We have the exact time here of each marker. I can add a comment here. I'm going to write. Tiger. Here I'm going to write. Line. Here I'm going to write. Cheetah. Here I'm going to write. Wolf, here, gorilla, and here I'm going to write Bar. I'm going to place the playhead right here. In the first marker, the Tiger marker. I'm going to go back to the Project panel. I'm going to right click Import. I go to logos, and I'm going to bring all the logos. I select them all and click on Open. I bring all the logos. I'm going to start by bringing the Tiger logo. I select the Tiger logo. I drag and drop like this. I'm going to open the markers window right here, so I can see the markers. I'm going to extend the marker logo right here, and you notice, as long as this is activated, the snapping timeline activated, if I extend the length of this clip, and I reach the marker it snaps right here. That's exactly what I want. I want the logo to last. This length. And then when we move to the line shut, we no longer see the tiger logo. This is exactly what I want. I'm going to zoom out a little bit like this. I move to the next marker, which is the line marker. Go back to the project panel. I look for the line logo. I'm going to drag and drop like this. I'm going to make this longer until it snaps with the next marker, just like this. I move to the next marker. I click. Now look for the Cheetah logo. I dragon drop. I'm going to make it longer like this, until it snaps with this marker. I keep going. Next marker, the wolf. Now look for the wolf logo and dragon drop like this. Make it longer Until it snaps. Next marker, the gorilla. I select the gorilla logo and drag and drop. I can drag it and drop it right here, and snap it in the next marker and then make it longer from here, like this. Now finally, the last one, I'll go to the last marker. I look for the bare logo, and I'm going to drag and drop right here, and I'm going to make it a little bit longer until it snaps with the edit point of the animals clip. I'm going to full screen. And now when I scrub through, you notice for each animal, we see the corresponding logo. This is exactly what we wanted. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 16. Exercise 11 : Markers: In this exercise, we will start with all these videos, all these clips of different cars. We will organize them in Premier Pro, and we will end up with this result. We first see the white cars. And then we see the yellow cars. And finally, we see the red cars. And that's what we will do in Premier Pro. I go to Premier Pro. I'm still in the same workspace, the assembly workspace. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence, new item sequence, same preset. Now I'm going to import the files. I go to. Exercise files, editing P two, Exercise 11, and I'm going to select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to bring all of them in my timeline. I'm going to change the view list view. Make sure they are all selected. I can select number one, shift and go to number 20, select all of them like this, and drag and drop in the timeline. Back slash to make the clipse, fit the timeline like this. I'm going to go back to the icon view here. And I'm going to scrub through my video like this, see the clipse. We notice that some clips need to be deleted. Like this green car right here, it shouldn't even be here. I'm going to select it. Click. I keep going. This one also needs to be deleted. I'm going to press shift and selected. I keep going. This orange car needs to be deleted also. I'm going to press shift and selected also. I keep going. That's it. We have these three videos selected. We need to remove them from our timeline. I'm going to right click here and click on ripple delete. Now we have the red cars. We have the yellow cars, and then we have the white cars. I need to change the order of these clips. I want to see the white cars, the yellow cars, and then the red cars. To do that. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select all the white cars. To do that, I can use the selection tool and select the white cars like this. Or I can use another tool that I'm going to show you right now. I select, I click away, and I'm going to select this tool, Track, select forward. And using this tool, if I click on this clip, I select this clip, and all the clips after it. As you see, if I click on this clip, I select all these clips and all the clips after. I'm going to click and hold here. And inside, I can find another tool, which is the select tool. And this does the opposite. If I click on this clip, I select this clip, and all the clips before it. If I select this clip, I click on this clip, I select this clip, and all the clips before it just like this. I'm going to go back to track Select Forward tool. This is the first white car. I'm going to click here, select all the white cars. And using the same tool, I can click and drag to the right and move all of them like this and make a separation between the clips. Now I have the white cars here, and I have the red cars and the yellow cars here. I'm going to separate the red cars and the yellow cars. This is the first yellow car. I'm going to click on this clip and drag to the right, like this. And I create a gap. I'm going to click here, and select all the clips of my timeline and drag to the right like this. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. Now I'm going to select all the white cars. The white cars are right here. I click on this clip, I select all the white cars, and I'm going to click and drag to the left. We see the white cars first. Next, I want to see the yellow cars. So I'm going to move these a little bit here to the right. I'm going to select all the yellow cars like this and drag them to the left. And now they are in the right order. We see the white cars, yellow cars, and then the red cars. This is a very practical way if you want to use several clips at the same time, like in this case. I'm going to go back to selection tool. I'm going to press Pack slash. Now I'm going to color my clips just to make them obvious in my timeline. We have the white cars first, then the yellow cards. I'm going to select all these clips. I'm going to right click. I go to label, and I'm going to choose yellow. And now just like that, I colored all these clips. Now they are yellow. I'm going to go to these clips, the red cars. I select all of them like this. Right click. Label, and I'm going to choose rose. We don't have a red color, so this is the closest color. And now my clips are very obvious in the timeline. I'm going to delete this pace. I click on the pace and delete, and I'm going to click on this pace and delete. My clips are organized. I'm going to do one last thing, I'm going to add a few markers. Using the up and down arrow. I'm going to go to the first frame right here, and I'm going to create a marker. M key. I create the first marker. Down arrow. I come here. I'm going to create another marker, M down arrow, and I'm going to create another marker here. Now we have three markers. I'm going to select this marker. I'm going to double click on this marker, and I'm going to name this marker. White gars. I can add a comment if I want to. I'm not going to do that. And I'm going to change the marker color to white from green to white and click on. Now we have a white marker here as you see. I'm going to move to the next marker right here. I can double click on the marker and access the settings of the marker. Or I can go to the Markers window right here, Markers Window and see all the markers. If you don't see the markers window, you can always go to Window and look for markers here. Now we have the three markers. I can double click on the marker right here. I open this window, and now I'm going to name this marker yellow. Cars like this, and I'm going to change the marker color to yellow and click on k. Now, the last marker. I'm going to double click. I open this window. I'm going to name this marker red cars, and I'm going to change the marker color from green to red. I click on. Now as you see, we have three colored markers here. I'm going to show you one last thing we can do, which is splitting markers. I'm going to press old. Go to this marker, put the cursor on this marker and click while maintaining old. And by doing that, I split the marker. I'm going to zoom in a little bit so you can see clearly. The marker is split. Now I can click on the right part of the marker and drag it like this to the right. Now we went from having one marker to an entire section. Like this, we marked an entire section from this marker. This makes it very obvious in the timeline. I'm going to do the same thing here. The yellow cards marker. I'm going to press and maintain old. I click, I split the marker like this. I'm going to take the right part and drag it to the right like this. Now we have a yellow cars section, and I'm going to do the same thing for this marker, the white cars marker. I hold old and make one click. I split the marker. Now I take this part. I can do it from here or from here, is the same thing. Click and drag to the right. Now we have a white section, a yellow section, and a red section. I'm going to full screen the program monitor. And now as you see, our video is very well organized. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 17. Exercise 12 : Automate to Sequence: In this exercise, we will learn how to edit to the bit of music, and we will end up with this result. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Same settings. I'm going to import all the files I'm going to need, right click, port. I'll go to Exercise 12, and I'm going to select everything. Bring all the files. And first thing I'm going to do. I'm going to select the music file, and I'm going to drag it and drop it here in the Audio Track A one right here, Backslash to zoom in. Now we have the music in our timeline. And first thing I need to do. I need to create a marker in the beginning of the timeline. I put the playhead right here, and to create a marker, I can use the Letter, or I can click on this small button, Add Marker. I add the marker in the beginning of the timeline right here. And what I'm going to do now, I'm going to put one finger on the M K. I'm going to play the music and create markers in real time. I play I created the markers. Now what I'm gonna do. I'm gonna bring the videos. I'm going to switch the view from C view to List view. Next thing I'm going to do. This is very important. I need to take the playhead to the beginning of the timeline is very important. Now I'm going to select all the videos. I click on Video one. I'm going to hold shift. I go to Video 14. I click. I make sure they are all selected. Next step, I go to clip automat sequence, or I can simply click on this button, automat sequence. We get this window ordering selection order, placement at unnumbered markers, method, overwrite, edit, and I make sure I check, ignore Oreo, and that's it. I'm going to click on now. And just like that, Premier Pro automatically put the videos where they need to be. Put the clips right here in between the markers. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I'm going to go to Razor tool. I'm going to make one cut here, selection tool. I'm going to select these clips and hit the lit. I'm going to click here, Shift D to create a transition here. I click here. In the beginning, Shift D, and I create another transition. Now I'm going to play the entire video. I full screen the program monitor, and I'm going to play. The exercise now is finished. You'll go do the same, and don't forget to save. 18. Explanation: Speed / Duration : This lecture, we will learn how to change the speed and the duration of a clip. Here we have this clip of this boy skating. To change the speed of this clip. I'm going to right click on the clip. Go to speed slash duration, and here we have speed set to 100%. I'm going to change this from 100% to 50% and click on. You notice the clip became longer, and now if I play. No. Now it's much slower, jumping in slow motion. C chose it to go back. I'm going to right click, go to speed slash duration. This time, I'm going to set the speed to 150%, and then click on. Now if I play, the clip is faster. Z to go back. Going to right click, go to speed slash duration. I can change the speed from here, by changing the percentage of the speed, I can click and drag like this, change the speed, or I can click and type a new percentage. I can either do that or I can change the duration. At 100%, the duration of this clip originally is 7 seconds. I can click here and change it 7-4, for example. I write 4 seconds and 00 for the frames, and then click on Okay. And just like that, the clip became shorter. And faster. If I zoom in, you can see the new speed percentage here, it says 175%. This is the new speed. C chose to go back. I'm going to write click, speed slash duration. I can make it slower by changing the duration also. The same method. I can take it from 7 seconds to 15 seconds. I write 15, and then 00/42. Click on. And now. The clip is very slow, and it lasts for 14 seconds. And you can see the new speed here, the percentage, it says 46. You can choose to go back. Another thing I want to show you. I can right click, go to speed slag duration. I'm not going to change the speed. I'm just going to check reverse speed. Click on, and now if I play, you see how the video goes backwards. I'm going to delete this clip now. I'm going to bring this clip of this man talking. I'm going to change the speed of this clip. Right click, speed slash duration. I'm going to take it from 100% to 50% and click on. And now if I play. The clip became slower, but we notice now there's a distortion in his voice, and his voice doesn't sound right. I can choose to go back. I'm going to click. Speed slash duration. I'm going to make it faster this time. I'm going to type 150. M it faster. Now if p. The same problem. We changed the speed and his voice is now distorted. It doesn't sound normal at all. To solve this problem, I'm going to control z to go back. I'm going to right click, speed slash duration. I'm going to change the speed to 150. I'm going to make it fast, but this time, I'm going to check maintain audio pitch. Click on. Now if I play. Now the clip became faster. We changed the speed of the clip, but the voice is no longer distorted. I'm going to do the opposite now. I'm going to make the clip slow speeds duration. I'm going to take the speed from 150 to percent and make sure maintain audio pitch is checked, click on. Now if I play. The clip now is much slower, but the voice is no longer distorted. I'm going to control Z to go back, contro. I'm going to take this clip. I'm going to duplicate it. Like this and duplicate it another time. I'm going to delete the gap. Between the clips like this. Now, we have three copies connected. I can change the speed of all three at the same time, right click speed slash duration. I'm going to change this from 100% to 150%. Make them all faster and click on. Now we have. Shorter, faster eclipse as you see. But we notice there's a gap between the clips here and here. Can choose to go back. I'm going to select all right click, Speed lash duration. I'm going to change the speed from 100% to 150%. May all the clips faster, but this time, I'm going to check ripple edit here and then click on. And now you notice. Now we have short and fast eclipse. But we no longer have the gap between the clips. That's because we check the. Ripple dit. I'm going to select all these clips now. I'm going to delete. And one last thing I want to show you. I'm going to take this jump sub clip. I'm going to play. If I want to make this clip slow motion, I can right click, go to speed slash duration. I'm going to take the speed from 100% to 25%. I'm going to make it very slow. And here we have time interpolation. Inside, we have three options. We have frame sampling. When we slow down, the clip is going to duplicate the existing frames and copy the existing frames. This is the first option. The second option is frame blending, is going to duplicate the frames and is going to blend them together. This is going to give better effect, a better result. But for the best result, I always recommend optical flow with optical flow. Premier Pro is going to use AI to generate new frames inside our clip. I'm going to click on. I'm going to play the clip and see the result we have. But before I do that, I notice there is a red bar here in my timeline. That means that this clip, when I use the optical flow, it's not fully rendered, when it's not fully rendered, when I play it in the program monitor, it's not going to look like the final result. So I need to render it first before I preview to do that. I'm going to go to sequence and then click on render effects into out or I can simply enter on the keyboard. I press enter on the keyboard. I wait for some time. And now we see a green bar, and we no longer see the red bar. Now I can preview and see the result we have. I'm going to full screen the program monitor, and I'm going to play. 19. Exercise 13 : Speed / Duration : In this exercise, we will create this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence, right click, new item sequence, same preset. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I'll go to Exercise 13. I select all the videos and click on Open. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to start by bringing video number one in my timeline. I Dragon Job. I'm going to play it. We notice the video is way too slow. This is not the normal speed of the video. We need to speed it up ale bit. I'm going to select the clip, right click. I go to speed and duration, and I'm going to change the speed from 100% to 200%, and I'm going to click on. Now if we play. Now this looks like a normal speed. I'm done with this clip. I'm going to move to the next clip. The second one, number two. Hi, Dragon drop. I'm going to put it next to the first clip. I'm going to play. And here's what I'm going to do. I'm going to select the razor tool. I'm going to scrub through the video, and right when the bike leaves the ground. I can use the right and left arrows for more precision to move frame by frame. Right when the bike leaves the ground, right here. I'm going to make one cut here. I'm going to keep going. And when the last bike touches the ground, around here. I'm going to create another cut using the razor tool. I make one cut here. I'm going to go back to selection tool, and here's what I'm going to do. When the first bike jumps, and then the other bikes follow. I want to make this small clip slow motion, so they start at a normal speed, slow motion when the bikes are in the air, and then I want the bikes to go super fast in the last clip. So to do that, I select this clip. When they jump in the air, right click speed slash duration. I'm going to change the speed from 100% to 50% to make a slow motion like this. I'm going to make sure the ripple edit option is checked. I don't want any gaps here. I want the clips to stay connected. And time interpoolation. I'm going to choose the best option optical flow. This is the best option that gives the best result whenever we try to make a slow motion video. And now I'm going to click on. Now you see the length of the clip changed. Now it's double the length. Before I play, I notice there's a red bar here in the timeline, that means it didn't fully render. I can play it. H. But in the final result, it's not going to look like that. In order to preview this clip properly, I need to render it by going to sequence, render effects into out or I can simply press enter. I wait for some time. It's rendering, and now it's done. You see the red became green. Now it fully rendered. I can play it now. I'm going to play it one more time. Starts normal speed, and then they jump, slow motion. And then normal speed. I'm going to move to this clip, and I'm going to make it fast, right click, speed and duration, and I'm going to change the speed 100-200 and click on, Okay. Now I'm going to play the entire thing. They jump, slow motion. And then they go fast, just like this. I'm going to move to the third video, Dragon drop. I put it right here. I'm going to play. And when the bike touches the ground, is going to bounce like this goes a little bit down and then up right around here. I'm going to make the clip and here. I can in a bit like this, and I'm going to trim it like this. So jump and then touches the ground. I'm going to select this clip. I'm going to duplicate it. I'm going to press old and duplicate the clip. I'm going to put it next to the other one like this. Now I'm going to right click on this one. Go to speed slash duration. I'm not going to change the speed, but I'm going to check reverse speed and click on. Now when I play, there's a jump, and then the bike goes backwards. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to play it one more time. Jump, a small bounce and then goes backwards. I'm going to bring the last video now, drag and drop. I put it right here. I'm going to play. There's a jump. We notice. This video is very slow. I'm going to speed it up. Right click. Speed large duration. I'm going to change the speed 100-200. Click on. Now let's play. I think this is a good speed. And here, when both wheels touch the ground, I'm going to make the clip end here. I can trim it using the selection tool, or I can use the razor tool, make a cut, go back to selection tool and select this small part and deleted. Now, the clip and right here, I'm going to select the clip. I duplicate the same clip like this. And I'm going to do exactly what I did here. I'm going to click on this last clip, go to speed and duration, and I'm going to reverse it, click on. And now, if I play, jump, and then goes backwards. Jump and then goes backwards. And if you notice here, here we have 200% speed, and here we have -200% because the video is in reverse. I'm going to play the entire video now. I full screen, the program monitor, and I play This is normal speed, slow motion. Then they go fast. Jump, goes backwards, Jump, and then goes backwards. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 20. Exercise 14 : Rate Stretch Tool: In this exercise, we will discover the Rate stretch tool, and we will create this video. I'll go to. And the first thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence. Same settings. I'm going to import the files I'm going to need. I go to Exercise 14. I select everything and click on open. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select the clocks video, ag and op in the timeline, like this. And now I'm going to put some markers this time, not on the timeline, but on the clip itself, between the first clock and the second clock. Right here, I'm going to put a marker if I dis select and press M. Now, I put a marker on the timeline like this. I'm going to right click and click on clear markers to delete the marker. If I select the clip and then press the letter M. Now, I create a marker on the clip, exactly right here. This is between the first clock and the second clock. This is what I wanted. I'm going to go back a little bit. We see the text and right when the text disappears. Right here, I'm going to create another marker. I created another marker here. I'm going to go forward. We see the text and right when the text disappears. Right here, I'm going to create another marker. Mm, just like that. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to bring these videos, getting ready one, two, three, and four, and I'm going to place them right here between these two markers. I'm going to start with this one, getting ready one. I'm going to press control. Getting ready two, getting ready three, getting ready for. Now, the four videos are selected. I'm going to drag and drop like this. But we notice that these videos way too long. These clips are way too long and way too slow. I need to make these clips fit between these two markers. How am I going to do that? The first method, I can right click on the clip, go to speed and duration and set a new duration. I can take it from 50 seconds to 4 seconds, for example, or zero, zero, and click on. And just like that, I'll make the clip very fast and very short. I can do it that way. Or there's another way which is this tool right here. I click and hold inside the apple dd tool, and I go down here. We have the Rate Stretch tool. I select the Rate stretch tool. I select the first clip, getting ready one. First, make sure with the selection tool, you place the first clip right where the marker is right here. We see the text, and then when the text disappears, we see the first clip. I'm going to go back to the right stretch tool, and using this tool, I'm going to shorten the clip, just like this, very simple. And by shortening this clip. If I zoom in. Now we see the new speed is 900% right here. I didn't cut any frames of this clip. I just made it very fast using the rate stretch tool. Now I'm going to play. The clip is very short and very fast. This is exactly what we wanted. I'm going to do the same thing for the second clip. I'm going to select. I'm going to make it very short like this. I'm going to go to the third clip. I'm going to make it very short like this, and the fourth clip, I'm going to make it about this length. Now, selection tool, I'm going to bring them close to each other, like this. I'm going to go back to the rate stretch tool. I'm going to make this one even shorter, this one, even shorter, this one, even shorter and this one short like this. Back to selection tool, I'm going to take the fourth one and place it right here. Make sure it ends where this marker is. And I'm going to space them out a little bit like this. I'm going to leave some space between the clips. I'm going to o in a little bit. And now if I play, we see the clock, we see the text, and then we see the small clips of this woman getting ready. Okay, the first part of the video is done. I'm going to move to the second part. Now we have a slow clock. We're going to do the opposite this time. We see the text working out, and now I'm going to bring the clips of these two working out. I'm going to select working out Video one, press control. I select working out two and working out three. The three videos are selected, and I'm going to drag and drop. Make sure I drop them where this marker is. We see the text, and when the text disappears, we start seeing the eclipse. I'm going to space them out like this. I put the first one right here where this marker is, and I make sure the last clip ends where the clocks clip ends. Right here on this level, and the second, I'm going to put it somewhere in the middle. I'm going to play these clips. The speed of these clips is normal. I'm going to make them a little bit slower, using the same tool, rate stretch tool. I selected, I'm going to start with this one. This time, I'm going to make it slower by extending the length of the clip like this. This one, I'm going to do the same thing. I extend the length, a little bit like this, and this one, I'm going to extend the length. Ale bit like this. This one, I'm going to extend the length a little bit like this, back to selection tool. I'm going to leave some space between the two. Now let's play. I think this is a bit way too slow. I'm going to go back to rate stretch tool. I'm going to shorten this clip right here. I'm going to shorten this clip, bit like this. And this clip. I shorten it a bit and make it a bit faster. Now let's play. I think this is a good speed. I'm going to in a bit selection to. I'm going to move this a bit to the right like this. Just a little bit to the right. And now we finish the second part. The last step of this exercise. The last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add the music, Music one and Music two. But before that, here we have empty audio clips in the audio tracks A one and A two. We don't need these. I'm going to delete them. Starting with this one. I'm going to right click. I'm going to click on Unlink. Now, the video and the audio are unlinked. I select the audio and it delete. I delete this audio from Audio Track one, and I'm going to do the same thing for these. I can select all like this. Right click and click on Unlink to unlink the video and audio, or I can simply press and hold old and select the audio only without selecting the video like this, and now I hit delete and delete all these audio clips. Last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add the music to my video. I'm going to start with Music one. I select it, I drag it and drop it right here. But we notice the music clip is way too long. We need to shorten this. To do that, there's a tool we can use, which is the remix tool, I go to here R Stretch tool. I click and hold, I select remix tool, and using this tool, I can go to a music clip and click and jag like this and make it shorter. I make sure it stops right where this marker is and let go. And just like that, Premier Pro made the music shorter by creating cuts here, here, here, here, here and here. Now, if I play, Just like that, Premier Pro magically made it shorter and you can't even tell that it was edited. This is a very useful tool in situations like this, the remix. Now I'm going to move to M two. I select the second music track and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. We have the same problem. The music is way too long. I'm going to shorten this music, using the same tool. The remix tool still selected, and I'm going to shorten it like this. Now I'm going to play the entire video. Do. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 21. Exercise 15 : Frame Hold: In this exercise, we will learn how to freeze a frame in Premier Pro, and we will create this video. I go to Premiere Pro, and first thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence, new item sequence. Same settings. And then I'm going to import the file. I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to file import Exercise 15. I select everything and click on Open. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring Video one, drag and drop it right here. I Zoom in. We have video one here. I'm going to bring the music track. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on the audio track A two. And what I'm going to do now, I'm going to make this video freeze for 3 seconds and then goes on. So it's a normal video. And right around here, I wanted to freeze for 3 seconds and then go on and play normally. To do that, I'm going to right click on the clip, and I go to insert frame hold segment. I click. And just like that, if I play, We see a steel image, a frozen image. And then we continue normally with the rest of the video. This is exactly the effect we wanted, but we have a problem here. We notice that the music clip was splitting two. That's not what we want. I'm going to undo this, Control Z to go back. I'm going to mute the music for now, and I'm going to lock the music track, the audio track like this that way I protect it. I don't modify it, I don't touch it, I don't move it. I don't delete it by accident. Now it's protected. I move the playhead. And right around here, when the graff turns its head, I'm going to do the same thing I did earlier, right click Insert frame hold segment. Now we have a small segment where the image is still Image is frozen here, and then we continue with the rest of the video. I'm going to change the duration of this small clip, the frozen image. I'm going to move this clip a little bit to the right. This frozen frame, this clip, I'm going to make it 3 seconds long, like this. I'm going to select the empty space, and I'm going to delete it now if I play. This is exactly the result we wanted. I'm going to move to the next video, which is the Zebra video. I'm going to drag and drop the clip right here. I play. And around here, towards the end. I'm going to freeze this frame until the end of the clip. I'm going to right click. And this time, I'm not going to use insert frame hold segment. I'm going to choose add frame hold. I click and just like that, the clip was split. I starts as a normal video, and from this point on, when I apply the frame hold, it stays steel image until the end. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to make this clip a little bit longer. I'm going to make it 3 seconds long, the duration 3 seconds, and I'm going to leave it like this. Now next, I'm going to bring the Tiger video. I'm going to put it right here. I'm going to a bit. And I'm going to show you another way to freeze a frame. If I wanted to take this entire video and turn it to one steel image, I can put my playhead where I want first. This is the frame I want to freeze. I right click. I go to frame hold options. Hold on at this exact time and then click on, and now we no longer have a video, as you see. We just have a steel image. The entire clip. Control Z to go back. I can use the razor tool. I can make a cut here, a cut here back to selection tool. I can select this small clip and freeze it right here, right click, frame hold options. Okay, I freeze it this exact frame, and now if I play, we get this result. Ct Ct Z to undo. I'm going to do something else. At this exact time. I'm going to phrase the image, but I'm going to use a different technique this time. I go here. Export frame. I click on this button. If you don't see it, you can always click here. Button editor and look for the icon Export frame. I choose the exact frame first. I go to Export frame and I click. I'm going to name this Tiger. Still, I can choose the format of the image I want to save, PNG, GPE, or other format. I can choose the location where I want the image to be saved. I'm going to choose the desktop and click on. And now if I go to my desktop, here, I find the still image of the tiger at that exact frame. This is the image I exported. Now I'm going to bring this image to Premier Pro. I'm going to drag it and drop it like this in my project panel, or I can go to file import. I go to desktop and choose the Tiger image and bring it at this exact frame. I did not move the playhead. I'm going to create a cut razor tool. I create a cut here. I'm going to use the selection tool, move this a little bit here. Now I'm going to bring the tiger steel. This is the steel image. I'm going to make the duration of this steel image about 3 seconds. I can zoom in for more precision. I make it about 3 seconds. I move it right here, and now I'm going to move this clip next to it. Now if I play, We get the same effect but using another method. We are done with freezing frames now. Now I'm going to bring these images, starting with the giraffe image. I'm going to drag and drop it right here. Detect giraffe and the frame here. I'm going to shorten this clip. I'm going to make it 3 seconds, the same length as the clip underneath it. I select image two, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I change the length, make it the same length as the steel image. And now the third one, Image three, I drag and drop it right here, and I'm going to change the length like this. Make it the same length as the tiger steel. I'm going to unlock the music track. I'm going to unmute it, and now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you'll go do the same and don't forget to save. I. 22. Exercise 16 : Volume: In this exercise, we will learn how to change and manipulate the volume of audio clips, and we will create this video. H. I go to Premiere Pro. I'm going to import my files, right click Import. I go to Exercise 16. I select all the files and click on Open. Now I can create a new sequence. Or I can simply select my video here and drag it and drop it in my timeline. And just like that, I created a new sequence based on this video that has the same name video with the exact same settings as this video. I'm going to scrub through my video. Obviously, I need to make some cuts. In this video and change the order of these shots. To do that, I can use the razor tool. And every time there's a change, I can create a cut. Whenever there is a change, I can manually create cut and end up with five clips, or there is a much easier way. I can select a clip like this, right click, and then go to scene edit detection. I click on scene edit detection. Here we have automatically detect scene changes in flatten footage. And here output make sure you apply a cut at each detected cut point. I'm going to click on Analyze And just like that, Premier Pro automatically analyzed this video and created cuts where they should be. This is exactly the result we wanted. I'm going to select this one to and t, and I'm going to drag it all the way to the left. I'm going to make it the first one. I make a swap like this. And then I'm going to make the chicken clip the last one, control and old, and now I can swap like this. I change the order. Next, after we see the sheep, I want to see the cows. So I'm going to swap these two. I select this clip, control and lt, and I swap just like this. And now when I scrub through, we see the farm. We see the sheep. We see the cows. We see the horses, and finally, we see the chicken. I'm going to play M We notice here, obviously, we have a problem. There's a sound volume problem. This clip is way too loud. We can see here in the audio meter, if I play. The level is way too high. As a general rule in audio, the peaks of the audio always be between -12 and minus six. They should never go below -12, and they never go too close to zero. This case, they go way beyond zero. That's not good at all. This clip. It speaks at -18. This is way too low. The horses. This is way too high speaking above zero. And the sound of the chicken is way too low. So we need to fix all that. To do that, first of all, I'm going to double click on the audio track. Here A one. I double click. I make it bigger. I can either do that or I can change the size of the track like this. I prefer double clicking. I double click, and make it big like this. I'm going to rename this audio track from Audio one to animals. I right click, and I'm going to click on rename. I'm going to name this animals like this. And now I'm going to adjust the volume to do that. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. The sound here is way too high. If I want to lower the sound, I put the cursor right here on this line, and now I can lower it like this. I can see the level it starts at zero dB. I can take it to minus six dB, minus ten. Let's play now. Now, it's much better. It's peaking between -12 and minus six. I'm going to set an in and out point here in go here out. I make sure the loop playback is activated, and now if I play. A A place. It plays infinitely. And now I can adjust the volume. I think this is a good level. Speaking between -12 and minus six. I'm going to go to the next one. I'm going to set an in and out point. I press here. I go here. Oh, I play. This is way too low. I'm going to increase the sound by clicking on this line, and I'm going to take it up this time. It's way too much. I think this is a good level. I speaking between -12 and minus six, this is a good level. I'm going to keep going. Move the slider here. I'm going to set a new in and out point. Oh. This is way too high. I'm going to take the level down a little bit. Take it a little bit e. I'm gonna take it up. Just a little bit. Let's play. Now speaking at minus six. This is perfect. I'm gonna move to the last clip now. I'm gonna set an in and out point. Here, I, I go here. Oh, and I'm gonna play. This is way too low. I'm going to take it up. Take it up even more. I think this is perfect. Speaking just below minus six. And now we're done with fixing the animal sounds. We adjusted all the levels. I'm going to remove the in and out point. I'm going to right click and clear in and out. I'm going to play. I'm going to add Pa two black transition here in the last clip. I'm going to select the video. A right click. Apply default transition, or I can simply shift and D create a transition like this. I'm going to double click on the transition. I'm going to make it 2 seconds long. Here we have a video transition and an audio transition. I can use this transition to lower the volume towards the end. A like this. Or there's another way I'm going to select this audio transition. I'm going to delete it. And instead, I'm going to lower the volume towards the end using key frames to create a keyframe on this line. I can press and hold control and put a cursor on the line. And now you see there's a plus sign. If I click. Now I create a keyframe. I go here, and I'm going to create another key frame. I click. Now we have two keyframes. I'm going to take this keyframe and take it down like this. Now the volume. Starts on this level, and then goes down. This is exactly what I wanted. By using key frames. We can do that. We can lower the volume gradually, just like this. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring the ambient sound. I'm going to select and drag and drop here. I'm going to play I'm gonna mute the animal's sound. We notice the volume is way too high. I'm going to change that. First, I'm going to double click on this audio track A two. Just to make it wider with this slide that I'm going down here. I'm going to right click on the audio track A two, and I'm going to rename this from Audio two to ambience, like this. And if I want to change the volume, I can use this line right here, take it up or down, or there is another way which is A. The audio clip mixer. I open this window, audio clip mixer from here, or you look for it here. And if you can see it, you can always go to Window and look for audio clip mixer. Here, we have the audio clip mixer. We see A one, the Audio Track one, we have A two, Audio Track two. We have the names. This is the animals audio track. This is the Ambience audio track. And using these sliders, we can change the volume. I'm going to play The animals audio track is muted. I can mute it from here. I'm going to mute it for now. I'm gonna play. And I'm going to move these sliders to change the volume. I play. Now, the audio is speaking somewhere ad -18 and -12. I think this is a good level because it's just ambient sound. We don't want it to be too high. Three. I'm going to keep the volume right here. And of course, whenever I move this slider, the line also moves. And if I move the line up, the slider moves, I can either use the audio clip mixer or the line in my time line right here to change the volume. I can choose to go back. I'm going to keep it at this level. I think this is a good level. I'm going to mute the animals audio track. Now let's play the entire thing. I think this sounds good. I'm going to shorten this slip a little bit like this. And I'm going to create key frames. I press and hold control. I create one key frame here, one key frame here, and I'm going to take the volume down like this. Now it goes down gradually. When we fade to black. And I'm going to do the opposite in the beginning. I'm going to press and hold control around here around 2 seconds. I'm going to create one key frame and here another key frame. I'm going to take this key frame down. Now the volume will go up gradually. I think this sounds good. I'm going to go down a little bit to A three, the third audio track. I'm going to go back to my project panel, and now I'm going to bring the music. I'm going to drag and drop the music track. Right here. I'm going to double click on Audio Track three. I make it bigger like this. I'm going to rename it. I can rename it from here or I can go to audio clip mixer and rename it from here. I can name this music. Like this. Now, we named the audio track. I'm going to mute the other tracks mute. Like this. I can do it from here, from the audio clip mixer or from here, it's the same thing. I go down. Here. Now let's play. The level is, I think it's a little bit low. I'm going to increase it a little bit. I take it up. T. T. Now, it's peaking just below minus six. I think this is perfect. I'm going to shorten the clip a little bit like this. I'm going to add a transition using the key frames. I'm going to add key frames, press control. I create one key frame here and one key frame here. I take this one down. In the beginning, I'm going to do the same thing I did here. Press control. One key frame here, and one key frame here. I take this one down. Now, I play. It goes up gradually and it goes down gradually. T like this. I'm going to play the entire thing. I'm gonna a mute the other tracks. Hey. Just around here when we see the horses and when the horses make noise, I want to temporarily reduce the volume of the music just so we can hear the horses better. Just in this small part. To do that, I'm going to create a few key frames. I press control. I'm going to create one key frame here. Just when the horses make noise, stops here. I go down and create another key frame here. In the music track, I'm going to create one keyframe here and one keyframe here. And now I'm going to click on this line between these two keyframes, and I'm going to take it down a little bit like this. Now if I play But the music goes down. We hear the horses clearly. And then it goes back up again. I'm gonna take it a little bit up. I don't want it to go too low. Let's play now. I think this sounds good. I'm gonna play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished. You'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 23. Exercise 17 : Audio Gain: In this exercise, we will learn how to change the audio level using audio gain, and we will create this video. A. Ah. M. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. I'm going to import the files. Import, I go to Exercise 17. I'm going to select everything and click on Open. I'm going to change the view to List view. I'm going to click on Video one, press shift, go to Video nine. Select all, and I'm going to drag and drop in the timeline like this. I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to separate the Savannah animals from the jungle animals. I'm going to take these four clips, move them a little bit to the right and create a small gap like this. I'm going to click here in the first edit point and add a transition. Shift D, add a transition here. I'm going to click here. Shift D, add the F to Black transition. For the video and the transition for the audio also. I'm going to do the same thing here for the second part of the video. I click on this added point, shift D added transition for the video and the sound, and I'm going to go to the last edit point and shift and D added transition like this. Now I'm going to play This sound is way too loud. You can see here in the audiometer. It goes beyond zero. This is very bad. If you don't see the audiometer, you can always go to Window and then look for audiometer. So we're going to fix this using a new method that we didn't see before, which is audio gain. I'm going to zoom in a little bit like this. I'm going to double click here on the audio track one. I'm going to right click and go to Audio gain. I'm going to go to set gain two, and I'm going to set the gain two minus six dB, click on. And now you see the way forms have dropped. That means the audio level decreased. Now if I play, You notice here in the audiometer, it doesn't go beyond minus six. This is exactly what you wanted. This sounds much better. I'm gonna keep going. We have the same problem here. It goes beyond zero dB. I'm going to fix this using the same method. I click, right click. Audio gain. Set gain two, I'm going to set gain two. Minus six. Now let's play. Now, this sounds much better. I can select multiple clips at the same time and set the gain at the same time. I'm going to do what I did, Control Z. I'm going to select all these three clips, right click Audio gain, set gain to minus six. Now I'm going to play. This sounds good. These two clips. The sound level is way too low. It doesn't go beyond -18. I'm going to increase this. I select the clip, right click Audio gain. This time, I'm going to go to adjust gain by, and I'm going to increase the gain by five. Click on. Now you see the wave forms increased. I'm going to play. I think it's better, but I'm going to increase it even more. Right click. Audio gain. Adjust gain by five. I'm going to add five dB. Click on. Let's play now. I think the sound. I think the sound level is good now. I'm going to go to the next. This is way too low. I'm going to increase this right click. Ado gain, adjust game by ten. I'm going to add ten dB. Click on. Now let's play. I think this sounds good. I'm going to increase it even more. Right click. Ado gain. I'm going to add five dB. Let's see what we get now. I think this sounds good. It peaks at minus six. I think this is perfect. We're done with the first part of the video. I'm going to keep going. Obviously, this is way too much. I need to decrease the audio level. I right click. Audio gain. I gain by. I'm going to write minus ten dB and click on. You see how the wave forms went down. I'm going to play now. I think this sounds good. I'm going to increase it a little bit. Right click. Audio game. I'm going to add DB. Click on Okay. Now, let's play. I think this is perfect. It peicks at minus six. I'm going to keep going. A. I'm going to increase this a little bit. Right click. Audio gain. Just gain by three. I'm going to add three dB. Click on. A. It picks at minus six. I think this sounds good. This is way too low. I need to increase this. Ado gain. I'm going to add ten dB. Now, let's play. No, I think this is way too high. We're going to decrease it. Right click. Gain. I'm going to write minus four D. I click on. Now let's play. I think this sounds good. I'm going to leave it like this. Now we are done with this Audio Track. I'm going to rename this, right click, rename. I'm going to rename it. Animals. We are done with this. Now I'm going to bring the ambience. For the Jungle, I'm going to go back to CO view. I'm going to look for jungle ambience. And I'm going to drag and drop here in Audio Track two. I'm going to shorten this clip like this. I'm going to double click on the audio track here. I'm going to go up. I'm going to double click on the animals audio track to make it smaller, and I'm going to mute it. I'm going to play the ambience. I think the sound is way too low. I'm going to increase this. I wanted to pick somewhere around here, -18 to -12. I'm going to right click, go to Audio game. This time, I'm going to click on normalize Max peak two, and I'm going to type -12. I want the peaks to reach -12. Click on. You see how the wave forms changed. Now if I play. I think this sounds good. I'm going to go to Savannah Ambience and Dragon job here. I'm going to shorten this clip. Like this. I'm going to play. We have the same problem here. I think the level is way too low. I'm going to select the audio, right click, Audio gain. Normalize Max Peak two -12. I want the Max peak to reach -12 and click on. Now fire play. I think this sounds better. I think I'm going to increase a little bit more. Right click. Audio gain. Normalize my Peak. I'm going to set this to minus ten. Click on. Increase it a little bit, let's play now. I'm going to click Audio gain. I'm going to try minus six. Click on. Let's play now. I think this sounds good. I'm going to leave it like this. I'm going to click here and add a transition, Chief D. Click here. Transition, Chef D. I'm going to do the same thing here. I select the entire clip, Shift D, and I add a transition in the beginning in the end like this, and now I'm going to rename this track. Right click, rename. I'm going to change this from Audio two to ambience. Now the next thing I'm going to do, I'm going to bring the music tracks. I'm going to look for Jungle music. I go down here a little bit. I'm going to double click on the ambience track to make it small. I'm going to select Jungle music and drag and drop it. Right here, I'm going to shorten the clip. I'm going to double click on the Audio track three to make it bigger like this. I select the clip. I'm going to add a transition in the beginning and in the end, shift and D. Now I'm going to bring the other music track, Savana Music, drag and drop right here, and I'm going to shorten this clip like this. I selected shift D to add transitions. I'm going to mute this track and this track and focus only on the music track. I'm going to rename it, right click, rename. I'm going to change this from Audio three to music. Now I'm going to play. Oh. The music is way too loud. We see it's reaching minus zero. I just want soft music. I'm going to right click. Go to Audio game this time. I'm going to click on normalize all Peaks two, and I'm going to set this to -12. Click on Okay. Now if I play. The peaks don't go beyond -12. This is exactly what I want. I think this is a good level. I'm going to play the other music track. The music here is not very loud, but I'm going to decrease it. I'm going to do the same thing I did here. Right click. Audio gain, normalize. A peaks two a set this two -12 and click on Now F play. I think this sounds good. This is a good level. I'm going to leave it like this. Last thing I want to show you. In the last exercise, we saw the audio clip mixer. This time, I'm going to show you something new, which is the audio track mixer to access the audio track mixer. I need to go to Window and look for audio track mixer. I click, and here we have the audio track mixer window. And here have sliders, very similar to the audio clip mixer. But the difference is, this allows us to change the volume of an entire track. Here, for example, we have the animal track, the ambience track, the music track. I'm going to unmute. This, I'm going to un mute this. Now, f play. I can decrease the animal's sound. The entire track, not just one clip. Oh. I can increase the ambient sound. I can lower the music. I can increase the animal sound. Just like this, controls you to go back. I'm not going to touch anything here. And in the last track here, we have the mix. And by changing the mix, we change the volume of all the tracks. This is the combination of all the tracks that we have here. I can increase everything at the same time. Or decrease everything at the same time? I'm going to undo what I did, control z. I go back to the normal volume. So we can change the volume of the entire mix from here or I can go all the way down. And here I see the mixed track. This is the mixed track. I can double click on the mixed track and make it bigger like this. Here we see this line. And by clicking and moving this line up or down, I can change the volume of the entire mix. Just like this. I'm going to take it back to zero, like this. I'm going to make this track smaller. Now I'm gonna play the entire video. The exercise now is finished. You'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 24. Exercise 1 : Effect Controls: In this exercise, we will create this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. And first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to change the work space. I'll go to work spaces, and I'm going to choose editing. I'm going to make the program monitor a little bit bigger like this. Next, I'm going to create a sequence. I go to the project panel here, new sequence, same settings. Now I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise files, motion graphics, Exercise one, and I'm going to select everything back to Premier Pro. I'm going to directly drag and drop, all these folders and files in my project panel like this, Dragon Drop, and now I have everything I need. First thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select the sky video here. I'm going to drag and drop the video in my timeline like this. I'm going to zoom in. I move the playhead a little bit. And now I'm going to open the travel folder. I open the travel bin. And inside, we find three images. I'm going to start by bringing the glowing circle image. I dragon drop in the second video track V two like this, and now we have an image on top of our video like this. I'm going to select the clip. I'm going to select the image. I'm going to select effects control. If you can't see this here, you go to a window and look for effects control, and now I'm going to talk a little bit about effects control. In the effects control here, we have motion. Inside, you have position, scale, rotation, anchor point. Here, we have opacity. And for each one of these, we have values. We have our image selected, the glowing circle. Here, we have position. We have an x value and a y value. If I put the cursor right here and click and drag to the right or the left, I change the value of the x value like this, and I move the image right or left. I move it horizontally. If I put the cursor right here and click and drag to the right or the left, I change the value, and I move it vertically like this. I can either move the circle by changing the values like this or I can simply type values like this. I can do that scale. Here we have 100. That's the default value. I can click and increase the scale and make the image bigger like this, or I can decrease the scale and make the image smaller like this. Rotation. I can click and change the value and rotate the circle like this. As you see, I'm rotating. I can either do that or type a value like 90 degrees, for example. Anchor point. I can change it same thing using these values. This is the anchor point around which the rotation happens, the scaling happen. If I, for example, change the anchor, I'm going to change the x value and the y value. Now if I scale up and down. You see the center of the scaling is the anchor point. If I rotate now, the center of the rotation is the anchor point, like this. I'm going to make this bigger. Move it. Here we have opacity. Right now it's set to 100%. I can decrease this 100-50. Now, the circle is half transparent. If I go all the way to zero, now the circle disappears completely. We can go back to 100 like this. Now it's completely visible. I think I'm going to set this to 75%. And if I want to go back to the original value, I can come here, reset parameter next to opacity. I click, and I reset the parameter, and it goes back to 100%. I can do the same thing for the anchor point. I go here, reset parameter, position. I can do the same thing, reset parameter, scale, I can do the same thing, reset parameter, rotation, same thing. I can reset like this. Or if I want to reset everything in one click, I can go here to motion. I click on reset effect and it's going to reset all these values. Now for this exercise, I'm going to keep the circle. Right here, I'm going to change the opacity, 75%. I'm going to make the circle a little bit smaller. I'm going to scale it down to something around 80 like this, and I'm going to keep it like that. I'm going to bring the next image, the text image, travel the world. I'm going to drag and drop the clip like this. Put it right here on top. I select the clip, and I'm going to take it up a little bit by changing the y value. And I'm going to leave the text right here. I can change the position using the x and y value. Or I can go here to the program monitor. I can double click and by double clicking. You see there's a rectangle around my image now. I can move it manually like this. And each time you can see the values here are changing, the position values. I can put the cursor right here and click and drag, and by doing that, I'm changing the scale. I can make it bigger or smaller, like this. I can put the cursor right here. Go a little bit further, and now you see how the cursor has changed. Now I have a curved arrow, a curved double arrow, if I click and drag, now I can rotate like this manually, and you can see the rotation here is changing. And here we have the anchor point. I can put the cursor on the anchor point. You see how the cursor has changed, and I can move it manually like this. Now a fi. Change the scale. You see the center of the scaling is the anchor point. I'm going to reset everything, reset effect, and I'm going to take it up here. Like this. If I want it to be perfectly in the center, I can press control. If I click and move the image like this and press and hold control at the same time, I can snap it exactly in the middle of the screen like this. This is a good way of making sure that the image is exactly in the center, but I'm not going to do that. I'm just going to change the y value like this and take it up a little bit. I think I'm going to go back to the glowing circle. I'm going to make the glowing circle a little bit bigger somewhere around 90 scale, like this. I can double click on the circle and move it manually. I'm going to press control and make sure it's exactly in the middle, like this. I'm going to leave the circle right here. And now I'm going to bring the plane. This is the third image. But the problem is that we don't have another video track. The last one here is V three. It's already taken, and I need to add the plane to add track, a video track or an audio track. I can come here, right click. And look for Add track. I click. And just like that, I added another video track V four. I can do the same thing here. I can right click and add track. And by doing that, I added another audio track, Control Z. I don't need another audio track. I just need a new video track, which I created here. V four. Now I'm going to drag and drop the plain image right here. I'm going to scale the plane down down to like 70, and I'm going to change the rotation somewhere around. I'm going to type -15 degrees like this. This is a good rotation. I'm going to take the plane a little bit down by changing the y value, like this. And that's all I don't think I'm going to change. Anything else. The glowing circle. I think I'm going to increase the opacity a little bit to 80%. Just make it a little bit more visible. I don't want it to be 100%. I think 80% is good. And now we're done with this part. I'm going to go back to Project Panel right here, and I'm going to open the Paris folder, double click, and now I'm going to bring the images here. I'm going to do the same thing I did. I move the playhead somewhere around here. And I'm going to start by bringing this image. I'm going to drag and job like this in my timeline. This image. This image is way too big. I need to make it smaller. To do that. I can change the scale by changing this value. I'm going to scale it down to 30 maybe 35. I'm going to type 35. Make the monitor a little bit bigger like this, and I'm going to take the image right here. Of course, as I showed you, you can double click on the image and move it manually. I'm going to keep it right here. I click away to deselect. I'm going to move to the second image Dragon job. I put it right here. I'm going to double click on this image. I'm going to make it smaller, and I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to make it a little bit more smaller like this. I'm not going to change anything else. I'm going to go up a little bit. So I can see the next track. And I'm going to select this video now. I'm going to drag and drop this video here in my timeline, like this. I double click. Make it smaller, like this. I'm going to go back to this one and make it smaller. Around the size. The images are way too small like this. I can't see them clearly, so I'm going to need to zoom. In order to zoom, I can come here, select Zoom level, right now. It's said to fit, which means the size fits the program monitor window, so you can make it bigger or smaller like this, and it always fits I'm going to change this from F to a percentage. I'm going to choose 50% like this. I go in. If I want to zoom even more, I can choose 75. I can choose 100. Can choose 200. I can choose 400, so on and so forth. But for now, 75, I think is enough. I can go up and down like this with these sliders to see what's on the screen. Or I can use this tool, the hand tool. And with this tool, I can move freely in the space. I'm going to zoom even more. And with the hand tool. I can move like this. I'm going to go back to selection tool. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I'm going to choose 75. I double click on this image. I'm going to take it here. I go down a little bit. This one, I'm going to leave it here, and I'm going to go back to fit. And I'm going to trim this video. Like this. I'm going to play. I think this looks good. I'm going to double click on this one. I'm going to move it a little bit down. I can use the arrows also. Using the arrows. I can move my images like this pixel by pixel for more precision. Now I'm going to bring the text pairs, but we don't have any more video tracks, so I'm going to need to add more. Put the cursor right here, right click. I'm going to add track. Now we have five video tracks. We have V five. I'm going to drag this image, the text image, and drop it here in the video track, V five. N this, double click on the image, and I'm going to take it up here. I'm going to move the playhead. I'm going to leave the Paris bin. I'm going to go to the London bin. I'm going to do the same thing I did earlier, starting with this image. I'm going to drag and drop it. Double click, and move it like this, I make it smaller like this. Around this size. Now, the second image dragon op, like this. I double click. I'm going to make it smaller like this. Put it around here. I'm going to select the video. I'm going to dragon drop like this, double click on the video, and I'm going to make it smaller. But this size. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. 75. I think I'm going to full screen the program monitor to see things clearly. Now, it's much better. I'm going to zoom even more. I go to 100%, 150%. And now everything is very clear. I'm going to double click on this one, take it up a little bit like this. Double click on the video, and move it right here back to this image, and I'm going to make this one. A little bit smaller. This. Now, this image, I'm going to select it and make it a little bit bigger. Let me zoom out a little bit, 100%. I think this looks good. This one is still selected, I'm going to use the arrows to move up and down. Like this. I'll make it just a bit smaller. Take it up a bit and move it to the right. I think this looks good. I'm going to go back to fit. I'm going to double click here on the program monitor to leave the full screen mode. I think this looks good. I'm going to trim the video clip. I can trim it using the selection tool. We get this result, or I can try to use the rate stretch tool and make it shorter and much faster. Let's see what we get. Didn't fully render. It's lagging a little bit. But I think this looks good. Last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to bring the text image, Dragon drop here. Like this, double click on the image, and I'm going to place it right here. Like this, select it. Using the up arrow, I'm going to take it up a little bit. Like this. I think this is a good position. Now I'm going to move to the next. I'm going to select all these. I'm going to move them a little bit to the left. Like this. We have a small audio track that we don't need. I'm going to press and hold old and select this audio track delete. We don't need that. I forgot to move. These two texts. I. Like this, put them on the same level. Now I'm going to leave the London bin, and the final one. I go to New York. I'm going to start by bringing this image. I put the playhead right here. I'm going to drag and drop. This one right here. Double click, I move it down. I make it smaller like this, about this size. Next, I'm going to drag and drop. This image on the timeline. Double click. I make it smaller. I place it right here. And next, the video, Dragon Job. I'm going to trim this video like this. I'm going to press old to select just the audio track and delete. I don't need that. I'm going to double click on the video, and I'm going to make it smaller like this. I'm going to full screen, the program monitor. Now I see things clearly. I put it right here. This one, I put it right here. I'm going to zoom in a bit. I'm going to make this a little bit bigger. This one. I move it using the arrows like this. And I think now the images and this video are well positioned. I'm going to leave the full screen mode. Back to fit like this. And finally, I'm going to bring the New York text image, Dragon drop here. And I take it up here. I think I'm going to change the scale a little bit. I'm going to make it smaller. I'm going to try 90. I think this is much better, and Image still selected. I double clicked, and I'm going to take it up using the arrows like this. Now if I play, I think this looks good. I'm going to go back to this one. I'm going to make the timeline bigger like this. I'm going to zoom in. Like this. And here's what I'm going to do. I'm going to select image two. Now make it a little bit shorter like this. It started as 5 seconds. All of them are 5 seconds long. All these clips. I'm going to shorten this one a little bit. I'm going to shorten this one, even more, and I'm going to shorten this one, even more now if I play. I get this effect that I think looks very nice. I'm going to do the same thing here. I zoom in, select image two, make it a little bit shorter. The next, I make it a little bit shorter, and finally, the text, I make it shorter like this. Now if I play. Next, I make this one shorter. This one shorter this one, shorter like this if I play. I think I'm going to make this longer a little bit longer. I want them to appear a little bit faster. Let's play now. I think this is better. I'm going to go back to this one, and now I'm going to show you something that we didn't see before. I'm going to select these three clips, and I'm going to nest them. I'm going to right click, go to nest. I can choose the name of the nested sequence and click on. And just like that, I turned the three images, the three clips into one nested sequence. We no longer have three clips. We just have one nested sequence, one clip. Which is right here. And what nesting is, you select clips and you package them together, you put them in the same box in the same nested sequence, right here. Now I can select this nested sequence, and I can move it like this. Wherever I want, I can scale it up or down, I can rotate it like this. And of course, it affects the three elements that are inside the nested sequence. I'm going to go back reset effects. If I change the opacity, of course, the three elements are affected at the same time, And if I go to anesed sequence, and I double click. I go inside the nested sequence, and inside, I can find my elements right here. If I modify these elements, for example, I change the scale and the rotation and the position, and I go back to sequence one. We see that the changes have been applied. I'm going to do what I did, control, control, control Z. Now I have a nested sequence. I'm going to make it shorter. I make it 4 seconds long, like this. I can either do that or control z. Go back. I can right click, go to speed slash duration and choose the new duration 4 seconds, four, zero, zero, and click on k. Just like that. I made it 4 seconds long. The same thing. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right, and I'm going to add transitions in the beginning and in the end, fade in and fade out. Shift D. And just like that. I create two transitions one in the beginning and one in the end, if I play now. And when I go back to my project panel, right here, I can find my nested sequence right here. And from the project panel, I can drag it and drop it like this. As you see, I can select it and move it. Like this, I can it and it another time and move it. Like this. And if I access the nested sequence, I do that by double clicking, or I double click directly on the nested sequence here. It's opened in my timeline. Now I can make some modifications. I can rotate the plane, for example, like this. And when I go back to sequence one, we see that the changes have been applied. As you see, I'm going to control Z two do. I'm going to select these two sequences, and I'm going to delete. I'm going to do the same thing here. Peris. I select these four clips, and I'm going to nest them right click. C two nest. I'm not going to change the name. I can name it Paris, but I'm going to keep it like this. Nested sequence two. Click on Okay. Now we have one nested sequence, instead of four clips. I can nested sequence, select the clip, and change the position. Can double click on the nested sequence and move it like this. Put it exactly in the middle. Can align it if I want to like this. I'm going to add a transition in the end. I click on this dit point and shift and D. Now we get this result. And it fades out. Next, I'm going to do the same thing here. I select the London clips, right click nest. I'm not going to change the name. I'm just going to click on k. Now I can change the position of the entire group like this. I try to put them in the center. I'm going to click on this Edit point, and I'm going to add a transition in the end, Shift N D. Last one, New York, I select all right click Nest. I'm not going to change the name, and I'm going to click on Okay. I click on the last Edit point. I'm going to add a transition shift and D, and I'm going to change the position by changing the values or I can double click like this and move the entire nested sequence. Like this. Backslash, I zoom out. We have this clip here. I'm going to move this one a little bit to the left, this one a little bit to the left, and this one a little bit to the left. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. Make sure there's almost the same space between the clips like this. I scrub through. I think this looks good. I'm going to go back to Project panel. Right here. You can see nested sequence one, two, three, and four that we just created. I can access them, of course, by double clicking here, and I open the nested sequence, like this, I can close it. I can open this one. I can apply some modifications if I want to. Change the size of the position or the rotation of these images and then go back and find that the changes have been applied. I can do that. I can directly double click on the Nested sequence from here and open them up here. If you wish to modify something, it's always possible to do that. And last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add the music. I select the music and I drag and drop it right here in my timeline. I'm going to shorten the audio clip like this. I'm going to play. I notice that the music is way too loud. You can see it here in the audiometer. It reaches zero dB, that's too much. I need to decrease the volume. To do that, I can double click here. I make the audio track two A two bigger, and I can put the cursor right here and move this line up or down, and by doing that, I change the volume or control z to undo Make sure the audio clip is selected. I can go here in the effect controls. Go to volume. I toggle this down, and here we have level. Right now it's set to zero dB. I can decrease it by clicking and dragging like this, or by typing a value. I'm going to type minus six dB and press enter. And just like that, I change the volume, and now if I play. I think this is a good level. I'm going to do one more thing. Right here, when the B drops. Exactly right here. You can see it in the wave forms. It's very obvious here. I'm going to move this clip, this nested sequence a little bit to the left so they can start at the same time, when the beat drops, we start seeing the plane like this. Let's play. I think this looks nice. I'm going to zoom out like this. I'm going to shorten the audio clip. Like this. And one last thing I'm going to do. Towards the end of the video. I want the volume to go down. Gradually. I'm going to scrub through. Like this, I go to the end. I'm going to press and hold control. I put the cursor right here on the line. You can see the plus sign, and I click. I create one key frame here. I come to the end. Press and hold control. Another click. I create another key frame, and I'm going to take this key frame down like this. Now if I play. It goes down gradually, starting from this transition. From this point, the audio goes down gradually. I think this looks good. Now I'm going to play the entire video. For full quality of preview, you can come here, select Playback resolution. Click and choose full for the best quality. I play. The exercise now is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 25. Exercise 2 : Blending Modes: In this exercise, we will discover blending modes, and we will create this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence, new sequence, same settings. Okay. And next, I'm going to bring all the files I'm going to need for this exercise. Exercise two, I'm going to select everything. And I'm going to drag and drop like this in my project panel. I bring them all. And first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select video one, two, three, and four, and drag them and drop them in my timeline. I can select them from here, or I can change the view to list view and select videos 1-4. And dragon drop like this. I'm going to go back to. I con view. I'm going to zoom in backslash like this. I scrub through. We have Video one, Video two, Video three and video four. I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. I can use the slider or t and the scroll wheel of the mouse, and I zoom in like this. I put the playhead somewhere around here. And I'm going to bring the first overlay, which is the money overlay. You can see it right here. I can move this slider and adjust the size of icons and thumbnails like this if I want to. So I can see them clearly. And when I hover with the mouse, I can see what's inside every video. This is the one I'm going to bring. I go to zoom out a little bit. This is the one I'm going to bring overlay one, the money video, and I'm going to drag and drop right here. I'm going to select the video, and I'm going to change the opacity 100-70% like this. And now we get this double exposure effect. We see the money and the buildings at the same time, going to play. I'm going to move this a little bit to the left, and I'm going to bring the second overlay video, which is the flag. I'm going to drag and drop like this. Right here. I'm going to play the video. I'm going to select the video. I'm going to go to opacity right here, and I'm going to change the blend mode. Right now it's set to normal. But there are many other options to choose from. The blend mode affects how two layers or two clips, two videos look on top of each other. I'm going to try a few, so you can see each time, what type of result we can get. Right now, it's set to normal. I'm going to change this to darken. This is what we get. Multiply, color burn, linear burn, darker color. Lighten screen, color dodge, linear dodge, lighter color overlay, soft light, hard light, vivid light, linear light, pin light, hard mix, difference, exclusion, subtract, divide saturation, color, and luminosity. And you see each time we get a very different result or this overlay, I'm going to choose hard light. I think this looks good. Now if I play, this is what we get. I think this looks nice. Now I'm going to bring the text on top of it. Best jobs in USA. I'm going to drag and drop. This clip right here. I'm going to make it longer like this, the same length as this overlay. I'm going to scale it down a little bit 100-90, like this, and I'm going to change the Y value. I'm going to change the position and move it vertically like this. And I'm going to keep it right here. I'm going to try 80 for the scale. I think this looks better. And now I'm going to change the blend mode from normal to multiply. And you can see the result we get if I zoom in like this, you can see how the text looks. I'm going to zoom out and play it one more time. We move on. I move the slider. Right here, I'm going to put the playhead right here and I'm going to bring overlay three, which is this one. I select overlay three, and I'm going to drag and draw up right here. This is what the video looks like. I'm going to select it, and I'm going to change the blend mode to lighten and now get this result. I think this looks nice. I'm going to bring the next overlay overlay four. I'm going to put it right here. This is what it looks like? I'm going to select the clip, and I'm going to change the bland mode to ex and now an I play. This is how it looks. I'm going to select both these clips. I'm going to move them a little bit to the left, and I'm going to bring the next overlay right here, Olay five. Bland mode set to a normal. This is what it looks like. I'm going to change the bland mode to pin light. And now, it looks like this. I keep going. I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to bring the next overlay. I'm going to drag and draw up like this. This is overlay six. I'm going to select it, and I'm going to change the bland mode to overlay, and now we get this result. I'm going to play it one more time. I'm going to drag it a little bit to the right. The camera goes up, and then we see the overlay. Right here, I'm going to bring the next overlay overlay seven. I'm going to drag and drop like this. I play. This is what it looks like now. I select it, and I'm going to change the blend mode to hard light. Now, it looks like this. I think I'm going to reduce the opacity a little bit. I'm going to take it from 100% to 80%. Now it looks like this. I think it looks better now. Keep going. Right here, I'm going to bring the next overlay eight. This is what it looks like. I'm going to select, and I'm going to change the blend mode from normal to difference. And now this is a very different effect, very different from the rest of the overlays. You see now how the video in the background has negative colors, and I think this looks nice. I'm going to move the clip a little bit to the right. I. I'm going to take it a little bit to the left. I move on to the next overlay nine. I select overlay nine, and I'm going to drag and draw up right here. I'm going to select, and I'm going to change the bland mode to hard light. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right, like this. I'm going to leave it right here. Now I'm going to overlay ten. I'm going to press control, Olay 11, overlay 12, and overlay 13, or I can change the view. List view. A select ten. Press and hold Control and select 111213 is easier to select to this view, and I'm going to drag them all and drop them right here next to each other with no gap in between. I'm going to select them all like this, and I'm going to drag them a little bit to the right. Make sure they are almost in the middle of this clip Video four. Now, these are the overlays we have overlay ten overlay 11 12 and 13. I'm going to change the blend mode of each one, starting with this one overlay ten, and I'm going to choose hard light. We get this result. The next one. I'm going to change it to color dodge. I will get this result. The next one. I'm going to change it to lighten. And the last one. I'm going to change it from normal to screen, and we end up with this result. I'm going to go back to the beginning of my timeline, right here. I'm going to select this overlay video, and I'm going to add transition in the beginning in the end. Make sure the clip is selected, shift and D. And just like that, I add two transitions here and here. I move on. I'm going to select both clips at the same time, Shift and D. I add transition like this. I'm going to play now. The overlay appears slowly and then disappears slowly. Same thing here with the flag and the text, fade in and fade out. I'm going to select these three videos, do the same thing, shift and D. Now I play I can press once, twice, or even three times to see things faster if I want to like this. I think this part looks nice. Next, Overlay six, same thing, shift and D. I add transitions. Overlay seven, shift and D, same thing. Overlay eight. I like how it appears suddenly, so I'm not going to add a transition in the beginning. I'm not going to add a fade in. I'm just going to add a fade out to add a fade out. I can click on this dit point, and then shift N D, I add a transition in the end. I can either do that, or there's another way. I'm going to in a little bit. I'm going to double click on this video track, V two, double click like this. I make it bigger. I put the cursor right here. Here we read opacity, when I put the cursor on F X. If I right click, go to opacity, make sure opacity is selected. And here you see this line. This line represents the opacity of this clip. Right now it's set to 100%. I can reduce it by changing the value from here or by changing the value from here by clicking and dragging the line down or up like this, and by doing that, I'm changing the percentage of the opacity. You can read it right here. I'm going to take it all the way up to 100%. Of course, I can go beyond 100%. But what I'm going to do now, I'm going to press control. Click here. You see the plus sign. I click here. I add one key frame. Press and hold control, one more time, and click here. I add one more key frame. I'm going to take this keyframe and take it all the way down. And now, just like that, you can see how the opacity is slowly going down. And now I created a fade out effect. I'm going to keep going. I go to overlay nine. Here, the opacity is set to 100%. I'm going to reduce it using this line. I click on the line, and I'm going to drag it down somewhere around 80%. Now I think it looks better. I'm going to create some key frames, press and hold control. You see the plus sign? I click here. Click here. I added two key frames. Press and hold control. I'm going to click here and here. I'm going to take this key frame down here and this key frame down here. I'm going to move this key frame a little bit left like this and now five play. We get this effect. The opacity starts at zero, gradually goes up to 80 and then goes down again. I'm going to do the same thing here. Overlay ten, press control. Click here and click here. I create two keyframes, I take this one down. Now, we have a fade in transition like this. I keep going. I come here. Press control. I add one key frame here and one key frame here. I take this one down. Now if I play. We get this result. If I want the transition to last longer, all I have to do is click on this keyframe and move to the left like this. Now it's going to take longer for this overlay video to disappear, and we end up with this result. Going to zoom out on my timeline, and now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 26. Exercise 3 : Keyframes: In this exercise, we will learn how to animate using key frames, and we will create this video. I'm going to play it one more time. I go to premier pro. First thing I'm going to do, go to create a new sequence. Same settings. I'm going to take this up a little bit. I'm going to create three backgrounds. I'm going to start with creating a red background, then a white background, and then a blue background. To do that. I can click here, new item. Go to color mat. I click. We have video settings, the same settings as the sequence. Click on. Now I can choose the color. I can choose the color from here. Once I choose the color, I can choose the shade of the color. Like this. For this first color mat, I'm going to go with red. I go all the way up, red, and I'm going to choose this shade, this shade, click on k. I can name it. Color mat. I'm going to name it color mat. Red. Click on. And just like that, we created a color mat. We created a red background. Right here, we can find it in our project panel, and now I can drag it and drop it in my timeline. Just like this. This is a 5 seconds clip. This is the first one. I'm going to create the next one. I can right click. Go to new item Color mat. Okay. This time, I'm going to create a white background. I go to the white color right here. Click on. I'm going to name this color mat white and click on. I have the second color mat, the second background, the white background. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. And I'm going to create a third one. Click Color mat or right click here, new item and go to Color mat, same settings. Okay. This time, I'm going to choose blue. I'll go to this shade of blue and click on, I'm going to name this color mat Blue. I have the third color mate here, the third background. I'm going to drag it and drop it. Right here. Now we have red background, white background, and then blue background, and each one of these clips lasts for about 5 seconds. Now I'm going to import the rest of the files. I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise files, motion graphics, Exercise three. I'm going to select these three folders and go to Premier Pro and drop them right here in my project panel. I'm going to start with Coca Cola, go to the Coca Cola Bin, double click. I open it. I'm going to drag and drop the first photo right here. We notice the photo is way too big. I can scale it down by going to the effect controls, and I can scale it down like this. Or there's another way I can select the clip, right click and go to set two frame size. And just like that, I make the image fit the frame perfectly. And if you look at the scale, now it's scaled down to 56.3. This is the new scale, and it fits the frame perfectly. Next, I'm going to bring the Coca Cola logo, drag and drop, like this. I'm going to double click on this logo, I'm going to put it right here. I'm going to make it a little bit smaller. Like this, and I'm going to leave it right here. Next, I'm going to bring the bottle. You see, we don't have a video track. We can either create a video track by right clicking, go to A track, or if I try to drag and drop, a new clip, a new image right here on top of V three, and I drop. You notice Premier Pro automatically created a new video track, which is V four, and you have the image of the bottle right here. I can double click on the bottle or I can click on motion. Now I can move my image. I can scale it down. I can rotate it like this, and I'm going to leave it right here. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring the slogan, Open happiness. I'm going to do the same thing I did here. I'm going to drag it and drop it on top. And by doing that, I created a new video track, which is V five. We have the text right here. I'm going to take this down. I change the y value of the position. I take it right here and I'm going to scale it up a little bit, like this. I set the scale to 200. I move it up a little bit, and I'm going to leave it right here. Now I'm going to make my timeline a little bit bigger like this. I'm going to take this down a little bit. I want to see all the clips. I zoom in like this, and I'm going to shorten this clip like this. This clip like this, this clip like this, and this clip like this. Now we get this result, red background. And the images appear one by one, just like this. I move to the next. We have a white background here. I'm going to go back to my project. I leave the Coca cola bin. I'm going to open the apple bin, double click. I'm going to start by bringing this photo Dragon drop here. The photo doesn't fit the frame. I can scale it up from here, or I can do the same thing I did with this photo, right click set to frame size, and it's going to scale it up. It automatically scale it up to 110.4. Now it fits the screen perfectly. Next. I'm going to bring the slogan, Dragon drop right here. Select the slogan. I'm going to take it down here. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right. I can do that by changing this value right here or I can double click and use the arrows, and I can move it like this. I can zoom in if I want more precision. Set this two 100% and move using the arrows. I'm going to leave it right here, like this. Go back to fit. Now, I'm going to bring the logo, drag and drop. Right here. The logo obviously is way too big. I'm going to double click. Take it up, scale it down, and I'm going to leave the logo. Here. I think I'm going to scale it down even more. Like this. Scale 30 position. I'm going to take it a little bit down and I'm going to leave it right here. I think the slogan, I'm going to scale it up a little bit. I'm going to try 110. Now I think this is way too much. I'm going to try 105 103. I think this is big enough. This looks good. Going to go back and take it up a little bit like this. And now I'm going to shorten this clips. I'm going to create the same effect of here images appearing one by one. I'm going to shorten this one like this, this one like this and this one like this. Now if I play, we start with the white background, and then they appear one by one. This is exactly what we want. I keep going. Now the last one, the BMW one. We have a blue background. I go back to a project. I open the BMW folder. I'm going to start by bringing the photo, drag and drop right here, the photo. We have the same problem. Sway too big. I can scale it down or I can right click and go to set two frame size. Now it fits the screen perfectly. Next, I'm going to bring the slogan, drag and drop right here. I'm going to double click and move it right here. I think this is a good position. Take it up a little bit like this. Next, I'm going to bring the logo agon drop like this. Logo obviously is way too big. I'm going to scale it down from control Z to undo this one selected. I need to select the logo first and scale it down like this. And I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to try scale 40. I think this one looks better. I'm going to move it a little bit to the left. Make sure it's selected, and going to change the x value. I'm going to o in a little bit. Just for more precision. I'm going to leave it right here. Now I'm going to create the same effect here. I'm going to shorten this clip, this clip. And this clip like this. Now if I play, blue background. And then they appear one by one. I think I'm going to scale down the logo down to 35. I'm going to bring it back to 35. I think this looks better. Now I'm going to play. This is the first one? Second one. And the third one. Next step, I'm going to do the animation now. I'm going to start by animating this photo. I want this photo to appear slowly. I'm going to animate the opacity. I make sure it's selected. I go to opacity, and what I'm going to do now. I'm going to set the opacity to 0% and click here, Toal animation. I click. And by doing that, I created one key frame. You can see it right here. You can hardly see it, but there's a key frame right here. I move the playhead to here, and I'm going to change the opacity from 0% to 100%. Now there's a second key frame, as you see. And you can read the value. We went from 0% to 100%, and you can see how the image appears slowly. This is a fade in effect, exactly like the ones we did in previous exercises. This is the first one. I'm going to move to the second. Here we have the logo. I'm going to animate the logo. I'm going to make it go from right to left. It starts outside the screen and then comes in. I place the playhead right here. I'm going to set the position. Like this. I change the x value. I make sure the logo goes outside the frame like this, outside, completely outside. I'm going to click on toggle animation. I create one key frame here. I move the playhead, like this. And now I'm going to change the x value. I click and drag to the left. I change the value, and I'm going to leave the logo. Right here. Now, if I play, we get this effect starts from here and then goes from right to left. From this key frame to this key frame, the position changes. I'm going to see this in this so we can focus on the logo. If I want this animation to last longer, I can move the key frame like this, move them apart. Now if I play. You see how the movement is much slower. The animation is much slower, I takes longer to reach the point here from point A to point B. If I want the animation to be super fast, I move this key frame, and I bring them close together now if I play. Now it is very fast, as you see. I'm not going to do that. Control Z to go back. Control Z to go back. I think this is a good speed. Starts from point A to point B right here. Next, we have the bottle. I'm going to animate the bottle. I want it to start somewhere here outside the frame and then goes in like this. I'm going to put the playhead right here. Go to position, toggle animation. This time, I'm going to do it a little bit differently. I can change the values from here, or I can double click on the image and move it here. I changed the values, and I created a key frame. I move the playhead right here. Now I'm going to take the bottle from here to here. And you can see here there's a path of the movement of the bottle. Now, if I play, goes from point A to point B. This, this is the path, going to zoom out a little bit like this, this represents the path. This represents the first key frame, and this is the second key frame, and we go from here to here, if I want to I can move these points, these key frames. We go from here to here. But that's not what I want. Canto Z to go back, to Z to go back. I'm going to set this to fit like this. And now I'm going to animate the slogan. We have the slogan selected. I'm going to go to position. I put the play head right here. First, I go to position. I click on toggle animation. Now I'm going to do it in reverse. This is the position I want the text to end up in. Now I'm going to go all the way back here, and I'm going to change the y value until it's completely hidden. Now if I play, we get this effect. I did it in reverse this time. Now we're done with the first part. We animated these images. I'm going to keep going. The second part. I'm going to start by animating this photo. I put the playhead right here. I go to opacity. I click on Togle animation. I'm going to do it in reverse. I go back all the way here, and now I'm going to change the opacity to 0%. Now we go from 0% to 100%, and we have the Padin effect. Now I'm going to animate the slogan. I'm going to do it in reverse. Start here. I'm going to click composition. I'll go back here and I'm going to change the y value until it's completely hidden. Now, if I play, we get this animation, the text goes up. Here we have These arrows, go to the next key frame. I can click and go to the next keyframe. I can go back here, go to a previous keyframe. I can use these to go to the next or previous key frame. I can select a key frame like this and delete it if I want to, controls to undo. I can go to the next keyframe and change the value if I want to like this. I can choose it to undo. I can go to the previous key frame and change its value if I want to like this. Playhead is exactly on the key frame. You can see it lit in blue. If I move it just a little bit, even a little bit, you see it's not lit in blue. Now if I change any value, I'm going to create a third key frame. That's not what I want. I have to be careful to not do that. If I'm about to change the value of a key frame like this. Now we have two key frames, goes up this way. I'm going to go here, go to next key frame. I'm going to animate the opacity also. I'm going to click on Tgal animation. I create a key frame here at the same time, and I'm going to go back. Here, or for more precision. I click here, go to previous keyframe. I'll put the playhead on this keyframe exactly, and I'm going to change the opacity down to zero now if f play. We get this animation. It's a fade in, and it goes up at the same time. We animated the opacity and the position at the same time. I think this is a nice effect. Now I'm going to animate the logo, the playhead. I'm going to place it right here. Now I'm going to animate the scale. I go to scale, make sure the logo is selected first. I go to scale, Dougal animation. I create one key frame here, I go back here, and I'm going to set the scale to zero. Now if I play, we get this animation. Logo gets bigger like this. I'm going to add something else. I can zoom in using this slider. I can zoom in on the keyframes if I want to, and I can move like this here. I can make it bigger if I want to, I can make the window bigger to see it clearly. I'm going to go to previous key frame. I'm going to animate rotation, Tgal animation here in the rotation. I create one key frame here. I'm going to go to next keyframe, or I can move the playhead here. From here or from here or from here, is the same thing. The play head right here. I'm going to animate the rotation. I click and drag, and by doing that, I'm changing the rotation value. I'm going to increase it, increase it up to 160, and now we go back to zero. And you see there's one here that means I did one rotation and I went back to zero degrees. Now, if I play, we get this effect, scale up and rotation at the same time. I think this looks good, but it can look even better. If I change the position of the anchor point, I'm going to double click on the image or click on motion, and I'm going to move the anchor point exactly in the middle of the apple. I'm going to o in a little bit. And I put the cursor right here, and I'm going to place the anchor point right here. Now The apple is going to rotate around the center and scale up around the center. I'm going to play one more time. Now the animation looks much better. Go back to fit. G to zoom out a little bit. We are done with the second one, now the last one. Blue background. Then we see the photo. Going to start by animating the photo. Make sure it's selected. I go to opacity, tocal animation. I create one key frame. I move back here, set this to 0%. Now we have a fading effect. Like this. Next, we have the slogan. I'm going to scale it up. Put the playhead right here. I want the slogan to end up here at this scale, playhead. I place it right here. I go to scale, total animation, then I go back, and I'm going to set the scale to zero. Now it scales up like this. I think this looks nice. And finally, I'm going to animate this logo. I'm going to put the playhead right here. Click here, Dougal animation on scale. I'm going to go back and set the scale to zero. And now we get this effect. I'm going to do. One last thing, I don't want the logo to scale up from here. Instead, I wanted to scale up from where the logo of the car is here. I want it to go from here and scale up and end up here. To do that, I'm going to change the anchor point. Click on motion like this or double click on the image right here. I put the cursor right here. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. I put the cursor right here. Now I can move my anchor point, and I'm going to take the anchor point from here to here exactly where the logo of the car is. You can always zoom in, for more precision. I'll put the anchor point of this logo right here. Go back to fit. Now a fi play. This is exactly the result we wanted. You see how the logo scales up from here, and I think this looks very nice. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 27. Exercise 4 : Digital Zoom: In this exercise, we will learn how to create a digital zoom in Premiere Pro. We will start with a steel image, and we will create this video. I'll go to Premiere Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence, new sequence, same settings. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need. I go to Exercise. I select everything and click on Open. First thing, I'm going to select this image. I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline backslash to zoom in like this. So I can see the clip clearly in my timeline. Obviously, the image is way too big. I need to scale it down. I can change the value from here or I can right click and go to set to frame size. Now, it fits the screen, but we have a problem here. We have empty spaces here and here, we have the black bars. That means I need to manually scale it up. I can click here and using the up and down arrows. I can increase or decrease by one. Like this. I'm going to keep it at 30. Set the scale to 30, like this. And now we will do the zoom in effect, the digital zoom effect on this image by creating key frames for the position and for the scale. I'm going to make this clip 17 seconds long. I need to extend the duration of this clip. To do that. I'm going to click here, play ahead position, and I'm going to write 17 seconds 1700, press enter. The playhead right here, exactly at 17 seconds, and I'm going to click and drag this clip right here and extend it, and now it's 17 seconds long. And now I'm going to create a digital zoom. I'm going to zoom on the face of this man. To do that, I need to create key frames for the position and key frame for the scale. I'm going to put a playhead at 2 seconds. 2 seconds right here. And I'm going to create a key frame for the position. I click on the Stopwatch, Togal animation, click here, and same thing for the scale. Togal animation. I click here. Just like that, I created one key frame for the position and one key frame for the scale. Now, the image is going to stay like this for 2 seconds. This is what I want. Go to previous key frame. The playhead is exactly at 2 seconds. Now I'm going to move ahead for 2 seconds, move forward. I click here. I'm going to write plus 2 seconds plus 200. Now I'm at 4 seconds, and I'm going to change the scale 30-150. And now if I play You see we have zoom in effect. We created a digital zoom effect just like this by changing the scale. I go to go back here, go to a previous key frame, and now I'm going to change the position. I want to focus on the on the left. I can click on motion here or I can double click on the image. Double click. Now it's selected, and I can manually move it. Like this. And by doing that, I created a new keyframe here for the position. I'm going to click on settings, and I'm going to look for save margins. I click. Now we have these guides on the screen. I can use them to make sure his head is exactly in the middle of the screen, like this. Now if I play, we start here for 2 seconds, and then we on his face, just like this. And the digital zoom lasts for 2 seconds. I think this looks good. Go to previous key frame. From here, I'm going to move 1 second forward. I click here. I'm going to write plus 100. Move to 5 seconds. I'm going to create one key frame here for the position. I want the camera to be focused on this man for 1 second, and then move to the next man. Now I'm going to move the playhead 5-6 like this. I do it manually now by moving the playhead with a mouse at 6 seconds. I double click on the image, and I'm going to move from this man to the next man. I make sure his head is exactly in the middle like this, using the safe guides. Now, if I play, we zoom in. We stay here for 1 second, and then we move to the next man. At 7 seconds, I'm going to create a key frame, add key frame here. We stay here for 1 second, and after 1 second, we move to the next man at 8 seconds. I'm going to double click on the image and move to the next man like this. After 1 second here, I'm going to create a new key frame, add key frame. Now I'm going to play We zoom in. We stay here for 1 second. We move to the next man. We stay for 1 second. We move to the next man. We stay for 1 second. I'm going to put the playhead at 10 seconds. I'm going to zoom out a little bit here and here. So I can see things clearly. I'm going to move to the next man, click on motion, and move the image like this. By doing so, I created a key frame here. We focus on this man for 1 second, and we're going to move to the next. I move the playhead to 11. Here. Had key frame. I move the play head to 12. Double click on the image, and I'm going to move to this man. I move the playhead for 1 second. Exactly at 13. I'm going to create one more key frame here for the position, and I'm going to create one key frame for the scale. It's very important. One key frame for the scale. We don't want the scale to change at all from here to here. So now I'm going. We stay like this for 2 seconds. We zoom in. We stay for 1 second, focused on each phase. Then we move to the next. F here, I need to do a zoom out effect, the opposite of what I did in the beginning, and I want to go back to this initial point. I need to create two key frames here with exactly these values, exactly the same values as these two key frames to do that. Make sure I place the playhead exactly where it needs to be. Right here, I'm going to move forward for 2 seconds. Move ahead for 2 seconds. I'm going to click plus 200. Now the playhead is right here. I'm going to select these two key frames in the beginning. Control C to copy. Make sure the playhead is at the right position, and I'm going to paste control V. And just like that, I pasted the two key frames here with the same values, and now if I play we have a zoom out effect, and you go back to the initial point that we started from. I'm going to zoom on my key frames. If I want to delete key frames, I can select them like this and hit delete, if I want to contro Z to undo. If I want to cancel the entire animation and delete all the key frames, I can go to the stopwatch right here and click. This action will delete existing key frames. Do you want to continue? I click on, and just like that, I deleted all the key frames here. I no longer have any animation. I can do the same thing here for the scale. I click on the stopwatch. Click on k, and just like that, I deleted all key frames. I'm going to do what I did, control control Z to go back. Now we created the zoom in effect zoom in, and then we move the camera and then zoom out. I no longer need the safe margins. I'm going to hide the safe margins. Now I'm going to add the sunglasses. I'm going to put the playhead. Right there. I move this a little bit here. I need to see this, these arrows. Go to next and previous key frame. I put the playhead right here. I'm going to press M to create a marker. Go to next key frame. I'm going to create another marker, next key frame, M, next key frame, M, next key frame, M, next key frame, M, go to zoom out a little bit. Next key frame, M, next key frame, M, next key frame, M. Next key frame M. I created all the markers I'm going to need. Each one of these is 1 second apart from the next. Now I can move between the markers like this by clicking. And now I'm going to add the sun glasses. I select sun glasses one. I'm going to drag and draw up here. I'm going to shorten the clip like this, make it 1 second long from this marker to this marker, and you can see how it snaps exactly at the marker. I'm going to double click on the image, double click on the sun glasses, and I'm going to rotate like this. I put the cursor right here close to this point until I see the cursor. Is curved. Now I can rotate. I rotate it like this and I make it fit his face, like this. Next, sunglasses. I'm going to drag and drop. Here, I'm going to shorten this clip. Make it snap at this marker, double click. Control Z I moved the big image. I created a new keyframe by accident, control Z to go back. I click on the sunglasses. I double click on the sunglasses. I rotate. I make it fit his face. Now, the next man, Sunglasses three. I look for Sunglass three, dragon drop, like this, I shorten the clip, make it 1 second long. I double click on the sunglasses, I rotate. This, M it fit his face. I move here. I look for Sunglasses four, going to drag and drop. Double click, and I'm going to rotate. Like this. I'm going to leave it right here. I shorten the clip, make it 1 second long, and going to move here. I click on this marker. I'm going to bring the last one, Sunglasses five, dragon drop like this. I shorten it, make it 1 second long. Going to click here, motion. It's selected now. I can rotate it and make it fit his face. Just like this. Now I'm going to play the entire video. And now the exercise is finished. I no longer need the markers. I can delete them. I'm going to click here and click on Clear Markers. Now, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 28. Exercise 5 : Rulers / Guides: In this exercise, we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. Right click, new item sequence. I'm going to create a new sequence. I choose the same preset with the same settings here. I click on. Next, I'm going to bring the files I'm going to need for this exercise. Right click, I, I go to Exercise five. I select all the videos 1-5, and click on open. I'm going to put them in order in my project panel. Video one here, and then Video two, then Video three, then Video four, and then Video five. I'm going to press and hold control, select Video one, two, three, four, five, and now I'm going to drag and drop. All of them in my timeline. I drop. Get this warning message that tells me that the settings of these videos are different from the settings of the sequence I created. That's not a problem. I'm going to click on keep existing settings. I'm not going to change anything backslash to Zoom in. I'm going to scrub through. We have video one here. Video two, Video three Video four and Video five. I'm going to start with Video one. This is a very high resolution image. This is a four k image. I'm going to zoom out a little bit, like this. I'm going to try right click. I'll go to down here, set to frame size. I make it fit the frame size like this. This is going to be my starting point. Right here. And I'm going to create a zoom in effect that starts from here. I make sure the playhead is at 0 seconds. I go to position. I go to the stopwatch, toggle animation, and I create one keyframe here for the position, scale, same thing. I go to the stopwatch, toggle animation, and I click. I create another key frame right here. Now I'm going to go all the way to the end. Right here, and I'm going to change the scale and the position. I'm going to start with the scale. I'm going to zoom in up to 117. And I'm going to change the position, the x and y values, like this. And I make sure the e is the size of the screen. I want to end up here. Now, if I play, we start here. I play. There's a digital zoom, and we end up right here. I'm going to go where the key frames are here. I'm going to change the y value a little bit. Like this. I'm going to click here. Go to safe margins. I make sure the i is exactly in the middle of the screen, like this. Now, I'm going to remove safe margins. I'm going to play one more time. And we get this digital zoom effect. Right around here. I'm going to place the playhead. I'm going to keep it right here. I'm going to go to settings, and I'm going to click here, Show Rulers. Now I see rulers here and here. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to create guides. Click here, make sure show guides is activated. We need show rulers and show guides. And now I'm going to put cursor right here on this ruler, and I'm going to click and drag down. And by doing that, I'm creating a guide. I'm going to put one guide here. I can go back and move it if I want to, like this. This is horizontal guide. I put the cursor right here, one more time, and I'm going to create one more guide, click and drag down. I create another guide, and I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to go to this ruler now, and I'm going to create a vertical guide. Click and drag like this. This is the first vertical guide. I'm going to create another one. I click and drag and I create another one. Now I have four guides around the iris of the eye. This is what I want. I'm going to scrub through one more time. Want to make sure that the ris of the i always stays inside this square and doesn't leave at all, and nos around here. The camera is shaking a little bit, it's moving, and the ris goes outside. So I'm going to fix this. I put the playhead right here, and I'm going to change the position. And by doing that, I'm going to create a new key frame right here. I'm going to change the x value like this, the y value like this, and put it in the middle of the square. Nos too much As you see, I created a new keyframe. I'm going to keep going. I keep going. The ris is getting way too low. I'm going to change the y value a little bit like this here, and the X. Also a little bit. Make sure it's in the middle of the square. I keep going. No. This needs some fixing. I'm going to change the X like this and the y like this. I keep going. To scrub th slowly. Now, I fix the problem. Now the ris doesn't leave the square. This is exactly what I wanted. By creating new keyframes here and adding new positions, I make sure it doesn't leave the square. I'm done with the first one. I'm going to keep the guides where they are, and I'm going to make sure all the eyes of the rest of the animals are also inside the same square like this, so I can create a match cat effect. I go from one eye to the next, and all the eyes are inside, the same square are in the same place. I select video two. I'm going to scale it. I'm going to move the position like this. The x and y. I'm going to scale it up even more up to 230, something like this. I change the X, Y, and make sure the e of this owl always stays inside the square. I'm going to scale it up even more up to 240, and move the position like this, change the x and the y values. Let's scrub through. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right. Like this. Now we get this result. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right. I think this looks nice. Yeah. Next video, Video three. This one is way too big. I'm going to scale it down a little bit like this. Skate it down to 80, and I'm going to change the position, the x and the y value. Like this, make sure the i is exactly in side, the square. I'm going to scale it down a little bit more. 75 and I place it exactly in the middle of the square. Now, if I scrub through, I'm going to take it up a little bit. Let's scrub through one more time. I think I'm going to decrease the scale a little bit Let's try 72. Change the y value. I'm going to play now. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right like this, and I think this is a good result. Now, next video, I'm going to scale it up, change the position. I'm going to put the playhead right here in the beginning. I set the scale to 220, and I change the position, make sure the eye is exactly in the center of the square. Like this. I'm going to play. Obviously, we have a problem, the cat is moving, and the eye doesn't stay inside the square. Starts here in the right position, and then the cat moves. I'm going to fix this by creating key frames. I'm going to go to the stopwatch, Toggle animation and click. Now I created a keyframe right here in the beginning. I'm going to scrub through. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. Now I'm going to scrub through right here. He moved a little bit. I'm going to change the position, the X value like this, I change it. I create a new key frame here. I'm going to keep going around here. He moved completely, and the is outside the square. I'm going to change the x value and put it back in the middle like this. I'm going to change the y value also, take it up a little bit, like this. Keep going around here. I'm going to move it a bit to the left and a little bit down. Of course, as I'm doing that, I'm creating new keyframes each time. I'm going to scrub through one more time. It's in the middle. Stays in the middle, right here, it leaves. I need to fix this. Right here, I'm going to change the position x value, and move it to the right like this and y value, I'm going to take it up ale bit. Let's keep going. And you have no problem here, stays always in the center of the square. I'm going to scrub through one more time. Right here, I'm going to create a new key frame. I'm going to change the value. And move it a little bit to the right like this. I keep going. And now I think we solve the problem, and the I was stays inside the square despite the movement. Now I'm going to play. I'm happy with the result. The I doesn't leave the square. I'm going to move to the next video now. Video five. I put the play head right here. I'm going to change the position. The x and y values. Put the playhead. In the beginning, I'm going to scale it up a little bit up to 110. I think this is a good size. I move it to the right like this. I'm going to move it down. A little bit like this. I'm going to scrub. Obviously, we have a problem because the camera is moving in this case. I put the playhead back here. I'm going to go to the stopwatch, Tuggle animation. I'm going to go all the way to the end, and I'm going to change the position. I change the x value like this. And the y value a little bit. I take it a little bit down like this. Now I created the new keyframe here. I'm going to scrub, starts here. Everything is fine. Then the camera moves. Right around here. The i leaves the square a little bit, so we're going to need to fix this. I'm going to change the x value, and move it a little bit to the left and the y value a little bit up like this. I created a new key frame in the middle. I'm going to keep going. Now I think everything looks good. The i doesn't leave the square at all, I'm going to play I think this looks good. Now we're done with the last video. If I go to settings, I can hide the guides by clicking here. Show guides. Now, I hide the guides. I can click on Show Guides, and the guides reappear one more time. If I'm done with the guides, and I want to delete them, I can go to settings and click on Clear Guides, and just like that, I deleted the guides. And now I'm going to hide the rulers. I go to settings. I have show rulers here. I'm going to click. And just like that, the rulers disappeared. I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 29. Exercise 6 : Time Remapping: In this exercise, we will discover time remapping, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need. Right click, Import, I go two. Exercise six, I select everything and click on Open. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to start by bringing Video one, this one. I dragon job in my timeline like this. I'm going to play this video. We notice that this video is way too slow. I need to increase the speed a little bit, so I can make it look normal. To do that, I can select cly right click, speed slash duration and change the speed from here. Or there is another way I'm going to show you. I'm going to double click on this video track, and make it bigger like this. Right now. This line represents the opacity of the video. I I drag it down, I change the opacity of the video like this by moving this line. I can choose to go back. When I write, click here, opacity, we see opacity selected. I'm going to change this from opacity to time remapping. Time remapping, speed, I click on speed, and now this line no longer represents the opacity. Now this line represents the speed. You can see it here. Speed, 100%, time remapping speed, 100%, and you can see it here, also, time remapping speed 100%. I can change the speed from here. If I click on this line and drag it up up to let's say 200%, and I let go. We notice the clip got shorter and now if I play We see the video is faster now. If I click on the line and drag it down down to 30%, for example, now I did the opposite. The clip got way longer, and when I play, now the video is super slow. So this is another way of changing the speed of your video. I'm going to click on this line, and I'm going to drag it up to 150%. Like this, I let go. And now when I play, Now the speed of the video looks normal. I'm going to keep it at 150. I'm going to delete the audio clip, right click on Link. Now I select the audio clip and delete, and I'm going to move to the second video. Click on Video two, and Dragon drop. Like this. I'm going to play it. We have this man break dancing. At normal speed, what I'm going to do. I'm going to have him dance at normal speed in the beginning. And then in the middle, I want the video to start at normal speed. And then I want it to be slow motion in the middle and then go back to normal speed. To do that, first of all, I have to right click, go to time remapping and select speed. Now, right around here. I'm going to press and hold control. Put the cursor on the line. You see there's a plus sign, I click, and just like that, I create one key frame here. I'm going to move to this point. I'm going to do the same thing I did. I'm going to create another key frame here. Control, put the cursor right here, and I click and just like that, I created a second key frame. Now I'm going to put the cursor right here. I'm going to click and drag down I take it from 100% to 40% like this, and I let go. And now and I play. Normal speed, slow motion, and then normal speed. Going to play it one more time, 100% speed, 40%, and then 100%. If I zoom in here, we have a key frame, and you see the key frame is made of two parts. There's the right part, and there's the left part. If I click on the right part, here, I click and drag I can make the transition from normal speed to slow speed smoother, like this, you see it's gradual. Now, when I play normal speed, and then we move gradually. I'm going to move this half a little bit to the right to make it even smoother, like this. I'm going to do the same thing here. I click on the key frame. I click on the left part of the key frame, and I'm going to drag it to the left, like this. Now and I play. Slow and we go back to normal speed. Now we're done with video two. I'm going to delete the audio track. I'm going to press old and select the audio individually and delete. And I'm going to move to the third video. I look for the third video, Video three, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I'm going to play. We see the man running at normal speed. What I'm going to do, I'm going to increase the speed of the video to do that. I right click here on effects. I go to time remapping, speed, or there is another way I can right click on the clip. I go down here all the way down. Show clip keyframes. Right now we have opacity selected. I'm going to go to time remapping and select speed. Now, the line represents the speed of the video. I'm going to put the cursor right here. Speed at 100%. I'm going to click and drag it up up to 150. And now I made the video faster. Like this. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to make the video start fast, and somewhere in the middle, I want them to go from fast to slow motion, and then go back to fast to do that of press and hold control. Click here, one key frame. And around here, I'm going to create another key frame. We have two key frames. I put the cursor right here. To zoom in a little bit. Put the cursor right here. Now I can take it up or down. I'm going to click and take it down to 50%, like this. Now, I'm going to play. We start with 150% speed. We go down to 50%, and then we go back to 150% speed. Fast, slow fast. I'm going to make the transition smoother between the fast and the slow. I click on the key frame. I put the cursor on the right half of the key frame, and I'm going to click and drag it like this. Make the transition gradual. I'm going to drag it a little bit to the right like this. I'm going to play and you see how it gradually goes from fast to slow. I'm going to make it even smoother. I click on the key frames, the right half or the left half, it doesn't matter. And here you see we have handles. I'm going to make the track a little bit bigger. You see we have handles here. I can click on the handles and drag them. And by doing that, I change the curve. As you see, I change the curve here and make the curve smoother. And now when I play We get this result is very smooth. It goes from fast to slow like this, and I'm going to do the same thing here from slow to fast. I zoom in. I'm going to click on the left half of the key frame, and I'm going to drag it to the left like this. Make it gradual. I click one more time. I'm going to click here on the handles and change the curve of the handles. Like this. Now, when I play, Fast. Slow and fast again. Now we are done with the third video. I'm going to delete the audio. I click and hold old. I di select, click away. Press and hold old, click on the audio and delete, and I'm going to move to the fourth video. Dragon op, Video four, and I put it right here. I'm going to play. We have this man surfing. What I'm going to do right around here. He makes the turn, and at this moment, at this exact moment, I want him to go back and reverse. And then continue normally, just like this. So I'm going to zoom in a little bit. I'm going to scrub through the video. He turns around and around here. I'm going to make him go back in reverse to do that. First of all, I'm going to go here or here, go to effects, right click on effects. I change it from opacity to time remapping and click on speed. I put the playhead where I want the video to go back and reverse. And I'm going to press control, press and hold control. I'm going to click here. I add one key frame. Now I'm going to press and hold control one more time. And I'm going to click and drag to the right. And I'm going to let go here. I let go. Now when I play goes backwards here, and then continues normally. This is exactly the result I wanted. I'm going to play it one more time. Goes forward, then backwards. And then forward and from here continue normally. This is exactly the effect I wanted. I'm going to delete the audio. I hold t and click on the audio, delete. Now the last video, Video five, I'm going to drag and job. Put it next to Video four. I'm going to play I'm going to play one more time. What I want to do with this video? I. Every time his feet leave the ground, every time he's in the air. I want the video to become slow motion, and then when he touches the ground, I want the speed to go back to normal. I'm going to continue. This is a second jump. When he's in the air, I want the video to go slow motion. His feet touch the ground. I want a speed to go back to normal. And this is the third jump. I want a third slow motion here. And then he falls and the speed goes back to normal. I'm going to scrub, put the playhead right here. Exactly when his feet leave the ground, when he's in the air right here, I'm going to zoom in. I go to AFX, right click, time remapping, I select speed or right click. Go all the way down. Show clip key frames, time remapping, speed. I scrub through the video, and Here, when his feet leave the ground, I'm going to create one key frame. Press and hold control. Click here, I create one key frame here. I keep going is in the air, and when his feet touch the ground, I'm going to create another key frame. Control and hold, click. Second key frame. I keep going. Now the second jump. And when his feet are in the air, I'm going to create a third keyframe. Hold control. Click. I keep going. He touches the ground, right here, control. Another key frame. I'm going to keep going. Now the third jump, his feet are in the air. I'm going to create another key frame, control, hold, click. I keep going. And when he touches the ground, right here, I'm going to create the last key frame. Hold control and click. Now, every time he's in the air, I want the speed to go down. I want these parts to be slow motion, every time he's in the air. I put the cursor right here. I click, and I'm going to drag it down to 30% here. I'm going to do the same thing here. Place the cursor right here, click and drag down down to 30%. I keep going. I'm going to do the same thing here. I click and drag it down to 30%. I'm going to make these transitions smooth. From normal too slow. I'm going to click on the key frame, click on the right half and drag it to the right like this. Make the change gradual, and I'm going to move the handle, a little bit like this, change the curve, just to make it smoother. I keep going. I'm going to do the same thing here. I click and drag the key frame like this. I make the change gradual, and I'm going to move the handles like this a little bit, change the curve. I'm going to keep going. Same thing here. Click and drag, make it gradual, I'm going to move. The handles a little bit, keep going. Here, same thing. I move the handles. Here, same thing. I click and drag like this, and I'm going to move the handles. Now the last one. I click and drag like this. And I move the handles. Like this, I'm going to zoom out a little bit. Now I'm going to play the video and see the result. Normal, slow, normal, slow. Normal and slow. I'm going to move this key frame a little bit. I want the speed to go back to normal right here. I think it took way too long. I'm going to move this key frame a little bit to the left. I place the cursor right here. I click and drag to the left like this. Now if I scrubs in the air here and goes back to a normal speed around here. I'm going to plate it. I'm going to move the key frame, even more to the left. I place the cursor right here, and I click and drag and I move both parts of the key frame. The left part and the right part. Round here, goes back to normal speed. I'm going to play this. I'm going to leave it like this. And I'm going to delete the audio track, click on the audio and delete. Now, the last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add a small logo right here in the bottom left corner of the video. I'm going to add the logo of the sport for each clip, starting with Video one. I'm going to double click on the video track to make it smaller like this and go to image one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I'm going to make the clip longer like this, the same length as Video one. And of course, I need to change the scale and the position of the logo, Image one. I'm going to go to scale, make sure it's selected, of course. Image one selected. I go to scale, and I'm going to scale it down to 35. Now it's smaller. I'm going to double click, and I'm going to change the position, and I'm going to place it right here, like this. They are playing volleyball, and we see the volleyball logo right here. I'm going to do the same thing for the rest of the videos. I go to image two. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I'm going to change the length of image two. This is the second logo. I move to Image three. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Change the length, like this, make it match video three. I go to image fo, drag and drop right here. And I'm going to change the length. Like this, make it match Video four. This is the fourth logo and the final one. I'll go to image five Dragon drop right here, and I'll make it longer like this. Now, I need to do the same thing I did here. I need to scale down these logos and change the position. I can do that one by one by selecting the images and then changing the values of the scale and the position one by one, or there is a much easier way. I can select image one. I go here, motion. I'm going to click on motion, and I'm going to copy the values of motion by using the shortcut controlled C. Now, I copied the motion values, the position, the scale, the rotation, the anchor point, everything. I go to image two. I select the clip, image two, and control V to paste and just like that, I pasted the values of the scale and the position of image one to image two, and I saved a lot of time. I'm going to do the same thing here. Image three. I select the clip, control V. I paste the same values. I go to image four, I selected, control V, I paste the same values. And Image five, I selected j V, and I pasted the same values. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 30. Exercise 7 : Keyframes: In this exercise, we will discover key frame easing, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to start by importing the files I'm going to need. Right click Import. I go to Exercise seven. I select everything and click on Open. Next, I'm going to create a sequence. A sequence based on this video. Right click. I'm going to click on New Sequence from clip. I click. And just like that, I create a sequence named Video, and I have the video inside here in my timeline. I'm going to start by bringing the images now. I look for image one, and I'm going to dragon drop in my timeline like this. Image one. I'm going to double click and move it right here. Image two, Dragon drop. I'm going to double click and bring it right here. Image three. I'm going to drag and drop. I drop right here. And by doing that, I created a new video track V four, as you see. Now I can double click, I can move it wherever I want. I want it exactly in the middle. I can press and hold control and make it snap exactly in the middle here, and I'm going to leave it right here. Next, I'm going to bring the text text one and text two. Welcome to the farm. But before that, I'm going to add some more tracks. I need to add two more tracks. To add tracks. I can right click, go to Add track. I add one track, V five, and then redo the same thing. Right click, add track, and add V six. I can do that, or I can right click, go to Add tracks. I get this window, Video tracks, add and I type two, add two video tracks, and click on, and just like that. But go up. You see I added two tracks, V five and V six. I'm going to the ect. All the images, Image one, two, three, and I'm going to take them up here. And now I'm going to bring the text. I want the text one and text two to be beneath these images. Text one selected, dragon drop here, text two dragon drop here. Select text one. I click on motion. I'm going to move this one right here. Text two selected, I click on motion, and I'm going to move this one right here. Now I'm going to select all these images, all these clips, and I'm going to make them longer. I'm going to take them from 5 seconds to 10 seconds. Make them match the length of the video like this. Next, I'm going to start animating. I'm going to start by animating image one, two, three. I'm going to hide text one and two for now, and C. I'm going to go to 2 seconds. I click on Image one. I go to position, Togal animation, I click on the stoppach. I go back 1 second, I click here. I write -1 second, 100. I go back 1 second, and I'm going to change the x value and take it to the left and hide it here. Now, if I play, I get this animation from left to right. I'm going to go to 3 seconds 300. I click on Image two. I'm going to do the same thing, position, Togal animation, click on the stopwatch. I click here, go back 1 second minus 100, and I'm going to change the x value like this and move it until it's hidden until it leaves the screen like this. Now if I play, we have first one, and then the second one. I'm going to go to 4 seconds now 400. I select Image three. This time, I go to scale. Total animation, I click on the stopwatch. I go back 1 second, mine is 100, and I'm going to change the scale 100-0. Now if I play, we have image one, Image two, and then Image three scales up just like this. And I'm going to animate the text text one and text two. I go to 5 seconds. I'm going to bring them back, text one and text two. Now they are visible. I select text one position. Click on the stopwatch, go back 1 second. I put the playhead at four here, and I'm going to change the x value and move the text to the right like this. Now I have this animation. I keep going. I go to 6 seconds. Now I'm going to animate text two position. Toggle animation, click on the stoppach. I'm going to go back 1 second. I can do that by moving the playhead or I can type. 5 seconds. Go back 1 second like this. I change the X value and I'm going to move the text to the left. Until it's completely hidden until it's completely outside the screen, like this. Now I'm going to play the entire video. First image, second image, third image, first text, and then second text. I'm going to play it one more time. And now I'm done with animating these images. What I'm going to try to do now is make the animation smoother by using key frame easing. By easing key frames. I'm going to try to make the movement look more smooth and more natural. I'm going to start by image one. This first animation from left to right. Image one selected. I go here. I'm going to o in a little bit on the key frames. I'm going to click on this keyframe. I'm going to right click. I go to temporal interpoolation, and I'm going to choose ease out. But before I do that, I'm going to come here, position. I'm going to toggle this down. So I can show you this. This represents the speed of the image. Right here, it's zero, the velocity is zero. And here, it's 1,700 pixels per second, and here it stops, goes back to zero, so this is the graph. No speed. Constant speed is linear, and then stops here. Speed is zero. Here's what I'm going to do. I'm going to select this key frame. I'm going to right click, go to temporal interpolation and click on ease out. Click on ease out. Then I go to this key frame, right click, temporal interpolation, and click on Ease in. And now you notice how the graph changed. And if I play, You notice the movement is much smoother now. I play one more time. The speed starts slow and then gradually increases. It reaches the maximum here and then slows down, which gives it a more smooth, more natural effect. I'm going to do the same thing for Image two and image three. Image two selected, I'm going to zoom in a little bit, go to these key frames. This one. A right click. Temporal interpoolation, E out. I have to start with e out. And then this one in. Now if I play, image one, and then image two. You see that the animation is smooth. Like this, I go to Image three. I zoom in like this. I can move this if I want to. Now I have more space. I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to go to the last key frame, right click and ease in. I'll go to the first one. Ease out. Now if I play. You see how smooth the animation is now. I go to high text one and text two. First one, second one, and the third one. I'm going to go back to image one. I'm going to do a small modification. I click on position. You see here we have two handles for each key frame. I'm going to click on this handle, click, and I'm going to drag it to the left. And by doing that, I change the shape of the graph. Now if you look at the graph of the Sp, the velocity now is very fast in the beginning, and then slows down towards the end. It's very slow towards the end. And when I play, here's the effect I get. Very fast in the beginning, and then very slow towards the end. I'm going to do the same thing for image two. I go up, Image two selected. I click composition. I'm going to toggle this down. I see the graph. I'm going to zoom in like this by moving this slider. I click on this handle, click and drag to the left. Now I have this graph. Now if I play, very fast in the beginning, and then very slow towards the end. I can do the opposite, of course, Control Z to go back. I can click on this handle and drag it to the right. Now it's very slow in the beginning. And then fast towards the end. But I don't want that Control Z to go back. I click on this handle, drag it to the left. And now we have this result. I'm going to bring back text one and text two. I'm going to add some easing for the text. Text one selected. I come here. I zoom in a little bit. I toggle this down. I'm going to do the same thing I did. Right click on this key frame, temporal interpolation is out. This key frame, right click, temporal interpolation is in. I get this graph, and now if I play, We have this smooth movement. I'm going to do the same thing for text two. I go to the last key frame, temporal interpolation, easy in, and the first one is out. I'm going to go back to text one. I'm going to modify this graph. I'm going to like this. Composition. I'm going to click on this handle. I'm going to drag it all the way to the left. Then I'm going to go to this handle, click and drag it all the way to the right. Now, if you see is very slow in the beginning, is very slow in the end, but it's very fast in the middle, and we get this result. I'm going to play it one more time. I'm going to do the same thing here for text two, I zoom in, get acomposition. I toggle this down. I take this handle to the left, this handle to the right, like this. We get this graph. Now if I play, text one, and then text two. I'm going to full screen and play the entire video now. And now the exercise is finished you. Go do the same and don't forget to save. 31. Exercise 8 : Keyframes: In this exercise, we will create this animation. I'm going to play it one more time. We see the butterfly flying. Then we see the bird flying. Then we see the bee going from one place to the next, and then we create a digital zoom. I go to Premiere Pro, right click Import. I go to Exercise eight. I select everything. Next, I'm going to select the video. I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline here. And by doing that, I create a sequence with the same settings as this video. Of course, I have the video inside my timeline. It lasts 20 seconds. Now I'm going to bring the butterfly. I'm going to drag and drop. The clip is 5 seconds. I'm not going to change the length of the butterfly clip. I'm going to double click. I'm going to take it here, and I'm going to start animating. I'll go to position Toggle animation, and I click on the stopwatch. The animation is going to start from here. I created the first key frame. I move the playhead right here. I click on motion, and I'm going to take the butterfly from here to here. I move the play head a little bit, and I'm going to take the butterfly from here to here. I move the play head some more, and I'm going to take the butterfly from here too. Here, I move the play head some more. I take the butterfly from here to here. I move the playhead, and I'm going to take the butterfly here, I move the playhead towards the end here, and the butterfly is going to leave the screen now. Now if I play. We get this animation. Here, we can see the key frames, all the key frames we created, right here, in this timeline. And these key frames are also represented here in the program monitor, I'm going a full screen. This is the first key frame. This is the second key frame, third, fourth, fifth, six, and seventh. Together, they compose the motion path that the butterfly follows, just like this. I can move these key frames on the program monitor, and by doing that, I modify the motion path like this. I move the key frames. I can do that, and I can also move the handles for each key frame. For each key frame, we have handles that I can move like this. And by doing that, I change the curve of the motion path. I can select this key frame and move the handle like this. This key frame, move the handles like this. This key frame, can move the handles, can make them longer or shorter. Also like this. A. And I modify the motion path at the same time. I'm going to move this handle like this and move this handle like this. I want the curve to be like this. Now I'm going to play. I'm going to move this key frame a bit here and this key frame a little bit here. I'm going to play one more time. I'm going to move the key frame a little bit to the left here. And this one a little bit to the left. I'm going to play. I'm going to move the handle some more. I think this looks good. I just need to modify the speed of the butterfly at different positions. I think from here to here. It's taking way too long, it's way too slow. So I'm going to fix this. I'm going to move this key frame here. I want it to be fast. And I'm going to move this key frame here to shorten the distance between these two. I'm going to move this key frame here, this key frame here. I'm going to move this key frame here, and I'm going to play now. I'm going to play one more time. Okay, I'm going to move this one a little bit to the left. And now I think the animation looks good. I'm done with the butterfly. I'm going to move to the bird. I select, drag and drop. This clip is 5 seconds long. I'm not going to change that. I'm going to double click on the bird. I'm going to place the bird right here. And I'm going to start animating. I go to position toggle animation. I click. I create the first keyframe here. I'm going to move the play head here, click on motion, and I'm going to take the bird from here to here. I move the playhead here, and I'm going to take the bird from here to here, I move the playhead right here, and I move the bird from here to here. I take the playhead right here. Take the playhead in the end, and I'm going to move the bird from here to here, M him leave the screen. Now if I play, This is not the animation I want. I don't want the bird to move like this. I want the bird to move in straight lines. And when you see the motion path, you can see there are a lot of curves in the motion path. That's not what I want. In order to fix that, I'm going to select all the key frames. I select all the key frames. I right click. I go to spatial interpolation. Right now, it's set to auto Bezier, and I'm going to change this from Auto Bezier to linear. I click. Just like that, you see how now the motion path changed, and now we have straight lines. Now if I play, Do you see how the bird moves in straight lines? And this is exactly what I wanted. If I want to bring back the curves and go back, right click, spatial interpolation, and I can choose auto Besi now I have the curves in my motion path. But that's not what I want. Right click, spatial interpolation, and I select linear. I'm going to play. I'm going to change the speed by moving these keyframes. I'm going to move this one here, this one here, this one here, and this one here. I'm going to make the animation faster. I'm going to move this one a little bit here and this one a little bit here. Because from here to here and from here to here, we have short distance. This distance is short and from here to here and from here to here. The distance is a little bit longer. So now I'm going to I think this animation looks good. I'm going to make this a little bit faster. I'm going to move this key frame a bit to the left. Let's play now. I'm going to full screen and play one more time. I think this is a good speed. I'm going to move the key frames a little bit. I'm going to modify the motion path a little bit. Like this, I'm gonna play. I'm going to move this one a little bit to the left. This one, I'm going to place it in the middle like this. I'm gonna play. I'm going to take this key frame a little bit down here. I'm going to play. And now I think this looks good. I'm going to leave the full screen mode, double click. And I'm going to move to the third one, the B. I'm going to drag and draw up here. I'm going to double click on the B. The B will start here in this position. I'm going to go to position and create one key frame here. I click on toggle animation. I click on the stopwatch. I'm going to move the playhead here. And double click on the B and move it from here to here. I move the playhead some more, and I'm going to move the be from here to here, move the playhead some more, and I move the be from here to here. I put the playhead right here, and I want the B to end up exactly here. Like this. Now if I play, This is not the effect I want. I want the B to start from here, and then suddenly go from here to here, and then from here to here, and then from here to here, and then from here to here. I want the B to appear here, here, here, here, here, with nothing in between to get this effect, I have to select all the key frames. Right click, go to temporal interpolation, and I'm going to change this to hold. I click, and you notice how the shape of these key frames changed. Now if I play, This is exactly the effect I wanted. I'm going to make this clip longer, like this, make it match the video. I'm going to full screen and play it one more time. Go from here to here to here to here to here. This is exactly the result I wanted. The B goes suddenly from one place to the next. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to leave the full screen mode. Now we are done with the animation. We animated the three images. The last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create a digital zoom, zoom on the B. To do that. First of all, I have to select everything. I'm going to select everything. I'm going to nest all these clips together, right click. Go to nest. I'm not going to change the name. I go to keep it nested sequence one. Click on Okay. Now we have a nested sequence. And now I'm going to place the playhead at 16 seconds right here. I'm going to click on the Nested sequence. I'm going to go to motion, position, click on the Stopwatch. Here, go to scale, Toggle animation, click on the Stopwatch. I'm going to go 1 second forward. I click here plus 1 second plus 100. And now I'm going to change the scale 100-250, like this, and I'm going to change the position, the x and y values and make the B in the center of the screen, like this, by changing the x and y values, like this. And of course, by doing that, we created two new key frames right here at this time. And now and I play We get a digital zoom effect. This is exactly what we wanted. I'm going to play it one more time. And the last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to make this zoom more smooth by easing these key frames. To do that, I'm going to select these two key frames, right click, temporal interpolation, ease in. Then I go to the two first key frames, right click, temporal interpolation, and I'm going to choose ease out. Now if I toggle this down, you see the curves we get here and here, the speed curves. Now the animation should look smooth. I'm going to play And now we get a very nice zoom effect. I'm going to play the entire video now. Full screen, double click here. Now, the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. I. 32. Exercise 9 : Masks: In this exercise, we will learn how to create masks in Premier Pro, and we will create this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a sequence, right click, new sequence, same settings. Next, I'm going to import. I go to Exercise Line. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to select the C video. I'm going to drag it and drop it in the Video track two V two right here. I o in. And now I'm going to select the sky image, and I'm going to drag it and drop it here. We do Track one, V one, the clip selected, I'm going to make it longer until it matches the sea video just like this, and now we have two layers on top of each other. I have the sea video selected. What I want to do now is I want to keep the bottom part of the, the ocean part, and completely get rid of the sky, remove the sky completely, and replace it with the sky with the pink clouds. That, I need to create a mask. In order to create a mask. I make sure the clip is selected, the C video clip is selected. I go to effect controls, I go to pacity, and there are three ways to create a mask. The first one, create a Lips mask. Second one, create four point polygon mask, and the third one, Fredo Bezier. For this clip, for this case, I'm going to choose create four point polygon mask. I click, and just like that, I created a mask. I'm going to hide the sky layer, so you can see. Now, this is the only visible part of the C clip, and everything else is transparent. You see it as black, but if I click here settings. I go to a transparency grid. Now you see everything else is transparent. I deactivate transparency grid. Now I can move my mask like this. And I can move the points that make the mask. I'm going to place one point here, one point here, one point here and one point here. Now if I play, we get this result. This is exactly what I wanted. I have the ocean part, and I completely removed the sky. I can bring back the sky layer now, I can make it visible. I click here. And now we have this result. I can select the C clip, go to opacity. I can see the mask I created, mask one. I can go back and make modifications if I want to. I can take this a little bit down here. I can move this point like this. Here I have mask feather. Right now it's set 210. I can increase it. 200, for example, and you see what's happening here. The feather effect, I can deselect, so I can see it clearly. I have a feather effect. I don't want this, so I'm going to click and drag to the left and reduce it down to zero. I want the feather to be zero like this. And I'm going to keep it like this. Next, I'm going to bring the energy ball. I'm going to drag and drop it right here. I select the clip. I'm going to create a mask. I go to effect controls, opacity. This time, I'm going to create a lips mask. I click, and just like that, I created a circle shaped mask. I can move this mask. Like this, and I can move the points that make this mask. I'm going to modify the mask until it matches the ball. I can change the feather if I want to, like this. I'm not going to do that. I'm going to set the feather to zero. I can change the mask opacity. I'm going to keep it at 100%, and I can change the mask expansion like this or this. I'm going to reset, and go back to zero. I'm going to keep it like this. Now I'm going to scale this layer down the entire layer. I go to scale, and I'm going to change this 100-40%. I'm going to leave it at this size. I'm going to go to motion and move it I'm going to place it right here. I can press control and make sure it's in the middle of the frame like this. I'm going to take it a little bit down here like this. Now I'm going to change the order of the layers. I want the C layer to be above the energy ball. To do that, I can move the energy ball here next to it, or I can take the C layer and take it all the way up above V three. And by doing that, I created a new video track V four. Now I'm going to select both of them and take both of them down like this. And now if I play, I get this result. I'm going to go back to the energy ball and change the y value, like this. I go to opacity. I go to blend mode. Right now, it's set to normal. I'm going to change this from normal to screen, and now and I play. I get this result. I think this looks good. Next, I'm going to bring the paper boat. I'm going to drag and draw up here. I'm going to make the clip longer like this, and now I'm going to create a mask. I need to keep the paper boat only and remove all the rest to do that. I have to create a free draw busy mask. I click, and now I come here. I'm going to make the screen a little bit bigger. And with this tool, I create one point here, one point here, one point here, one point here, one point here, one point here. One point here, one point here, and I go back to the first point, and I'm going to close the path. I click here. And just like that, now I made the selection around the boat. I masked the boat and removed everything else. This is exactly what I wanted. I isolated the part I wanted, and now I'm going to go to mask feather and reduce this 10-0. I want no feather. I go to scale, and I'm going to scale it down to 40 like this. I'm going to change the rotation a little bit. I'm going to set the rotation to five degrees like this. I'm going to click on motion. And I'm going to move the boat right here on the right of the screen. Now I'm going to animate the boat, make it look like it's sailing. I want it to go from right to left. I place the boat right here. I put the playhead at 0 seconds in the beginning of the clip. I go to position, Tuggle animation, I click on the stopwatch. Now I'm going to move the playhead to the end right here. I place it right here, and I'm going to change the x value and make it go from right to left. I place it right here, and now if I play, The boat goes from right to left. This is exactly what I wanted. I can click on motion, and I can see the motion path. I can take this a bit up here and this a little bit up here. Now, let's play. Now I think this looks better. I'm going to move the clip a bit to the right. Like this, I think this looks good. Last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring the plane. I select the plane, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. And by doing that, I created a new video drag V five. Now, I'm going to animate the plane. I double click on the plane. I place the playhead in the beginning of the clip, and I'm going to put the plane right here. I go to position, Dougal animation, I click on the stopwatch. I go to the end of the clip right here, and now I'm going to click on motion and move the plane from here to here like this. You can see the motion path. The plane is going to follow, and now if I play, we get this result. Now what I want to do. I want to make it look like the plane is going through these clouds. So I wanted to disappear when it goes behind the clouds and then reappear one more time again. Right here after it goes through this cloud. To do that. I'm going to select the plane clip, and I'm going to nest it right click. I go to nest. I'm not going to change the name. I click on. And now what I'm going to do, I'm going to create a mask. I select the nested sequence. I'm going to create aps mask. I click. And now we have a mask. I'm going to place the mask right here. I'm going to full screen the program monitor so we can see clearly. I'm going to change the shape of the mask like this. I'm going to rotate it. I put the cursor right here and rotate like this. I create a mask like this. Now when I move the playhead, and obviously, this is not what we want. We want the plane to be visible when it's outside of this circle and height when it reaches the circle, so it can look like it's behind the clouds and then reappear again after it goes through the clouds. To solve this, I go to mask. I go down here. We have inverted, and I'm going to activate inverted. I click and just like this, we get exactly the result we wanted. Now, the plane is visible everywhere else outside the mask and it's invisible inside the mask. This is exactly what we wanted. One more thing I'm going to do, I'm going to increase the feather. I'm going to increase it a lot up to 100. Let's try 100, and now it looks much more natural. It looks like it's really going through the clouds, and then coming from the other side. And I'm going to play the entire video. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 33. Exercise 10 : Masks: In this exercise, we will use this video this video and this video, we will combine the three, and we will end up with this result. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to right click new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I click on Import. Exercise ten. I select the three videos and click on Open. Now, first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to bring this video, Str Sky. I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline like this. I Zoom in. This is the first video. Next, I'm going to bring the bridge video. I drag it and drop it on top. Now what I'm going to do. I'm going to select a bridge video. I'm going to go to Opacity, and I'm going to create a mask. This time, I'm going to create a free Draw Bezier mask. I click. And now I'm going to draw a mask. I'm going to make this a bit. I'm going to draw a mask. I click here. Click here. Click here. Click here. I put the cursor right here and I'm going to click and drag like this. And by doing that, I create a curve, as you see, I put the cursor right here. Click and drag, I create another curve. Click and drag, another curve here. And one last click, I'm going to close the path. And just like that, I drew a mask around this area, and all the rest is invisible now. Now we see the background behind it. After I drew the mask, I can move these points around like this and modify my mask if I want to, like this. I'm going to set this to 25. I'm going to move these points outside of the screen like this. This point here, and this point here. I'm going to go back to fit. I can move the entire mask like this. If I want to, I can select the points and move them individually, and I can also move the handles and change the curve like this. Click on this point. Move the handles and move the curve. Same thing here if I want to. I can deselect, and when I select the video one more time, I go here opacity, I select the mask. Once the mask is selected, I can go back and modify the points one more time. One last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to go to mask feather, and I'm going to set this to 200 I type 200 and press Enter. By doing that, we end up with this result. I'm going to full screen and play. Now, I think this looks nice. I go back. I'm going to select the bridge video, and I'm going to take it up from V two to V three right here. Now I'm going to select the moon video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on V two. I'm going to hide V three. This is the moon video. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to create a mask around the moon. Make sure the moon video is selected. I go to opacity, and I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I click here, create ellipse mask. Now I'm going to put this ellipse around the moon. Like this, by moving the points, I'm going to foot screen to make it bigger for more precision. Put this point here, this point here, this point here, and this point here. Now, I created the mask around the moon. As you see, I think it looks nice. Now and I play. And obviously, we have a problem, because the moon is moving, but the mask stays in the same place. It's not moving at all stays right here. We need to fix this by animating the mask. I make sure the playhead is right here at 0 seconds. Make sure the mask is selected, mask one. I go to mask path. And I'm going to click on Togal animation. I make one click. And by doing that, I created the first key frame right here at 0 seconds. Now I'm going to move the playhead right here. In the end of the video, and I'm going to select mask one, and I'm going to move it from here to here, I look for the moon, like this. You can full screen for more precision. Make sure the mask is placed exactly around the moon. And by moving the mask, I created a second key frame right here, as you see. Now, when I play you see how the mask is following the moon. And this is exactly what I wanted when I scrub through, you see how the mask perfectly follows the moon. Now, I'm going to bring back V three, make it visible one more time, and I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 34. Exercise 11 : Masks: In this exercise, we will combine many images and videos, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. Right click, new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files. I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise 11. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to start by selecting the Ocean video, and I'm going to drag and drop it in my timeline like this. I Next, I'm going to bring the sun image. I drag it and I'm going to drop it on top, like this. I'm going to change the length. I'm going to make it 10 seconds, the same length as the ocean video, like this. And now, I'm going to select the sun image. I'm going to go to opacity, and I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I click. I'm going to move the ellipse right here. I'm going to change the shape like this. Make it a circle. Make it a little bit bigger like this and last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to change the feather from ten to I'm going to try 300 and press enter, and we end up with this result. I think this looks good. Next, I'm going to select the I video. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on top on V three. I'm going to zoom in a little bit like this. I select the video, and I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I go to opacity, create a ipse mask and click. And now I put the mask around the eye like this. If I put the cursor right here on this small circle, and I click and drag, by doing this, I can change the feather like this. And if I click on this small square and click and drag, I can change the expansion. I click and drag here. You can see the mask feather value is changing right here. And if I click and drag this square, you see the mask expansion is changing right here. I'm going to reset parameter here. And I'm going to change the mask feather to 50%. Me this, we end up with this result. I'm going to go back to fit. The Ii video selected, I'm going to scale it down from 100% to 50 like this. I click motion, and I'm going to move this right here, place it on the sun like this. Make sure it's placed correctly. And I'm going to go down here, blend mode, and I'm going to change this from normal to hard light. Now we end up with this result. I think I'm going to take it down a little bit, select this. I'm going to change the value like this, and the value, and move it a little bit to the right. I'm going to play one more time. I think I'm going to make the mask a little bit smaller. I make sure the mask is selected, and I'm going to make it smaller by moving these points a little bit like this. I'm going to play. You know, I think this looks good. Next, I'm going to bring this image, the clock Tower image. I'm going to drag and drop. I'm going to extend it, make it this long, like this. I select it, and I'm going to create a mask. This time, a free Dow Bezier mask, I click, and I'm going to start drawing my mask. I'm going to start from here. Click, click, click, click, click. Click. Click click. Click. Click, and now I'm going to close the path. On lets click. Just like that, I created the mask. I'm going to go to mask feather, and I'm going to set this to zero instead of ten. Like this. I'm going to full screen, and I'm going to make sure the points are placed correctly. I'm going to take this one. This one as well. I'm going to o in even more. Put this point right here. Control Z to go back, move this point right here, this point right here, and all the other points I think are placed correctly. Yes. Still selected. I'm going to change the scale now 100-15 like this, and I'm going to place the image right here. Control Z to go back. I have the mask selected. I have to select motion, select the entire image, and now I can move the image. Right here, I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to o in right here. I'm going to zoom in even more. I'm going to set this 200 like this. I'm going to go back to mask. And I'm going to move this point like this. And I'm going to leave it right here. Next, I'm going to bring this image, the Pizza Tower, drag and drop right here. I go up, I'm going to extend the length of this clip, make it match the others. Like this, and I'm going to create a mask free draw as a mask. I click. Now. I'm going to make won't click here. Won't click here. I'm going to click and drag here, create a curved line, one point here, one point here, and now I'm going to close the path like this. I'm going to set the mask feather 20, like this. I'm going to screen and make sure the points are placed correctly. I can modify the curve if I want to, like this. I think this looks good. I leave full screen, go back to fit like this. The image is still selected, I'm going to go to a scale, and I'm going to set the scale to 30. I scale it down, click on motion, and I'm going to move it right here. I'm going to zoom in like this, set the Zoom to 400 and make sure it's placed correctly, right here, like this. Now I'm going to move to the next one. I'm going to select the tower video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on top like this. I think this one is way too long. I'm going to trim it like this, make it match the others, make it 10 seconds long. I go back. I'm going to double click on this video. I'm going to scale it down a little bit, like this. Now I'm going to create a mask. The tower video is selected. I go to opacity, and I'm going to create a four point polygon mask. I click. I create a polygon mask. I'm going to move the mask right here. I'm going to full screen. I'm going to put this point right here, this point right here, this point going to put it right here, and this point right here. I'm going to set the feather to zero like this, and I'm going to zoom in Make sure I have a good selection. I'm going to move this point here and this point here. I make sure my selection is good. Yes. Now, I'm going to add another mask. I select the video. Here, we have mask one. I'm going to create mask two this time. In Elipse mask, I click. Now as you see, we have mask two here, and we have eips that I just created right here. I'm going to change it. I'm going to zoom in, and I'm going to put this circle around this ball. Go to mask feather. I'm going to set this 20. And move this point right here, this point, right here, this point right here, and this point right here. I think this looks good. Now I'm going to add another mask, a third mask. The video still selected. I'm going to create a Free Do Bezier mask. I click. And now I'm going to create a three point mask. I click here. I click here, I click here, and now I'm going to close the p. One last click here. And just like that, I created a three point mask. And as you can see here, we have mask three. I'm going to zoom in, set this to 200. I'm going to set the mask feather to. I place this point right here, this point right here, like this. And this point, I'm going to keep it. Right here, to zoom out a little bit. I think I'm going to move this a little bit here and this one ale bit here. This point. I'm going to move it a bit down like this. I'm going to go back. I'm going to select mask three. I'm going to move this point ale bit here. And this point. A bit down. I'm going to take it a bit down here. Now I'm going to select, see how this looks. I think this looks good. I'm going to go back to fit. The tower video selected, and I'm going to scale this down down to 35, like this. I click on motion or, I double click like this, and I'm going to move it right here. I'm going to make sure it's placed correctly. I place it right here. Like this. And now I think this looks good. I'm gonna play. Okay. Next, I'm going to look for the birds video, and I'm going to drag and drop right here on top. I'm going to play. And what I want to do is to create a mask around this bird right here. I want to see this bird only and remove all the rest. I'll make sure the birds video is selected. I go to opacity, and I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I click. Now I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to full screen, like this. I'm going to rotate the ellipse mask, make it a little bit smaller like this and put it around the bird, like this. I'm going to leave full screen mode. I go to mask feather, and I'm going to increase the mask feather 10-200. I'm going to set this to 200. And now we end up with this result. I think this looks realistic. Go back to fit. Now I'm going to play. And obviously, we have a problem. The bird is moving, and the mask is static, the mask doesn't move. We need to change this by animating the mask, and we need to make the mask follow the bird. I'll put the playhead right here. I make sure the bird's video is selected. I go to mask one. Make sure the playhead is at 0 seconds. And I'm going to click here, Togle animation next to mask path. Togal animation. I click by doing that, I create the first key frame right here. Now I'm going to move the playhead. Make sure the mask is selected. I'm going to move the playhead right here. I move the mask. Right here. By moving, I created a second key frame. I keep going forward here, I'm going to move the mask. And I'm going to rotate two. I rotate the mask a little bit to match the bird. I create a third key frame right here. I move the playhead. I'm going to move the mask. And I'm going to rotate it two. I keep moving the playhead. I move the mask. I rotate it a little bit. I move the playhead. I'm going to move the mask some more. Make this, and I'm going to rotate. I move the playhead a bit more, and now the bird leaves the screen completely. I'm going to put the mask outside of the screen right here. The mask one is still selected. Now when I scrub. We see that the mask always follows the bird. If we need to create some extra key frames, like here, for example, I can move the mask a little bit here. I can rotate it a little bit like this and create another key frame just to make sure the mask always follows the bird. I think I did a good job. I think the mask perfectly follows the bird. I'm going to play. I'm satisfied with this result. Now we are done with the birds video. Now the last one, which is the octopus, I'm going to drag this video and drop it right here. Like this. Select the Octopus video, and I'm going to scale it down a little bit like this. I'm going to set the scale 250 or 40 like this. I double click and I'm going to place the video right here in the corner. I'm going to in a little bit. I'll put a playhead right here at 0 seconds, and I'm going to create a mask around this octopus. I click on Create Ellipse mask. Make sure the video of course is selected first. Go to opacity, create ellipse mask. And just like that, I create an ellipse mask. I'm going to rotate it a little bit and make it bigger like this. I put it around the octopus. I go to mask feather, and I'm going to set this 200 like this. I'm going to make it a little bit bigger. And I'm going to go to blend mode, and I'm going to change this to soft light. We end up with this result, going to set this to fit. We end up with this. I di select. Now and I play. We have the same problem. The octopus is moving. We need to animate the mask and make it follow the octopus, Ma it follow the subject. I can put the playhead right here. Go to mask path. Click on Toggle animation, create many key frames here and manually animate the mask to follow the octopus or. There's another method which is way easier. You make sure the playhead is at 0 seconds. Make sure the mask is around the subject right here. And I go here, track selected mask forward. I make one click, and now Premier Pro is doing the tracking. And now it's done. Now when I scrub through. You see how the mask always follows the subject, follows the octopus, wherever it moves. If you look here, you notice that Premier Pro created many key frames automatically and that way, we don't need to do it manually. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 35. Exercise 12 : TEXT: In this exercise, we will learn how to add text in Premier Pro. We'll learn how to apply different looks and styles to our text, and we will end up with this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I click on Import. I go to Exercise 12. I select all the videos and click on pen. I'm going to come here, sort icons. I click, and I'm going to sort by name. Now I have the videos in order 1-7. I'm going to click on number one. Press shift, go down to number seven. I click, and now all the videos 1-7 are selected. Now I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline like this, and I'm going to zoom in. I have all the videos next to each other. Placed in order like this. Up arrow. I put the playhead right here at 0 seconds in the beginning of the timeline. Now I'm going to add a text right here. I'm going to write pairs right here. To do that, I need to select this tool right here, the type tool, I click, the type tool selected. Now, I go where I want my text to be right here. I put the cursor right here, and I make one click. And now I can type. Anything I want, I'm going to type. Peris, like this. I type the word Paris. And you see here on V two, I have a graphics clip that contains the text. Right here. I'm going to trim this and make it match Video one, like this. Using Type tool, I can go back to my text and I can modify it like this. I can double click, select the text and replace it with another text like this. But I'm not going to do that, Control Z. I have the text pairs. I select the graphics clip here. I go to effect controls. I find my text, Pairs, right here. I'm going toggle this down, and here I can change the settings of my text. I'm going to start by changing the font. I'm going to choose aerial. I choose the font aerial font style. I'm going to choose regular. And from here, I can change the size. I can move the slider like this, and make it bigger or smaller. I can place the cursor right here, click and drag and increase or decrease the value. And I can also click here and write my own value. I'm going to write 300 for the size and press enter like this. I can go down here. Here I have appearance, Phil, right now it's set to white. I can click, and I can choose any color I want, like this, any color I want, and any shade I want. And then I can click on. But I'm not going to do that. I'm going to keep it white. I click on cancel. Now we are done with the first text. I'm going to move to the next down arrow. I go to the next edit point, and I'm going to add another text right here. I'm going to write Hong Kong. Type tool still selected. I'm going to come here. But instead of making one click, I'm going to click and drag and choose the area where I want my text to be, I let go. And now I can write in this area. I'm going to write. On space, Cong like this. The graphics clip is selected. I'm going to go down here. I go down here, appearance Phil, and I'm going to replace the white with black. I'm going to change the color from white to black and click on. But I need to select the text first. I'm going to click three times to select everything. Like this. Now the text is selected. I go to fill, click, and I'm going to choose the color black and then click on. I go up here, font aerial font style. I'm going to choose black. This is the thickest option and size, I'm going to choose 200. I'm going to make it a little bit smaller like this. I'm going to try 250. I think this looks better. I'm going to go here, leading and I'm going to reduce this. Reduce the space between the two lines. I'm going to type -80, and I'm going to keep it like this. I'm going to trim this clip like this. Now I'm going to go to selection tool. Selection tool selected. Now I can move my text wherever I want. I'm going to put it right here, like this. And I can also change the text area like this. But I'm not going to do that. Control Z. We'll go back. I'm going to keep the text right here and I'm going to move to the next. I click away down arrow. I'm going to create another text. I go to Type Tool. I make one click, and I'm going to write do by I double click on the text, text selected. I come here, effect controls. I'm going to change the color to white. Font aerial font style. Black, I'm going to make the text a little bit bigger. I'm going to set this to 300 like this. I'm going to click here, center align text. I'm going to go down here and I'm going to add a shadow. I click by doing that, I add a shadow. Now if I zoom in, you will see it clearly. I select the graphics clip. I go down. This is without the shadow, and this is with the shadow. Here I have different settings for the shadow. I can change the opacity. Like this, Control Z, I'm not going to do that. I can change the angle, the angle of the shadow. As you see, Control Z to go back. I can change the distance between the shadow and the text. Control Z. I'm not going to do that. I can change the size of the shadow, like this. I'm going to set this 210, I type ten, and I can change This value, which is the blur of the shadow, like this, but I'm not going to change this, control z to go back. I'm going to keep it at 40. I'm going to go up here. I click, and I'm going to change the color of the shadow from gray to black, just to make it a little bit darker and click on. I'm going to set this to fit. I go back to selection tool. I click on my text. I'm going to put it in the center. I can press control and make it snap in the center like this. I'm going to go down here, and I'm going to shorten this clip like this and make it match Video three. I'm going to keep going. Down arrow. I'm going to create another text. I'm going to write London right here. But instead of using the type tool, I'm going to select the Dubai clip. I'm going to press old and I'm going to duplicate it like this. Now, I'm going to double click on the text, double click, and I'm going to replace this text with the word London. I go to effect controls, font aerial. I'm going to change the font style to regular. Make it thinner. I need to select first. I double click the text font style. I'm going to choose regular. I make it thin like this, size, 300. I'm not going to change this I'm going to keep a shadow. I'm not going to change this. Phil. I'm going to change the color. I can click here and choose any color I want. I want the color of this blue sky. I can choose a color blue from here. Or I can use the eye dropper tool. I click and take the color directly from the sky like this. I click and click on. And just like this, I took the same color of the sky and applied it to my text. I can either do that or I can directly click here on the eye dropper tool. I'm going to change the color to yellow. Click on the eye dropper tool and click on the sky. And just like that, I apply the color of the sky to my text. Shadow, I'm going to keep the same shadow, and I'm going to add stroke. I'm going to click here. I add the stroke. I want a white stroke, I can change the color if I want to, I can choose red, green, or any color I want, but I want to keep the white and for the size, I'm going to choose ten, ten for the stroke, and we get this result. I think this looks nice. Now we are done with this text. Down arrow. I'm going to move to the next text type tool selected. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to write the word. Section I'm going to bring the text R here. You notice we have the same style as the word London. I can go here, text Istanbul, and I can click here reset effect. And by doing that, we go back to the settings by default. I'm going to choose the font aerial like this. I'm going to choose the font style. Bold size. I'm going to choose 250. I'm going to move the text right here. 250 size. I go down here. I'm going to add the background. I click. I'm going to make it red. I'm going to change the opacity right here. I'm going to set this to 100%. And I can make it bigger by changing this value like this, I can make the background bigger. I'm going to set this to 40, and I can also make the background round. I can make the edges round, as you see. Like this, but I'm not going to do that. I'm going to set this to like this. I go down here and I'm going to add a shadow. I click. I add the shadow. I'm going to make it black like this, and I'm going to make it a little bit bigger, make the size ten, like this. Now, I think this looks good. Place it right here. I'm going to trim this clip like this, make it match Video five, and I'm going to keep going down arrow. I'm going to create another text here. I go to Type Tool. I make one click here, and I'm going to write new York. I go here, text, New York. I'm going to go down here. I'm going to remove the background. I'm going to remove the fill also. And I'm going to add a stroke. I have to make sure. It's selected. I click three times, I select everything, and I'm going to remove the fill, like this, and I'm going to add a stroke. Stroke, I want it to be white. For the size, I'm going to set this 25 like this. Shadow, I'm not going to change the values, size ten, like this, and I'm not going to change. Anything else? I go up here. I'm going to go back to selection tool, and I'm going to take my text in the bottom right, right here. I think I'm going to change the size. I go here, found size, and I'm going to set this 250 like this. I place the text right here. I'm going to trim this clip like this. I'm going to o in a little bit. I think the shadow is way too big. I'm going to go down here shadow, and I'm going to make it smaller. I'm going to set this to five. And for the blur, I'm going to reduce it also. I'm going to set this to I'm going to try 20, I'm going to type 20. Distance. I'm going to set this to zero. I think this looks better. Angle, I'm not going to change this. I think I'm going to go back to size, and I'm going to set this to three. I think this looks better. I'm going to go to blur. I'm going to try ten instead of 20. I think I'm going to go back to 20, like this. I think the text looks good. Go back to fit, to play. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right, just a little bit like this, and I'm going to move on to the next Down arrow. Now this is the last one. I go to Type Tool. I click. I'm going to write the word Rome. I go here to text Rome, and I'm going to click here reset effect. I double click on my text. I'm going to set the size to 200 font. I'm going to choose aerial font style. I'm going to choose bolt. I go down here. I'm going to click on Center Aligned text. I go down here, Phil. I'm going to change the color. I click. Here, we have solid fill options. Right now, we have solid selected, I can click and choose linear gradient instead. I click on linear gradient, and now I can create a gradient. I click on this Color stop. I'm going to choose blue. And this color stop, I'm going to keep it white. Now we get a gradient going from blue to white like this, and I'm going to click on, I'm going to go up here. I think I'm going to make the text a little bit bigger. I'm going to set this to 250, like this selection too. I'm going to move the text, press control, and I'm going to keep the text right here in the middle. I'm going to trim this clip a little bit, like this. I think I'm going to add the stroke. I go here, stroke. I add stroke. I'm also going to add a shadow. I'm going to make the shadow ten for the size, like this. I go back to stroke. I'm going to change the color of the stroke. I click here, and I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to take the color from here. I click. Okay. And now we end up with this result. I'm going to play the entire video now. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 36. Exercise 13 : TEXT Animation: In this exercise, we will learn how to animate text in Premier Pro, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise 13. I select all the videos and click on pen. I'm going to click here, sort icon and sort by name. I'm going to go up here, Video number zero, and I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline. This is the first video. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a color mat. I go here, new item, color mat, same settings. I'm going to choose the color blue. Okay, I'm not going to change the name. I click on k, and now I have a color mat right here. I'm going to drag it and drop it on top of the other clip. I'm going to make it the same length as the clip beneath it. I go to opacity, blend mode, and I'm going to change this from normal to multiply, and I get this effect now. Next, I'm going to create a text right here in the middle. I go to Type Tool, I, click in the program monitor, click, and I'm going to write the text the best jobs like this. This clip, I'm going to place it exactly in the middle of these two clips like this. I'm going to come here to text and the effect controls. I'm going toggle this down. I'm going to click here reset effect to go back to the settings by default. And now I'm going to select the text. I click three times, select everything, and I'm going to change the font. To aerial, font style to regular, and I'm going to set the size to 200, like this. I'll make it bigger. I'm going to change the alignment to center align text, like this. I go down. I'm going to add the shadow effect. I'm going to keep the color vil, and I'm going to add a shadow effect. And I'm going to change the color of the shadow from gray to black like this and click on Okay. Go back to selection tool. I'm going to move the text. I'm going to press and hold control and make sure it's positioned exactly in the middle. It snaps right here exactly in the middle, and I let go. Now we have the text here. I'm going to add a transition for this text. Make sure the clip is selected and shift D. And just like that, I added fad in transition and a fade out transition. Now I'm going to zoom out like this. I go up here. I'm going to select video one. I'm going to press and hold shift, go down here and click on video six. I select all the videos 1-6, and now I'm going to drag them and drop them right here in V one. I let go. I'm going to zoom out. I'm going to press and hold old. I select the empty audio clips, and I'm going to delete them all. I don't need them. Now using the up and down arrow, I'm going to place the playhead right here. And I'm going to create a text right here. I'm going to write physical therapist. I'm going to start adding the names of the jobs for each clip. Up and down arrow, I place the playhead right here. I go to type tool. I make one click, and I'm going to write physical Therapist I'm going to make the clip longer, like this. I go to effect controls. I'm going to drag this down. I'm going to change the size. I make sure everything is selected, and I'm going to change the size to 150, like this. I'm going to click on center aligned text, and I'm not going to change anything else. Feel white. We have a shadow. I'm not going to change anything else. I go to selection tool, and I'm going to place the text right here. I'm going to press and hold control and make sure it's exactly in the middle like this. And now I'm going to animate this text. I'm going to animate the opacity of this text. I place the playhead right here. I select the clip. I'm going to go down here. We have transformed. I go to opacity, Dugal animation. I'm going to click on the Stopwatch. I'm going to set the opacity to zero. Here, click on the Stopwatch. I'm going to move the playhead a little bit, like this, and I'm going to change the opacity now 0-100. Just like that, I created a new keyframe here and now have a fade in effect. Like this. The playhead. Right here, I'm going to create another key frame at 100%. I click here at key frame. Now I have a th key frame. I move a little bit here, and I'm going to change the value 100-0, press enter, and just like this, I created the fourth key frame, and now we have a out effect. Like this, I'm going to move it a little bit to the left to make it faster, like this. I'm going to play now. I think I'm going to select them all and move all of them a little bit to the right. I think this looks good. I'm going to move to the next. For the next one, I'm going to select this text, this clip. I'm going to duplicate it. I'm going to press and hold old and duplicate the text like this. Now I'm going to select this copy I just created, and I'm going to double click and replace the text with by financial analyst. And because I copied this text, I also copied the same animation with the same key frames. So when I play this text now, I get the same fade in animation and the same fade out animation as this one. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to move to the next up and down arrow. I put the playhead right there, and I'm going to add a new text. I go to a type tool. I make one click, and I'm going to write painter with the same settings. I'm not going to change anything. I go to selection tool, and I'm going to place the text right here. Now I'm going to animate the text. This time, I'm going to animate the scale. And put the playhead right here. Make sure the clip is selected. I'm going to go down here. Transform scale. I'm going to click on the stopwatch. I'm going to set the scale to zero in the first key frame. I move a little bit, and now I'm going to change the scale 0-100. Now, if I play, the text scales up like this. And now I want the opposite. I want the text to shrink until it disappears. I put the playhead right here. I can add the key frame here, or I can simply select this key frame, control C to copy, and then the playhead right here. I'm going to paste control V. I move the playhead right here. And I'm going to select this key frame with a zero value, control C to copy, and then control V to paste, and just like this, scales up, and then scales down. I'm going to make the clip a little bit longer. I'm going to select all these key frames. I'm going to move them a little bit in the middle like this. I'm going to play. I think I'm going to select both of these, move them a little bit to the left like this and move these a little bit to the right so that the text stays longer on screen. I'm going to play now. I think this looks good. I'm going to take this clip, and I'm going to duplicate it. I'm going to press and hold. I duplicate it right here. And now I'm going to replace this text. Of course, I copied the same animation. I don't need to recreate it because it's included in the copy right here with the keyframes. I just have to replace the text now. I go to Type Tool and click here or with the selection tool, if I double click, I can directly access the Type tool, and now I can replace the text. I'm going to write. Doctor this. Now if I play I get the word doctor with the same animation as this one. I move to the next now. I'll put the playhead right here exactly at this edit point. I'm going to create another text. Type tool selected, I'm going to click here and I'm going to write Dentist using the selection tool. I'm going to move the word and place it right here. I'm going to make the clip longer. Now I'm going to make sure it's visible. I think I'm going to move it a little bit to the left right here. And now I'm going to animate this text. Make sure it's selected. I put the playhead right there. I toggle this down text. Go down here. Now I'm going to animate the position. I'm going to change the x value. I put the text right here. This is the starting point. I click on the stopwatch. I move the playhead a little bit, and I'm going to change the x value and move the text. Right here, I create a second keyframe. Now we have this animation. Goes from right to left. And now I want the opposite. I want the text to disappear from left to right to do that. I place the playhead right here. I'm going to add one key frame at the same exact position, and now I'm going to move the playhead. Right here, I can either change the x value like this until it disappears, or I can simply control Z to undo, I can select this key frame, the starting point, control C, and control V to paste. And now we get this result, I play comes in. And then disappears like this. I think I'm going to select both these key frame, and move them a little bit to the left. Like this. I'm going to play now. I think this looks better. Now I'm going to select this text, and I'm going to duplicate it press and hold, old. I make a copy and place it right here. Now I'm going to replace this text dentist with the word veterinarian. And now if I play. We get the same animation. But obviously, we have a problem because the word veterinarian is longer than the word dentist. So that's a part of this word that stays outside of the screen. We need to fix this. The clip selected, I'm going to go down here. I'm going to use these arrows to go from one key frame to the next. I'm going to select these two keyframes, and I'm going to delete them. I'm going to use these arrows to go from one key frame to the next. The playhead is exactly at this keyframe. I'm going to change the x value like this. Make sure the entire word is on screen. I go to the key frame before. Click here and it's already outside of the screen. I don't need to change this. Now if I play, we go from here to here. Now I'm going to create two more key frames in order for the word to leave the screen. I put the playhead right here. I'm going to select this key frame. I'm going to copy control C, and control V. I move the playhead a little bit. I place it right here. I'm going to select this key frame, control C, and control V. I paste it right here. Now if I play, the word comes from right to left and then leaves from left to right. I'm going to play one more time. I think this animation looks good. Now, the last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select both of these clips, video number zero and the Color mat. I'm going to duplicate these, present hold Alt. I'm going to duplicate these like this. I'm going to add a text here. This is the final one. I'm going to write. Thanks for watching up and down arrow. I'll put the playhead right there, and I'm going to create a text using the Type tool. I click, and I'm going to write thanks or watching. Thanks for watching. I click three times. I select everything. I go to here. Text. I toggle this down. I'm going to click on Center Align text. Font aerial font style, regular. I'm not going to change this. Size, 150, fill white with the shadow. I'm not going to change anything. I go to a selection tool. I'm going to press and hold control and make it snap exactly in the middle right here. I'm going to make the clip longer, make it match these two clips like this, and now I'm going to animate. I'm going to start by animating the scale. I go down here. I'm going to set the scale to 80. I click on the stopwatch here, Dougal animation. I create one keyframe here. I go here towards the end of the e clip, and I'm going to set the scale to 120 like this. Now we get this animation. The text scaling up slowly. As you see. And now I'm going to add another animation. I animated the scale. Now I'm going to animate the opacity also. We're going to have both scale and opacity animations at the same time on the same text. I'm going to use these arrows. Go to previous keyframe. I place the playhead right here where this keyframe is, and I'm going to set the opacity to zero, press enter, 0%. I click on total animation, I click on the stoppach. I create one key frame here. I'm going to move the playhead right here. And I'm going to change the opacity from 0% to 100%. Now, I'm going to play, and now we get a fad in effect, why the text is scaling up slowly. I think this looks very nice. Now I'm going to do the opposite. I'm going to click here, go to next keyframe. I'm going to select this keyframe, control C to copy and control V. Just like this, I copied and pasted the key frame with 0% opacity. I'm going to place the playhead right here and I'm going to select this key frame with a 100% value, control C and control V. Now. We have a fade in effect, 100% from this key frame to this keyframe, and then the fade out effect just like this. I'm going to play now. No. I think I'm going to move these two key frames a little bit to the left, like this. I'm going to select these and move them a little bit to the left. Let's see what we get. I think I'm going to bring both of these closer. Let's try now. I think this looks better. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 37. Exercise 14 : Essential Graphics: In this exercise, we will discover essential graphics, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Like this. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise 14. I select the two videos and click on O pen. First thing I'm going to do. Before I start working, I'm going to bring the essential graphics window. I go to Window and look for essential graphics. I click here. Now I have the essential graphics window right here. I can do that, or I can change the workspace. I click here workspaces, and I'm going to change from editing to captions and graphics. I click on Captions and Graphics, this workspace. And this workspace comes by default with the essential graphics window right here. I'm going to modify this a little bit. I'm going to make the program monitor bigger, add more space here. I'm going to make the audiometer smaller, like this. And I'm going to select effect controls here. Or from here, effect controls. Now I'm going to start working. I'm going to start by bringing the videos. I'm going to press and hold controls, select Video one, video two, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline, like this. Now we have Video one, and Video two. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to p to play right here in the beginning, and I'm going to create a text using this type tool. I'll make one click, and now I'm going to write my text. I'm going to write tub or best. Vegetables. I'm going to click here, reset effect to go back to the settings by default, and now I'm going to go to selection tool. I'm going to place this one exactly in the middle. And when this text is selected, when this clip is selected, we can modify it right here, in the effect controls. We can change the font, the font style, the size, the alignment, the color. We can do it from here, or we can do it from this window, essential graphics, as you see, make sure edit is selected. You click on dit. Here, we have our text. We can select it from here. And once it's selected, I can go down. I can change the size like this. I can change the font to any font I want. I can change the font style. I can change the alignment, the fill, I can modify the text however I want, and I can change all the parameters the same way I did here in the effect controls. I'm going to set the font to aerial, I go all the way up, or I can type aerial. Like this, I'm going to choose aerial bold. Size 150 center aligned text, and the color. I'm going to choose linear gradient, the color first color. I click on the color stop, and I'm going to choose the color green, like a dark green. I click on the color stop here, the second color stop, and I'm going to choose the color red. I click on, and now we get a gradient that goes from green to red. I can click here and modify this color midpoint, can move it a little bit to the right and get this effect. I'm going to click on. I go down, and I'm going to add the stroke a white stroke, and I'm going to make it a little bit thinner. I'm going to reduce this 4-2, press enter. Now we get a very thin stroke, just like this. This our text. I can put it in the center of the screen. Now I can go to this section, align and transform and use these options to align my text in the screen. I'm going to click on this aligned center horizontally. I make sure it's aligned horizontally, exactly in the middle, and I'm going to click here. Align center vertically. Now it's exactly in the middle of the screen. This is what I want. I click away I D select, and now I'm going to create a rectangle to create a rectangle. I go here. We have rectangle tool. If I click and hold inside. I can see other tools. I can create other shapes. I'm going to go with rectangle tool, and using this tool, rectangle tool, I'm going to create a rectangle like this by clicking and dragging about this size, and I let go of the mouse, and just like that, I create a rectangle. Can see it right here. It's called shape five. I can rename this by double clicking here or I can right click and click on rename. I'm going to call this rectangle. And click on. And you notice both the text and the rectangle belong to the same graphics clip, which is this one. I didn't create a new clip. They are both in the same graphics clip. I don't see the text anymore. That's because the rectangle layer is on top. It's above the text layer. I can change this by clicking on the text, selecting the text, and I click and drag it all the way up. And now we see it on top of the rectangle. This is exactly what I wanted. I select the rectangle here, and I'm going to align it. Same thing I did with the text. Click here, align center horizontally and align center. Vertically, if I want to go back and modify my rectangle, I can go to selection tool, and I can make it smaller like this or bigger or thinner. I have full control. I'm going to leave it like this. I'm going to align it one more time, make sure it's exactly in the center. Align center horizontally and align vertically like this. I'm going to change the color. I go to feel. I click, and I'm going to change this from gray to green. I'm going to look for a shade of green that I like. Like this shade of green. I click on k, and I'm going to add the shadow. I'm going to click on shadow right here. I'm going to change the shadow color from gray to black, like this. And now we get this result. Rectangle selected. I can go here to this value and increase it, and by doing that, I can make the rectangle round. A little bit. I'm going to set this to 50. I prefer having a round rectangle. I think this looks good. And that's it. I'm not going to change anything else. I can use these parameters, these values to rotate, to move, to scale up or down, but I'm not going to change anything else. I'm going to leave it like this. And I'm going to keep going. I use shift and up and down arrow to stop at every edit point. I place the playhead right here, and this time, I'm going to create a new graphics clip, starting with the text. I'm going to create a text, and by doing that, I'm going to create a graphics clip. And after the text, I'm going to create one circle here and one circle here, and I'm going to add a text for each circle. I'm going to start with a text right here, and I'm going to write the Vegetables. I'm going to reset the parameters. Right now I have the same style, the same look as the previous text. I'm going to reset by clicking here, reset effect, and I'm going to continue writing the vegetables with the most and I'm going to place my text right here. I'm going to change the font. I'm going to choose aerial regular font aerial and font style, regular size. I'm going to keep it at 100. I'm going to click on center Aligned text right here. And I'm going to add the background. I click here on background, I activate the background. I'm going to increase the opacity to 100%. I'm going to make the rectangle bigger. Keep it at 20 right here. And I'm going to change the color. I'm going to make it green. And I prefer getting the green from the video here, the video in the background, so I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to choose a shade of green from here. I click, and now we end up with this result. I'm going to screen. I think this looks nice. Go back. Now I'm going to create two circular shapes. I'm going to go to rectangle tool. I'm going to click and hold, and I'm going to select a lips tool this time, and using this tool, I'm going to click and drag like this, and I'm going to create an the lips like this, about this size. You notice this shape has the same settings as this shape right here. It has the same look, the same style. I can reset this by clicking here, reset effects. Now, I place it right here. I'm going to make this one. Yellow. I go to feel. I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to take the yellow from here. I think I'm going to make it red, the same color as the tomato here. And I'm going to add the shadow like this. I'm going to make it black. I'm going to change the size of the shadow. Ale bit like this. And I increase the blur a little bit. We end up with this result. Think I'm going to increase the distance a little bit. Keep it at ten, like this. This is our first shape. It's right here, you can see it. It's called shape one. I'm going to add another text now on top. I go to type tool. I make one click, and I'm going to write vitamins, like this. This is my first text. Go back to selection tool. I'm going to go down here, remove the background, and I'm going to make the fill black. I go up here, font aerial. I'm going to change the font side to bold, and I'm going to add a shadow. I'm going to make the shadow black like this. I think I'm going to make it a little bit bigger, like 120. I think this looks better. Now I'm going to press control. I'm going to select the word vitamin and this shape. I'm going to make sure they are aligned. I click on align, center horizontally, align center, vertically, like this. Now they are aligned. I'm going to now move both of them right here. Like this. This is the first one, and I'm going to add another one that says minerals, the vegetables with the most vitamins and minerals. I can create both the shape and the text from scratch, like I did here, or I can press control, select the word vitamins, select the shape. Ct C two copy and control V, and just like that, I copied and I paste it. Now I have a copy of the shape and the word right here as you see. I'm going to place the copy right here, like this. Now I'm going to select the shape. I'm going to change the color. I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to take this yellow from this video. I think this looks good. Now I'm going to select the word vitamins here, and I'm going to change it. I'm going to modify the text. I'm going to double click here. And I replace this with minerals. The vegetables with the most vitamins and minerals. Now if I play. We end up with this result. I can organize these by creating groups. I can click here, create a group. I have a folder right now. I'm going to name this one minerals. Like this. I'm going to select the text minerals and select the shape, and I'm going to drag and do up inside the folder right now. Both of these are inside this folder. I'm going to create another folder now, create group. I can double click like this and rename or I can right click and I'm going to name this vitamins. I click on. Now I have another group, right here, another folder. I'm going to select the word vitamins, press control, select the shape, and I'm going to drag and drop right here in this group. And now everything is organized. We have the text here. We have vitamins, and minerals, each one inside a group. I can click here, toggle the layer on or off to see or and see, just like this. Now, when the group is selected, I can move it in its entirety, like this. I can scale it up or down. I can change the position from here, x and y values, and I can rotate also like this and both elements inside move. Of course, I'm going to do what I did, Control Z, control, control z, and like this, and I'm going to keep going now. Going to make this one a little bit longer like this. M it match the clip video one. And from here, I'm going to create another graphics clip, starting with the text. I'm going to select the type tool, and I'm going to create a text here now. I click, and I'm going to write potatoes. I go to essential graphics, the fill, white. I'm going to add a shadow. I'm going to make it black, like this. I think I'm going to increase the size a little bit. I'm going to try 120, like this. I'm not going to change anything else. I'm just going to move it a little bit here. Next, I'm going to create a circle with a stroke and inside the circle. I have the number one written to do that. I can go to Ellipse tool and create a circle here, or I can go to essential graphics. I have the text potatoes right here. I can click here, new layer, and choose Ellipse. And by doing that, I create an ellipse right here, as you see, I'm going to take this one here. I'm going to change the shape, make it a small circle. I'm going to zoom in. Create a small circle like this. I'm going to select the text potatoes, move it a little bit to the right, like this, back to our circle. The fill. I'm going to choose yellow, the yellow color. I'm going to add a stroke. I click here. I have a white stroke. I'm going to change this to red. I have a red stroke, and I'm going to change the stroke with to ten like this. I want a thick stroke. Now I think I'm done with this circle. Now I'm going to add a text. I'm just going to write the number one here inside the circle. To do that, I can go to Type two here or I can click here, new layer text. And I have a new text layer, as you see here, I double click, and I'm going to replace the text by the number one like this. I go here. We have the font aerial. We have the font style regular. I'm going to change this to bold. And make sure it's selected first. I'm going to change this to bold, like this. It has a shadow already, and I'm going to change the color, the fill from white to red, like this. Now, selection tool. I'm going to zoom in a little bit, like this, and I'm going to take this text, the number one from here to here. I place it exactly in the center of the circle. I'm going to move this potatoes a little bit to the right. Like this. And now we have these three elements. I'm going to create a group. I'm going to put them all inside one group. I click, create a group. I double click on the name. I'm going to name this one, like this. I'm going to select these three elements. I click on this one, Control, select this one, and this one. The three are selected, I'm going to put them inside the group, just like this. Now I'm going to total this up. I have everything inside one group. Now I need to do the same for the rest of the vegetables, tomatoes, carrots, and onions. I can create the text, the circle, the number from scratch for each one, or I can select this group and duplicate it to C, to V, just like this, I created another copy of the same group. I'm going to move this one right here to the right. I'm going to rename this from one, two, two. Okay. I talk this down. I'm going to select the text potatoes. I double click, and I'm going to replace the word potatoes with tomatoes, like this. I go to number one. I double click. I select the text, and I'm going to replace this with two, just like this. Now I'm going to do the same thing I did for carrots here. I'm going to select group number two. I'm going to duplicate control C, Control V. I create a copy. I'm going to rename this to three. Like this. I'm going to move it from here to here. I talk this down, I open the group. I select the word tomatoes. I double click, I select the text, and I'm going to replace this by carrots. I select the text here, number two, I select the text, and I'm going to replace it by three, like this. I'm going to do the same thing here for the onions. Group three, selected. I'm going to duplicate control C, contro V. I make a copy of the group. I'm going to rename this. Rename. I'm going to name it four. Okay, with selection tool. I move it right here. I tog this down. I select the word arts, double click, and I'm going to replace this by onions. I select the number three, and I replace it with number four. Like this. I'm going to talk this up. I'm going to open folder two. I'm going to select the text number two. I'm going to move it a little bit to the right like this. I'm going to open folder number three, select text number three, and I'm going to move number three a little bit to the right by changing the x value from here, and I think I'm going to leave it like this. Now we are done with this exercise. I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 38. Exercise 15 : Essential Graphics: In this exercise, we will discover other features of essential graphics, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. And first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to bring the Fruits video. I go to my project panel. Right click Import, or I can do click here. I go to Exercise 15, and I'm just going to bring the Fruits video and nothing else. I select the Fruits video. I click on Open, or I can directly double click and bring it in my project panel. And now I'm going to create a sequence from this video. I can right click. Go to new sequence from clip, or I can simply drag it and drop it in my timeline. And just like this, I created a new sequence called Fruits with the same settings as this video. I put the playhead right here at 0 seconds, and I'm going to start by creating a rectangle here using this tool, the rectangle tool. I selected. I'm going to make the program monitor bigger like this. I select the rectangle tool, and I'm going to draw a rectangle like this. About this size. I'm going to change the color. I click on fill. I'm going to choose a linear gradient. I'm going to create a gradient. Click on this color stop. I'm going to choose the color green like this from here. Or I can also click here on the eye dropper and pick a color from the video. I'm going to take this green. I can move the playhead f12 and take the green from this lemon. I click on fill. I'm going to choose linear gradient. I click on this color stub. I click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to take this shade of green. I click. Now, the second color stop, and I'm going to choose red. I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to take the red from the strawberries. I'm going to find a nice shade of red. I click here. And now I have a gradient that goes from green to red. I can move the color midpoint if I want to. I'm not going to do that. I'm going to keep it in the middle, and I'm going to click on Okay. Next. I'm going to go here corner radius, and I'm going to make the corners round. I'm going to set this to 120, like this. I make the corners round. And I'm going to add a shadow like this. I click. Black shadow. This is what I want, and I'm not going to change anything else. I'm just going to align it, make sure it's exactly in the middle. I click here align center horizontally and align center vertically. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a text. I'm going to write top four best fruits on this rectangle. So I'm going to need the type tool. I make one click, and I'm going to write top or best fruits like this. I can reset all the settings by clicking here, reset effect, like this. And now I come here. I make sure the text is selected, and I'm going to go down here. I'm going to start by changing the font to aerial the font style, I'm going to choose bold, the size. I'm going to make it 150, like this, the fill white. I'm just going to add a shadow, like this. I'm going to make it black. Okay. And I'm going to click here, center align text. Now I'm going to place the text exactly in the middle, just like I did with this shape with this rectangle. I click here, align center horizontally and align center vertically. I'm going to go back to shape. I selected. I choose selection tool, and I'm going to change the size a little bit. I'm going to make it ale bit wider, and a little bit taller. I'm going to go back here and align it one more time. Align center horizontally, and align center. Vertically, I can apply changes from here. I can move. I can resize, I can rotate. Or I can use these values, of course, change the x value, the y value, I can rotate, I can scale up or down. And I can also change the transparency from here. I'm going to undo control Z, control Z, control Z. I go back here. And Now I'm going to create another graphics clip here. I use the up and down arrows shift and up and down arrow to go to the next edit point right here, and I'm going to create another graphics clip by creating a text. I go to type tool. I'm going to make one click here, and I'm going to write the fruits with the most like this. I go to selection tool. I move the text right here. I go to essential graphics, and I'm going to change the font style to regular font aerial, and I'm going to make this text smaller. I'm going to set this to 100. I'm going to click here, center align text. Now go down here. I'm going to remove the shadow, and I'm going to add a background. I click. I'm going to set the opacity of the background to 100%. I'm going to make this rectangle, this background a little bit bigger. I'm going to set this to 20, and I'm going to change the color to orange. I can choose the orange from here, or I can use the eye dropper tool and take the orange from the video in the background. Click. Okay, and just like this, I took this shade of orange and applied it to the background here. I'm going to make sure the text is aligned. I click on align, center horizontally like this. Next, I'm going to create a polygon with the text vitamins here and another polygon here with the text minerals to do that. I can go here. Click and maintain, click and hold and choose polygon tool. And with this tool, I can click and drag and create a polygon, just like this. I can either do that or con those Z. I can go here. Essential graphics. I click here, new layer and choose polygon, and just like this. I create a polygon. I go to selection tool. I'm going to place this right here. I'm going to come here. This is the number of sits, and I'm going to change this 3-6. This is exactly the shape I want. I'm going to change its size like this. I'm going to make it this big. I'm going to change the color. I'm going to use the eye dropper tool and take the color from the cherry, like this. I want it to be this shade of red. And I have a shadow applied already like this. I do want a shadow. Next, I'm going to bring a text. I'm going to add a text on top of this shape. I'm going to write vitamins. I can use the type tool, or I can click here, new layer text. I have a text right here. I just created. I'm going to click like this, double click, and now I'm going to write vitamins. Of course, it has the same style, the same look as this text. I'm going to change that. Selection too. I'm going to place this right here. I'm going to remove the background like this. I don't want a background. I'm going to add a shadow. I'm going to go up here. Font aerial. I'm going to change the font style to bold. I'll make it thick, and I'm going to change the size. Also, I'm going to try 120 like this. I think this is a good size, and I'm going to leave it right here. If I want to make sure they are both perfectly aligned, the shape and the text, I can select the text, press control, select the shape, and now align center horizontally, align center vertically. Now they are perfectly aligned, and I'm going to move both and put them right here. We are done with this one. Now I'm going to create another shape and another text that says minerals. I can do that from scratch, or I can duplicate these two. That's what I'm going to do. I'm going to select this text, press and hold control. Select this shape. First, I'm going to click here, create group, and by doing that, I created a group, and I put the two elements inside this group. I'm going to rename this to for amines. Like this. I like being organized and create folders and groups like this. Now I'm going to select this group vitamins, and I'm going to duplicate it, Control C, Control V, and just like this, I copied I paste it. Now I have a copy here. The copy selected, I'm going to take it and move it right here. Like this. I'm going to tugle this down. I'm going to select the text. I'm going to double click, and now I can replace the text. I'm going to write minerals. Like this. I'm going to select the shape, and I'm going to change the color. I'm going to use the eye dropper tool and I'm going to choose this shade of green from this lemon. And now we are done with this graphics clip. I'm satisfied with the result. I'm going to zoom in a little bit, and I'm going to extend it a little bit. I'm going to make this clip match the video like this. And now we are done with this part. I'm going to use the up and down arrows. Put the playhead right here. Now, this is the last part of the video. I want to add the four videos of the four fruits and put each one in one corner. But I don't want to put each one of the videos on separate video tracks. I don't want each video to be on a separate layer, instead, I want to put the four videos inside one graphics clip. To do that, I need to create a graphics clip. So I'm going to create a text. I go to Type tool. I make sure the playhead is right here. I make one click. I can write whatever doesn't matter. And by doing that, I created a graphics clip right here. Now I'm going to select the text here and I'm going to delete it by pressing the button delete or I can right click and click on clear. I got rid of the text, but I still have my graphic clip right here. This is what I want. And now I'm going to do. I'm going to come here. I click on new layer, and I'm going to choose from file. I click on Front file. I go to my exercise files. I go to exercise 15, and I'm going to choose Video one. Click on open. And just like this, I brought Video one right here in my essential graphics inside this graphic clip. Now I can move it like this. I can scale it down if I want to, like this. I'm going to set this to 50. And I'm going to place this in the corner. I can press and hold control and snap it in the corner like this. I'm going to bring the next video. Click F file. I select Video two. I double click. Video two selected. I'm going to scale it down to 50, like this. I move it. I'm going to press and hold control and snap it in the corner. I'm going to bring the two other videos. I click from file. I'm going to select Video three and Video four. I press and hold Control, select both, and click on Open. Now, just like this, I brought Video three and Video four. I'm going to select this one. I'm going to scale it down to 50. This is Video four. And this is Video three. I'm going to scale it down also, 50 like this. I'm going to take this one, press and hold control, and snap it right here. Select this one and press and hold control and snap it in this corner and just like this, we brought four videos. But instead of putting each one of the videos on a separate video track, we put all of them in one graphics clip. This is exactly what I wanted. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to add two thick black lines to separate the videos. I can do that by using the rectangle tool and create one rectangle like this and one rectangle like this. Or I can go here new and choose rectangle. I create one rectangle like this. I remove the shadow, I change the color to black. I come here. Here, I can change the scale. And you notice how the scales up and down proportionally, meaning the height and the width change at the same time. I can change that by clicking here. Set scale Lock. I break the link, and now I can change the x value and the y value separately, I can change the width and the height. Separately, I'm going to change the height, like this, make this smaller, and I'm going to make this much wider, like this until the rectangle leaves the screen. Like this. Now, this is the first black thick line. I'm going to duplicate this rectangle. I'm going to duplicate this shape, control C, control V. N this. Now I created a copy. I can either do that or control Z to go back to undo. I can select the shape. I can right click and click on Duplicate. And by doing that, I create a copy. Now, this copy selected, I'm going to come here, and I'm going to set the rotation to 90 degrees and press enter. And just like this, I created two black thick lines that separate the videos. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks good. I'm just going to decrease the thickness of the lines a little bit. Shape three selected, I'm going to set this to 15. Make the line a little bit thinner and same thing here. I come here and I'm going to change this 20-15 like this and I make the line a little bit thinner. Now I'm going to go back here to this graphics clip. I come here, new layer from file, and I'm going to bring the images of the fruits. I'm going to start with this one, image number one, the orange, selection tool. I'm going to place the fruit right here. Next from file, I'm going to bring the banana and place it right here. Next, I'm going to bring the apple and place it right here. The pier. Now the watermelon. And of course, all these images I'm bringing. They are all inside one graphics clip. Instead of bringing each one of these images on a separate. To do that, I'm going to need ten extra video tracks. Instead of doing that, I bring all of them in one graphics clip. I'm going to click from file. I'm going to click on this image. This orange, number six. I'm going to press shift and click on number ten. I select everything 6-10. I click on Open, and now I'm going to organize these. I'm going to put this one. Right here. I'm going to put this one right here. This one, right here, this one, right here, and this one, I'm going to place it right here. And go back and modify these. And what I'm going to do now, I'm going to put all these fruits, all these images 1-10 in one group. I'm going to press shift. On selected press shift, I go up to ten, and now all of them 1-10 are selected. Now I'm going to click here, create group, and I put all of them inside one group. I'm going to rename this group, and I'm going to name it roots. I click on. And the last thing I'm going to do. I talk this up like this. Now I'm going to click on this group and drag it all the way down here. And now I placed the layer of the fruit images in the bottom, and I put it behind this rectangle. This is exactly the result I wanted. I can go back if I want to and move these a little bit. Like this manually. I can rotate also. Like this, I can scale up or down if I want to. I'm going to rotate this a little bit. Like this. And this one, I'm going to rotate it a little bit like this. And now I'm satisfied with the result. I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 39. Exercise 16 : Essential Graphics: In this exercise, we will discover some more features of essential graphics, and we will create this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise 16. I select everything and click on pen. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring Video one. I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline right here. I Zoom on the clip. This is the first video. And the first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to add the text animals right here in the middle. I'm going to place the playhead in the beginning, I go to Type Tool. I'm going to make the program monitor a little bit bigger. Like this Type tool, I make one click, and I'm going to write animals, like this. I'm going to reset effect to go back to the effects by default. I go to essential graphics, make sure the text is selected. I'm going to set the font to aerial, font style. I'm going to set this to black, the thickest option, and I'm going to make it big. I'm going to type 300 for the size, like this. I'm going to click here, center align text. And I'm going to click here all caps. I'm going to make it all caps like this, and I'm going to align it align center horizontally and align center. Vertically, I'm going to keep it right here. For the color, I'm going to keep it black for now. I select this clip, and I'm going to make it match Video one. I make it longer like this. I make it 10 seconds long. And what I'm going to do now, I'm going to animate this text back to selection tool. I'm going to place the playhead right here. Go here text. I toggle this down. I go down here. I have scale. I'm going to click on the topwatch. Toggle animation, I click on the totpwatch. I'm going to set the scale at 80. I'm going to go all the way to the end around here. Just before the end, and I'm going to set the scale to 120. Now I play. We get this slow animation. Scales up slowly, like this. I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to make this a little bit bigger. This is the first key frame. This is the last keyframe. I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to go to opacity. I'm going to set the opacity to 0%. I'm going to create one key frame here. I click on the stopwatch. I'll move a little bit here. Now I'm going to change the opacity to 100%. Enter. Now I created a second key frame, and I created a fad in effect. I play. We'll get this result. Now I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to select this key frame, control C to copy and control V. I paste the same key frame right here. I'm going to put the playhead right here now. I select this key frame, control C, and control V. And just like this, I created a fade out effect. The opacity is 0%. It goes 0-100 stays 100% from here to here, and then goes down to 0%, and the text disappears. I'm going to go back to effect controls. I'm going to play one more time. I'm going to move this a little bit here. This a little bit here. Just to make the fade in and fade out a little bit longer. Let's play now. I think this looks good. I'm going to go back to essential graphics. The graphics clip still selected. I'm going to click here, New layer, go to front file. I go to Exercise 16. I'm going to select the fire video. Click on open. I bring it. I'm going to place the fire under the text animals. I put it under like this. Now I'm going to go back to the text animals. I go down here and I'm going to activate this option. Mask with text, I activate it, and just like this, we get this effect. As you see, we get the fire video inside our text. This is exactly what I wanted. I can go down here and click on invert. I click on invert and I get the opposite effect. But that's not what I want. I'm going to click on invert one more time to deactivate it, and I'm going to keep this like this. I'm satisfied with the result. Now, I'm done with video one. I'm going to keep going. Down arrow, I'll put the playhead right here on this edit point, and I'm going to bring video two, the line video, I'm going to drag and drop it right here. And now I'm going to add the graphics clip by creating a text here. Type tool. I click, and I'm going to write line. I can do that, or I can the latest clip. I can go to essential graphics and click on new layer, click on text, and by doing that, I created a graphics clip right here. Now I'm going to replace this text by line I write line. I'm going to reset the facts. I'm going to click here. I select the text. I'm going to change the font to aerial font style. I'm going to choose bold. I want the text to be thick. N size, I'm going to set this 250. I'm going to take this text with selection tool, and I'm going to place it right here. Make this. I'm going to come here, and I'm going to click on Small Caps. I'm not going to change anything else. I think I'm going to add a shadow. I click here. I'm going to make the shadow black. I'm going to make it a little bit bigger. I'm going to set this to ten, the size 210. I'm going to zoom in so I can see it clearly. I think this looks good. I set the zoom to 100%, here, and now I'm going to create a rectangle. I'm going to create a thick line here, a thick red line. I go to rectangle tool, and I'm going to create a rectangle like this. The same size as the text, like this. I make the color red for the fill, and I'm not going to change anything else. I think I'm going to make it a little bit thinner. And that's it. I select the graphics clip one more time. Now I'm going to add another text, the animal type. I click here, type two. I click here, and I'm going to write mammal. I select the text. I'm going to make it regular. And I'm going to make the text smaller. I'm going to set this to 80 like this, color. White with a shadow. I'm going to deactivate this. I don't want small caps. I want it to be normal like this. And that's it. I'm not going to change anything else. Selection tool, I'm going to place this text exactly right here. I'm going to select the three elements like this, and I'm going to align them together, align left to make sure they are perfectly aligned. I'm going to move them right here now. I'm going to select this rectangle. I'm going to make it a little bit thicker, like this. I want the thick line to go a little bit beyond the letter n, like this. And I think I'm going to take this text up a little bit. I move it up. I can press shift to make sure it stays on the same vertical line, like this. And I'm going to leave it right here. Last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create a responsive design. Responsive design for this shape for this red rectangle. Make sure it's selected. I go here. Pin two. We have responsive design position, Pin two, and I'm going to choose the word line, like this, pin two, the word line. I come here, select which edges of the apparent layer will be used for pinning. I click on the middle, like this. And now, I created a responsive design. I linked this rectangle, this thick red line with the text line. And now, If I modify the text, I double click and I write something else. You see how the length of the red line changes according to the text. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to go back and write line, like this. And now we are done with the first animal. The last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select this graphics clip, and I'm going to save it as a tum plate. To do that, I'm going to right click, go to Export as motion graphics Tumplate, and click. I'm going to name this animal template, and click on. Okay. I wait, and now it's done. Now if I go to essentials graphics, and I go to browse, I can find all the templates that come by default with Adobe, and on top, I find the template I just created line mammal, the animal template. I misspelled this. I'm going to rename it. Animal template. Okay. Now I'm going to bring the rest of the videos. I'm going to change the view to List view. I'm going to select video three. I'm going to press shift and click on Video five. I select Video three, four and five. Now I'm going to drag them and drop them right here in my timeline. We have the shark video, the Eagle video, and the Turtle video. What I'm going to do now from here, essential graphics, browse. I'm going to take the tumplate I just created, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Now, all I have to do is modify the text. I double click on the text here of the Tumplate I just created, and I'm going to write Shark. I go down here, the animal type, and I'm going to write Pih. You see how creating a Tumplate saved me a lot of time. Instead of recreating everything from scratch, now I just dragon drop and modify the text. We have Lon, shark. I'm going to keep going. I'll go here to my Tumplate, dragon drop. I modify this. I'm going to write Eagle and the animal type. Bird. I keep going. This is the last one. I go to browse. I take my template, drag and drop right here, and I'm going to replace the text. I'm going to write. Turtle. And you see, because I created a responsive design, the red line always follow the length of the text above it. I double click on mammal, and I'm going to replace this with reptile. The animal type. And now we're done. I'm going to play the entire video now. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 40. Exercise 17 : Essential Graphics: In this exercise, we will learn how to animate lower thirds, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Now I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise 17. I select everything and click on Open. S. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring Video one, Dragon job here in my timeline. I zoom in. I'm going to select Type tool. Make sure the playhead is in the beginning, and I'm going to click here. I'm going to create a text. I'm going to write. Ferrari. I'm going to reset the text. I'll go to essential graphics. I'm going to set the font to aerial. Make sure it's selected. I double click. Font. Aerial font style. I'm going to choose bold, I make it thick size. I'm going to change this to 150, like this, color white, and I'm going to add a shadow and make it black back to selection tool. I'm going to place the text right here. And I'm going to make it all caps like this. I'll place it right here. I'm going to zoom in. Now I have the text. I'm going to create a thick blue line right here. Next to the word, Ferrari, to do that. I select rectangle tool and I'm going to create a small rectangle like this about this size. I go to fill, and I'm going to change the color to this shade of blue. I click on. I go to selection tool. I'm going to make it a little bit thinner. VD right here. I'm going to select the text and the shape at the same time. I'm going to click here, align center vertically. Just to make sure they are aligned like this. I put them back here in the bottom left of the screen. I'm going to make this clip longer, M it fit Video one like this. Now I'm going to start animating. I'm going to start with this rectangle. I'm going to move this a little bit here. I toggle this down. I. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. Set this two, 75. I'll go down here, transform scale. I'm going to toggle this down scale. I'm going to uncheck uniform scale. I can do it from here or from here. Set scale, just to dealing the width and the height of the rectangle. And now I'm going to set the scale to zero, like this, vertical scale to zero. I'm going to click on the stopwatch, toggle animation right here. I'll move the playhead a little bit. And I'm going to set the vertical scale to 100 like this. Now if I play, I get this animation. I think this looks nice. I'm going to select both key frames. I'm going to move them a little bit to the right, like this. Just to make the animation start a little bit later. This looks good. I'm going to go all the way to the end. Here, I'm going to take this key frame, control, control V I pasted. I'm going to select this key frame, control C, and control V I pasted. Now, if I play, the rectangle appears, scales up like this, and then disappears before the end of the clip. I'm going to make the animation a little bit faster. The rectangle appears. Before the end of the clip, it disappears. Now I'm going to make the animation a little bit smoother. I select this key frame, right click, is in. I go to this key frame, the first one, and I'm going to choose out. Now we get this effect. Now it's smoother when it appears, I'm going to make the same thing here. I'll go to the first one. Es out. I go to the last one, es in, and now let's play. Now it looks smoother. I'm done with the blue line. Now I'm going to animate the text. I'm going to put the playhead right here. After this key frame, just after the blue line appears. I go down here, toggle this down. I'll go to position. I'm going to change the position. I'm going to take the text right here all the way to the left until it leaves the screen. I'm going to click on the stopwatch, toggle animation. I'll move the playhead a little bit here, and I'm going to change the x value, make the text appear like this. I'll put the playhead right here. Just before the blue line disappears. I'm going to select this key frame. The first one, control C, control V, I paste it. Now I'm going to select this one. Control C. I'll put the playhead right here and control V. I'm going to play now. T goes from left to right, and then from right to left. I think I'm going to make it a little bit faster. I'm going to move this key frame to the left and this key frame a little bit to the right. Let's play now. I think this is a good speed. I'm going to make this animation a little bit smoother by easing these keyframes. Right click is out. This one is in right click is out and is in. Now if I play, I think the animation looks nice. I need to do one more thing. I need to create a mask so that the text looks like it's coming from behind this blue line. I don't want the text to be visible when it's right here. To do this, I need to create a mask to create a mask. I need to go up. Here we have the text, Ferrari. I'm going to click here, create four point polygon mask. I click. And just like this, I have this mask, I'm going to move it and place it right here. Now I'm going to move these points. I'm going to put this one here, and this one here. Now if I play, I end up with this result. This is exactly what I wanted. Now, it really looks like the text is appearing from behind the blue line, and then disappears. And then after that, the blue line scis down. I'm very happy with the result. I'm going to do one last thing. Right here. After the text appears, I put the playhead right here. I'm going to put the cursor right here. I go right here, and I'm going to click and drag to the right. This is the int. I drag it to the right like this. And right before the text disappears. I'll put the playhead right here. Just another time. I'm going to put the cursor right here. I click, and I'm going to drag to the left. This is the outro duration. I'm going to explain the intro and the outro. If you look at the clip right here, you can see the intro and the outro I just created, and I'm going to explain to you why. This is very useful. If I decide to change the speed of video one, if I decide to make this clip longer like this. For example, I select the lower third I created, and I'm going to stretch it. I'm going to make it longer, like this. You notice the length of the intro and the outro did not change at all. Now if I play, the speed and the length of the intro did not change at all when I stretched the clip, and same thing for the outro. The only thing that changed is the middle. That's the only part that stretched and the intro and the outro remained protected, like this. And the opposite can be true, I can make Video one, very small like this, very short, and I want the lower third to match it. You notice the length of the intra and the tra did not change. Now if I play, The intro has the same speed, and same thing for the outro. The only thing that changed is the middle part, which is right here, which is not protected, but the intro and the outt always remain protected. I'm going to undo what I did, control Z, control Z, control Z, like this. We have the intro. Now the middle, and the tro and the text disappears. I'm done with the first one. I'm going to bring the rest of the videos. I go to List view. I'm going to select Video two, three, four, and I'm going to drag them and drop them. Right here, next to video one. And instead of creating a lower third each time, I'm going to select this graphics clip, the lower third I just created. I'm going to right click, go to Export as motion graphics template, I click, and I'm going to name it car template, and click on. Now if I go to essential graphics, I go to browse, I can find it right here. The tumplate I just created. And now that I have it, I can simply drag and drop right here on top of Video two, I can stretch it all the way to match Video two. And because I have a protected intro and outtro, the length did not change. All I have to do now is modify the text. I'm going to write. Audi like this, and now if I play, I get exactly the same intro with a different text, and I get exactly the same outtro. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to do the same thing for the third video. I go to browse. I'm going to drag and drop this tumplate. I'm going to make it shorter, make it match Video three. And I'm going to drag and drop the tumplate one more time here. I'm going to make this one match Video four just like this. I select this one. I double click. I'm going to write. Bentley, and I go to this one. I double click, and I'm going to write Mercedes, like this. Now I'm going to see the result I get. I play. You see how this one doesn't stay on screen for a very long time? Because we have a protected intro and outro. So it just comes in, stays there for a few frames and then immediately. Now the fourth one. Now this one stays for a very long time because it's a very long clip and then disappears. But obviously, we have a problem here. The text Mercedes is way too long. So from the beginning, we can see a part of the text, we can see the letter, small part of the letter S here. Everything is fine until it disappears, and we have the same problem here. We can see a small part of the letter S. I'm going to fix this, this clip selected. I'm going to move this to the right a little bit. I'm going to go down to text Mercedes. Right here. I go to position. And I'm going to use these arrows, go to previous key frame. Go to previous keyframe. I put the playhead right here, and I'm going to modify the X value. I'm going to click and drag to the left like this, and I'm going to change the value a little bit, like this, until it's completely hidden until it's away from this blue line. I go to this arrow, go to next keyframe, go to next key frame, go to next key frame, and I'm going to change the value of this keyframe. I'm going to click here on the x value of the position. I click and drag a little bit to the left. Same thing I did for the other keyframe. And I'm going to leave it right here. Away from this blue line. Now a fi play, I'm going to bring it back to fit, M the screen bigger, f play. We no longer have the problem. The problem was solved. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 41. Exercise 1 : Transitions: In this exercise, we will discover different types of transitions that we didn't see before, and we will create this video. I go to P, and the first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to change the work space. I go to workspaces and I'm going to choose the workspace effects. And this workspace is the one we will work with this entire chapter. I go to my project panel. I'm going to make it a little bit bigger. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence, right click. I go to sequence. Okay. Next, I'm going to import the images, right click, import. I go to exercise files, transitions, and effects Exercise one, and I'm going to select all the images, click on Open. ID select. I'm going to go to List view. I click on List view. I click on Image one. I'm going to hold shift and click on Image 17. I select all the images 1-17. And now I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline, just like this. I zoom in. I play And we notice the length of these clips is 5 seconds each. I'm going to reduce this 5-2 seconds. I select all the clips. I'm going to right click, go to speed slash duration. I go here duration. I click, and I'm going to type 2 seconds 20, zero, and I'm going to activate this option, ripple edit, like this and click on. And now we have 2 seconds clip, like this. S. This is exactly what I wanted. Now I'm going to start adding transitions between the images. Up to this point, we only saw one type of transition, which is the one we create like this. I click here between two clips, I right click and go to apply default transition. Or I use the shortcut Shift D. This is the transition by default, which is a cross dissolve. Cross Dissolve is just one type of transition. It's one of many transitions that come with Premier Pro, but it's not the only one. This is just the one by default. In fact, we have a long list of transitions that come with Adobe Premier Pro, which we can find right here. I go to effects. If you don't see this window effects go to window and look for effects right here. I go to effects. I go to video transitions. I togle this down, and here I can find a very long list of transitions, as you can see, dozens of transitions come with premier pro by default. This is just one of them cross the solve. I'm going to select this transition. I'm going to delete it, and I'm going to add another transition additive the solve to add the transition. All I have to do is click drag and drop between two clips and just like this, I added a transition. Now if I play, we go from this image to this image, and this is another transition. I'm going to add another transition here 2-3, I'm going to add dip to black. I dragon drop here. And now, if I play, we go from here to here with a dip to black transition, like this. I'm going to go to the next, and I'm going to apply another transition. This time, I'm going to apply a deep to white. I select the transition, drag and drop. And now and I play We get this result. If I click here between two clips, I right click, I click on Apply Default Transition. We see that the cross dissolve transition was applied. That's because here, cross dissolve is the one set by default, and you can know which transition is set by default by seeing this blue square. But we can change this. I can, for example, make the dip to white the transition by default. How it's very simple. All I have to do is right click and click here, set, select it as default transition. I click. And now you notice that the blue square went from cross dsolve to dip to white. Now dip to white has the blue square, which means this is the new by default transition. Now, if I come here, I right click and go to Applied default transition. We notice that the Dip to white was applied. You can read it here. Dip to White was applied. If I play. We have the Dep to wit transition. I can click here and use the shortcut Shift D, and same thing, Dip to White was applied, like this. That's because it's our new transition by default. I'm going to go back to cross DSolf. Right click set selected as default transition. And we went back, and this is our default transition. Cross DSolf. I'm going to go back here. I'm going to select this transition, cross dsolve, I'm going to delete it, and I'm going to apply another transition, non additive dissolve. I'm going to drag and drop. Now we get this result. Next, I'm going to apply another transition. I'm going to go here. I'm going to apply V R chroma Lk transition. I can delete this one by hitting the delete button, or I can simply drag and drop it on top. And just like this, I change the transition. Now we have V R romak transition applied. Now if I play, we get this effect. I'm going to make the program monitor a little bit bigger and play it one more time. Next, I'm going to apply another transition. I'm going to apply V R light rays. I'm going to drag and drop here and replace this transition with V R, light rays. Now if I play. We get this effect. I'm going to play it one more time. Next, I'm going to apply another transition. I'm going to go with Iris round, drag and drop, and now if I play. We get this result. I'm going to keep going. Keep going for the next transition. I'm going to apply Cube spin. I'm going to drag and drop this transition here. Let's see what we get. Next, I'm going to apply page transition. I drag and drop here. Now I play. And I get this effect. I keep going. I'm going to apply the transition next. I'm going to drag and drop here. Now, if I play. We get this transition. I keep going. I'm going to apply the slide transition now. And I'm going to p. It's very similar to push. I keep going. Now I'm going to apply the split transition here. And you can see how they are organized in categories in folders, and the transitions inside. Each folder are very similar, as you notice. The next one I'm going to apply is whip. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Now and I play. We get this effect. I'm going to play it one more time. I keep going. This time, I'm going to apply the clock wipe transition, dragon drop, I'm going to play. Each one of these transition is 1 second long, but we can change this by double clicking, of course, and we can change the duration. I can type a different duration like 2 seconds, for example, Okay, and I'll make the transition longer like this or I can simply click and drag like this and make it longer or shorter as I wish, just like this. But I'm not going to do this. I'm going to control Z, control Z. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to apply another transition now. Paint splatter. I'm going to drag and draw up here, and I'm going to play. We get this effect. Next transition. I'm going to apply cross Zoom. I drag and drop. Now when I play. We get this result. And for the last one, I'm going to apply the default transition, cross dsolve. And all I have to do is right click, go to apply default transition, or I can simply use the shortcut shift and D. And just like this, I created a cross Dissolve transition. Now and I play. It fades to black. I'm going to play the entire video now. And now the exercise is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 42. Exercise 2 : Effects: In this exercise, we will learn how to apply different effects to our clips, and we will end up with this video. I go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence. Like this. Next, I'm going to import the videos I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to exercise two. I select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to sort them by name. Now I'm going to select them all. Click on Video one. I'm going to press and hold shift. I go down to Video eight. I click. And now all the videos 1-8 are selected. Now I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline. Test like this. And now I have all the videos, all the clips next to each other. What I'm going to do now is apply different effects to each one of my clips, starting with this one, the dog clip, the dog video, I'm going to apply black and white effect to this clip. To do that. I go here to effects. I click. If you don't see this, you can always go to Window and then look for effects. I go to the effects window. Video effects. I toggle this down. I go to image control, and I look for the black and white effect. Once I find it, I'm going to drag it and drop it on my clip just like this, and now I have a black and white effect. As you see, the clip is selected, I'm going to click on effect controls, and inside effect controls, I see the new effect that I added right here, the black and white effect. You can see it right here. If I click here, tog of the effect on or off, I can deactivate the effect. Now the effect is crossed. If I click one more time, now the effect is activated. I'm going to keep going. The second clip, I'm going to apply another effect. This time, I'm going to apply this effect, a color pass effect. I'm going to drag and drop just like this. And now we have a black and white video. I go here to the color pass effect. I go to color. I'm going to click on the dropper tool. I click, and now I can select a color. I'm going to select this blue color. Now the color blue is selected. And you can see what happened in the screen. Now I see some blue here, and everything else is black and white. I'm going to come here, similarity. Right now, this is set to eight. I'm going to use the up and down arrows to decrease and increase the values, and you're going to see what's happening right now, it's set to zero. If I increase it, You can see what's happening in the screen. We see more and more of the color blue. I keep increasing. And all the other colors are reappearing now. I'm going to decrease this to 45. I'm going to keep it at 45, and now when I play, I get this result. I think this looks nice. We kept the blue color on the bird, and everything else is black and white. I like this effect. I'm going to keep going. The third clip. I'm going to apply a color replace effect. I drag and drop here. I find the effect color replace. Here I have the target color. I'm going to click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to choose this color of the jellyfish. I click here. And replace color. I'm going to choose a green color. I click on the rectangle, and I'm going to choose this green color. I click on. And just like that, I transformed this color to the green color I selected. I go up to similarity, and I'm going to increase this value up to 40, and I end up with this result. I replace the color with green, and now I get this result. I'm going to leave it like this. I'm going to go to the next clip, the cow clip. And for this one, I'm going to apply an invert effect. I'm going to invert all the colors of this clip. I'm going to go here to the search bar and look for the effect invert. I go down here. Video effects under channel, I have the invert effect. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here, and just like this, I applied the invert effect. I inverted all the colors of this clip, and I end up with this result. I move to the next clip. For this clip, I'm going to apply a mirror effect. I'm going to delete what I wrote here in the search bar, and I'm going to write mirror. I look for the effect mirror under distortion, under video effects, and I'm going to drag and drop right here. Right now, nothing changed. I'm going to come here. I found the mirror effect, and I have an x and y values. If I change the x value, you can see what's happening. I decrease the x value, and I end up with a mirror effect like this. Now I have a two headed camel. Because the mirror effect is applied exactly right here. At this level, I end up with this result. Here I have reflection. If I change this value. You see what's happening in the screen? If I change the y value, You see what's happening? I'm going to undo what I did, control Z, control Z, and I'm going to leave it like this. I'm going to play the clip. I'm satisfied with this result. Now on the same clip, I'm going to add another effect. I'm going to add a lens flare effect. I'm going to put a sun right here. I'll go to the search bar, and I'm going to look for lens flare under generate here, lens flare. I find the effect, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. And just like this, we have lens flare. Looks like a sun. I can click here, lens flare, and I can move it using the mouse like this. I'm going to place the sun right here in the middle. Or I can change the x and y values from here, like this, move it right to left, and the y value, I move it up and down, like this. I'm going to bring it back here. Flare brightness. I'm going to decrease this a bit down to 80% 100-80%. I can move this slider like this. I can click and drag to the right and the left from here, or I can simply type a value. I'm going to set this to 80%. There are other types of lens ns type. I'm going to choose the first one. I'm not going to change this, and I'm going to leave it like this. Now if I play. We end up with this result. But we notice we have a red bar here, that means that this part is not fully rendered, and we're not seeing it the way the final video is going to look like. So we need to render to render. I go to sequence, render effects into out. I can also use the shortcut enter. I press enter, and I render the entire sequence or If I just want to render this part, I can put the playhead right here. Set an endpoint, I type. I, I go here. I set an outpoint. Oh, I have an endpoint and an outpoint. Now I go to sequence, render into out. I wait for some time. And now as you see, we have a green bar, we no longer have a red bar, and we just render this small part. This can be very useful if you don't want to render the entire sequence, just set an in and out point. I'm going to click here. Clear in and out, and I'm going to keep going. This is what the final result is going to look like. I'm happy with this. I'm going to keep going. Clip number six. I'm going to go here and delete this. I'm going to look for another effect called four color gradient, under generate four color gradient. I'm going to drag this effect and drop it right here. Color gradient effect. You see here we have four points. Each point has a different color. I can change this color, for example, color one, I can choose blue. Color two, I can choose red, Color three, I can choose green and color four, I can choose yellow, like this. I can move them around, of course, like this. And the final thing I'm going to do. I'm going to go here to blending mode, and I'm going to change this to multiply, and now we end up with this effect. I think this looks nice. I'm going to click on the effect. I'm going to move the blue a little bit down here. The green, I'm going to move it a little bit here. The red here and the yellow bring it a little bit closer. Now I'm going to play one more time. I think this looks nice. I'm going to keep going the next clip. For this clip, I'm going to apply a duotone effect. To do that, I'm going to look for the effect tint. I drag and drop the effect tint under color correction. And here, I find the effect tint. Map two black. I'm going to change this to a dark blue. I go to blue here, and I'm going to choose a dark blue. I click on. And now all the dark colors became blue. The color I selected, the dark blue. Map white. I'm going to click here on the square, and I'm going to choose this bright green color, and I'm going to click on. And now all the whites became green, as you see. Now we have a duotone effect with blue and green. You see, here I have amount two tint set to 100%. I can reduce this and you see what's happening. This is 50%. I'm going to increase it back to 100%. I go all the way to 100%, and I'm going to keep it like this. I'm going to go to the razor tool, and I'm going to cut this clip into. I click here in the middle of the clip. I split it into. Now I'm going to go back to selection tool. I select This small clip, the second half of the clip. I find the same effect applied here tint. I'm going to apply another effect on top of tint, which is invert. I write invert, under channel video effects, channel invert. I'm going to take this effect and drag and drop right here. Now I have both a tint effect and an invert effect, and now if I play. We go from here suddenly to here. I think this looks nice. I'm going to keep going. Now, the last clip, what I want to do is to apply the same effects as this clip. The invert and the tint effect. I want to apply them to this clip. To do that, there is a very simple way. I can go to Clip number seven. I'm going to select the tint effect. I'm going to copy this effect. Control C. I use the shortcut Control C. I copy the effect. I go to Clip number eight, and I'm going to paste the effect now control V, and just like that, I copied and I paste the effect. Going to go back here. I'm going to select invert. I'm going to do the same thing, control C to copy the effect. I go to clip number eight, and I'm going to control V and just like this, I end up with the same effect as this clip, just by copying and pasting. I'm going to go to the razor tool. I'm going to cut this clip in half. I make one click here in the middle. I'm going to go all the way to the end. I go back to selection tool. And what I want to do here in this last clip, I want it to have the same effect as this clip, meaning the tint without the invert effect. To do that, it's very simple, make sure it's selected. I go to the invert effect, and I'm going to click on F X. And by doing that, I deactivate the effect. You can see F X is crossed right here. If I click one more time. I activated. I can either do that or I can select the entire effect. I click, I select it, and I'm going to hit the delete button, and just like that, I deleted the effect. I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise that is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. I. 43. Exercise 3 : Effects: In this exercise, we will continue to explore different effects, and we will create this video. I'm going to play it one more time. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need. I go to Exercise. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to sort everything by name. I go to video one. I'm going to press and hold shift. Go down to video five, I select the five videos, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline like this, back slash to Zoom in. And now I have the five videos next to each other. What I'm going to do now is I'm going to create few color mats. New item. I click on color mat, the same settings, same settings as this sequence. Click on. And for the first one, I'm going to choose the color red. I'm not going to change the name, and now I have a red color mat right here. I'm going to drag and drop this color mat right here. And make it exactly the length of video one, just like this. Color mat selected. I go to opacity, blend mode, and I'm going to change this from normal to multiply, like this, and now I end up with this result. I move to Video two, and I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to create another color mat. I noticed that the selection follows the playhead. When I move the playhead, the selection follows. That's because when I go here, sequence, I have selection follows playhead activated. I can deactivate this option. By clicking here, selection follows playhead. And now is deactivated. The selection no longer follows the playhead. If I want to activate it one more time, I go to sequence. Selection follows playhead, and I click, I activate it. And now it's activated. I'm going to deactivate it for now. And I'm going to continue. I'm going to create a second color mat. New color mat. Okay, I'm going to choose a sky blue color. Click on. Okay. I'm going to drag and drop this right here. I'm going to in. Make sure it's exactly the same length as Video two, like this. And I'm going to change the blend mode from normal to multiply. Now we end up with this result. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to create a third color mat, new color mat. Okay, I'm going to choose yellow this time. Okay. Okay. I selected. I make it exactly the same length as the video, and I'm going to change the blend mode to multiply. I keep going. I'm going to create another color mat. Okay, I'm going to choose the color green this time. I select the color mat, dragon drop right here, make it exactly the same length as the video, blend mode. Multiply. Now the last one. Okay, and I'm going to choose the color purple. Okay. I go down here, drag and drop, and I make it the same length. Like this until it snaps. Blend mode, and I'm going to change this to multiply. What I'm going to do, I'm going to select this color mat, this yellow color mat, and I'm going to change it to a gradient. I want a gradient instead of one color, and I want the gradient to go from red to yellow like this. To get this result, I need to apply ramp effect. Before this, I'm going to change the blend mode to normal, just to make it obvious. I go to effects. I look for the effect ramp. I have hair, generate ramp, I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. And now I get gradient effect. This is the ramp effect. I click, and you see I have two points, a black point and white point. These two determine how my gradient is going to look like. I'm going to put the black one here and the yellow one. Here. Like this. I can move these points using the mouse or I can change these values, the x and y values and move. I can also choose the color of the gradient. I want the gradient to go from yellow. To red. So I change this to yellow, and I'm going to change this to red like this. And now I'm going to change the blend mode from normal to multiply. I go back to multiply, and I get this effect. I'm going to play I can move these points if I want to, like this. And see each time what type of result I get. I'm going to keep these points right here. And if I want to change the colors, of course, I can go back here. I can go to this red color, change it to yellow, for example, and This yellow color, I change it to red, and I end up with this result. I'm going to change the yellow. I'm going to make it a little bit closer to the color orange, closer to the McDonald's colors like this, and I think I'm going to keep it like this. I think this looks good. I'm going to keep moving. I'll go to this color mat, and I'm going to apply a four color gradient. I'm going to go back to normal just to make it obvious. I'm going to write four color. Gradient. I look for the effect four color gradient, and I'm going to drag and drop like this. Now I have four points here. Four points. This one, I'm going to make it blue. This light blue. This one. I'm going to make it. Yellow. Okay. This one, I'm going to keep it purple, maybe a little bit darker, like this. Okay. And this one blue but a lighter shade. I want the same blue as this, so I can go to the eye dropper tool. I click and choose the same color as here. Okay. Now if I change the blend mode, I go up and choose multiply. I end up with this effect. I think this looks nice. I'm going to play. Now we are done with the color match. I'm going to bring the logos now. I'll go here to my project panel. I'm going to start with the first logo. Coca cola, dragon drop. I'm going to make sure they have exactly the same length. I make it snap here. I'm going to bring the next logo, the upper logo, I drag and drop. Make sure they have the same length. I keep going. Logo three, McDonald's, I drag and drop. Make sure exactly the same length. Next logo, Starbucks. I drag and drop. And the last one, BMW. I drag and drop right here. And I'm going to change the length, make sure it matches the two clips below it, just like this. And now I'm going to go back to the first logo and I'm going to apply an effect. I'm going to apply a glow effect, make sure the logo is selected. I go here to the search bar and I'm going to look for glow. Here under immerse video, I have V R glow. I'm going to apply this effect. I'm going to drag and drop this effect on the clip, just like this. And by doing that, I applied a glow effect to the coca cola logo. I'm going to go down here. Here I have the effect, VR glow. Here I have some parameters I can change. I'm just going to change the glow radius. I'm going to set this 220, and I end up with this result. This is with the globe, and this is without the glow. I'm going to keep going. Logo two. I'm going to scale it up a little bit. I'm going to set the scale to 130, and make it a little bit bigger, and I'm going to apply a drop shadow effect. I go here, search bar. I'm going to write drop, and I look for the drop shadow effect. I'm going to drag and drop. And just like this, I added shadow effect, as you see. I'm going to set this to 50 just to make it clear, and I'm going to change the parameters here. I go here. I have the drop shadow parameters, shadow color. I'm going to keep it black. I'm going to set the opacity to 70 direction. I'm going to set this to 140 distance. I'm going to set this to 20, make it a little bit far away from the logo, and softness. I'm going to set this to ten. I add the blur to the shadow. I'm I think this looks good. I think this looks good. This is with the shadow, and this is without the shadow. I can activate this option, shadow only, and now I only get the shadow without the logo, but I don't want that. I'm going to click again and this activated. I keep going. Logo three. I'm going to scale it down, scale it down to 70 like this, and I'm going to change the position, double click, select the image. Place the logo right here. The top right corner, I'm going to leave it right here, and I'm going to apply some effects. The first effect I'm going to apply is cool boss, I look for color and boss under stylize, and I'm going to drag and drop like this. I'm going to set the Zoom to 75 like this. I go to color boss, direction. I'm not going to change this. If I do, you see what's happening. I click here. Reset parameter. I'm not going to change this. I'm going to keep the direction at 45. Relief. I'm going to set this to five like this. Contrast, I'm going to keep it at 100 and blend with original, I'm going to set this to 50. I end up with this result. If you want, you can try a different angle, see what you like, but I'm going to keep it at 45 reset parameter. I go back to 45. This is the first effect. The second effect I'm going to apply is a drop shadow. I come back here, drop. I look for op shadow under perspective, and I'm going to drag and drop. Now I have a job shadow. I go down here. I have my effect here. I'm going to set the opacity 2100 Direction. I'm not going to change this. I'm going to set the distance to zero. I don't want any distance and softness, I'm going to set this to 100, make it very blurry. This is without the job shadow, and this is with the job shadow. This is without the color emboss, and this is with the color emboss. You can see what I did. I'm going to go back to fit. Logo four. Now the Starbucks logo, I'm going to change the scale. I'm going to set this to 70% like this. I'm going to double click on the logo. I'm going to place this right here. I'm going to go back to color mat. I'm going to double click on Color mat, and I want to take exactly the same shade of green as the logo. So I click on the eye dropper, I go to the logo and make one click. Okay, and just like this, I created a color mat with the same color as the logo, I think this looks better. And of course, with the blend mode multiply, we get a very nice effect. Now back to the logo. I'm going to place it right here in the bottom right, and I'm going to apply an effect. The first effect I'm going to apply is drop shadow, same effect. I'm going to drag and drop. Right here. I go down here and I'm going to change the shadow color from black to white, OpsT, I'm going to keep it at 50% direction. I'm not going to change this. I'm going to keep it like this, 135 distance. I'm going to change this to zero and softness. I'm going to make it 100, and I end up with this effect. I'm going to zoom in so you can see. I end up with this effect. I think this looks nice. Now I'm going to apply another effect, which is basic three D. I write basic like this, basic three D, or I can write three D and find the same effect under perspective, basic three D. I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. Now, nothing changed. But if I change these values, you're going to start seeing the difference. If I change this and I increase it, you can see what's happening tilt. You can see what's happening distance. And you can see each time what's happening. I'm going to click here. Reset parameters. Click here to reset all the parameters. You can do it one by one or click here, reset effect, like this, and I'm going to set this to 20 degrees like this. Tilt. I'm going to set this to minus ten degrees. Distance, I'm not going to change this, and we end up with this effect. Now this is without three D, and this is with three D. This is without the op shadow, and this is with the op shadow. I think this looks nice. I'm going to double click on this image, and I'm going to move it a little bit here like this. Push it a little bit away from the corner. I think I'm done with this logo. I'm going to keep moving. Now the last logo, the BMW. And what I want to do with this logo is apply exactly the two effects I applied to the Starbucks logo, meaning the job shadow, the white shadow, the white glow, and the basic three D effect. I want these two effects applied to the BMW logo. To do that, I can Select this effect, select this effect, control C to copy, and then select this clip and control V to paste the effects, or there's another way I can select this clip. I go here, edit copy or simply use the shortcut Control C. So copy, I go to this clip now, Edit, and I'm going to click on base attributes. Based attributes. I get this window. I want to paste the motion, meaning the same position, the same scale, rotation, everything, especially the same position and the same scale. I want 70% scale, and I want it to be in the corner, same as the Starbuck s logo, the opacity, I don't need to check this time ramp. I don't need to check this effects. I need to check effects, and I need to check the job shadow and the basic three D effect. Now, I click on. And just like that, I applied the same effects of the Starbucks logo to the BMW logo. This is exactly what I wanted. The clip is selected if I go to edit and remove attributes and click on, I remove all attributes, and I go back to the way the logo was. That's not what I want. Edit do, or I can go here, paste attributes, past the attributes. One more time. Motion effects checked, I click on, and I paste the same attributes. Now we are done with the logos. I'm going to delete these audio clips. I don't need them. I'm going to press and hold old. I select the audio clips and delete. Now what I want to do is to create transitions between these clips. But before I do that, I need to nest. So I'm going to start with these clips. I select them all like this, right click, nest. I'm going to name this. Coca cola. Okay, I nested the three clips into one clip. Now, I only have one clip. I'm going to do the same thing here. I select the three clips here, right click, nest, and I'm going to name this. Apple, Okay. Next, I'm going to select. These three clips, do the same thing. Right, click. Next, I'm going to write. M McDonald's. Okay. Next, select the three clips, nest, I'm going to write. Starbucks, and the final one. Nest. I'm going to write B W and. Now I'm going to add a transition between the clips, these nested sequences. I'm going to delete. What's in the search bar. I go to video transitions. And I'm going to go to slide, under slide. I look for the transition push, or I can simply look for push here. I write push in my search bar, and I find the transition I want. This one, under slide push, and I'm going to drag this transition and drop it right here. I get this message. Insufficient media, this transition would contain repeated frames. That's not a problem. I'm going to click on. Okay. This happens because we don't have extra frames on the right of this slip and we don't have extra frames on the left of this clip. If this was shorter, for example, I'm going to press control. I'm going to ripple edit like this, and I ripple edit like this. Now we have extra frames on the left of this clip and on the right of this clip. Now if I add the transition, we no longer have the error message, and the transition goes well. We don't have repeated frames. But I'm going to undo what I did control Z, control Z. I go back here. I'm going to drag and drop the transition. I get this error message. That's not a problem. I'm going to play. I have this transition. I'm going to click on this transition. I go to effect controls, and I'm going to add a border. Here I have border width. I'm going to set this to, I want a thick border like this, and now I have a border like this. I'm going to try 40, see what I get. Now if I play, I think this looks nice. I can choose the color of the border if I want to. I can make it red. I can make it yellow, for example, like this. But it's not what I want. I'm going to go back to black. I choose the color black, and I end up with this result. Now, this transition, I'm going to copy it and I'm going to paste it everywhere here between all these clips to do that, I select the transition, control C, I move here. I click here in between these clips and Control V. I'm going to paste. I get the same message. Okay, that's not a problem. I keep going. Click here, Control V. Okay. I click here, Control V. Okay. And now, if I play, I have the same transition everywhere. Of course, if I need to modify anything inside these nested clips, I can double click and access the nested clip and modify everything I want. I can double click here and access these clips, apply any modification I want, and then go back. One last thing I'm going to do, each time, I'm going to change the direction of the push transition. Right now, it goes from left to right. For the next one, I'm going to change it. I click on this transition, and right now it's set to west to east. If I click here, North to South, it changes and now and I play. I get this result. I can change it to east to west. And now I end up with this result. If I choose south to north, I end up with this result. For this one. I'm going to set this to south to north like this. The next one. I'm going to set it to east to west. And this one, I'm going to set it to North to South. And now I'm done with the video. I'm going to play the entire sequence now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 44. Exercise 4 : Keyframes: In this exercise, we will learn how to animate effects using key frames, and we will end up with this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I'll go to Exercise four. I select the three videos and click on pen. I'm going to select V one and Dragon drop and my timeline like this. I want to make a change on this video. I want these boats to go from right to left instead of left to right, so I'm going to have to flip this video to do that. I'll go to effects, and I'm going to write flip. And then under transform, I'm going to look for the effect horizontal flip. I drag and the effect on Video one, and just like that, I flip the video, and now the boats are going from right to left. I'm going to bring Video two, I dragon drop here. And obviously, this video is upside down. I need to fix this using the effect vertical flip this time under transform vertical flip, I dragon drop on Video two, and just like this, I fix the problem. Next, I'm going to bring Video three, I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I'm going to put the playhead right here at 0 seconds, and I'm going to create the text now. I'm going to start by writing London here. To do that. I'm going to need the type tool. I click. I make one click here, and now I can start typing. I'm going to write. London, like this. I go to effect controls. I talk this down. I'm going to select the text first. I'm going to choose the font aerial. I go all the way up Aerial font style. I'm going to choose bold. Size. I'm going to set this to 300. I'm going to click here, center align text. I'm going to keep the color white like this, and I'm just going to add a shadow. I activate the shadow from here, click. I'm going to make the shadow black. I go down here. I think I'm going to increase the distance. I'm going to zoom in just a little bit. Like this. I'm going to increase the distance of the shadow. I'm going to set the distance to ten, like this, the size, I'm going to set this two, 15, and blurriness. I'm going to set this to, 50. We end up with this result. I think this looks good. Now, I'm going to set this to fit. Go back to selection tool. I select the text. I'm going to press and hold control and make it snap in the middle like this and let go Now I'm going to extend the graphics clip like this and we get this result. Now, second video. Instead of creating another text, I'm just going to duplicate this graphics clip. I press and hold old and duplicate like this. Now I'm going to double click on the text, and I'm going to replace this by the word pairs. I write pairs like this. I click away. I'm going to do the same thing for the third video. Press and hold old, and I'm going to duplicate this clip like this. Now I'm going to double click, and I'm going to write new York. Now we are done with the text. I'm going to hide this video track. I'm going to hide V two and focus on these videos. I'm going to start applying effects to these videos, starting with video one. I go to effects. I'm going to delete what's in the search bar, and I'm going to look for the effect Gagen blur under Blur and Sharpen Gagen Blur, or I can go to video effects, and then blur and sharpen and look for Gagen Blur. I drag and drop the Gagen Blur effect and put it on Video one like this. Now I go to effect controls. I find the effect Gagen blur, right now, it's not doing anything as you see. But if I change this value, the blurriness, notice what's going to happen. You see how the video is becoming more and more blurry. The more I increase this value. I'm going to set this to 100. I'm going to put the playhead right here at 0 seconds. Now I'm going to animate this effect. I'm going to animate the ocasion blur. I go to blurriness, and I'm going to click here on the Togal animation. I click on the stopwatch. I create the first key frame right here. I'm going to click here. I'm going to move by 2 seconds. I write plus 200. And I'm going to change the value 100-0 and press enter by doing that, I created a second key frame, and now the video is sharp. And now if I play, you see how the video goes from blurry to sharp, and the blurriness value goes 100-0. I'm done with this one. I'm going to move to the second video. Video two, up and down arrow. I make sure the playhead is exactly right here at this edit point. Now I'm going to apply another effect, which is brightness and contrast. I write the word bright and it pops up here under color correction, brightness and contrast, and I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. I go to affect controls, brightness and contrast, right now, it's not doing anything, but if I change this value, the brightness value, I take it up, the video becomes brighter, and if I do the opposite, I go below zero. Now the video becomes darker. I can either do this, change the value by clicking and dragging like this, or I can toggle this down and move this slider, like this. I'm going to set this to -100 like this. I'm going to click on toggle animation. I click. I create the first key frame. I click here. I'm going to move by 2 seconds plus 200, and I'm going to change the brightness value from -100 to zero, I type zero and press enter. And by doing that, I created a second key frame. Now if I play, It goes from dark to normal. I'm going to go here up and down arrow just before it, I put a playhead right here and I'm going to set the brightness to 100. Make it super bright, like this. I'm going to go back by 2 seconds. I write minus two, zero, zero, press enter, and I'm going to set the brightness to zero, like this. Now when I scrub through, it goes from dark to normal, the value of the brightness stays at zero, most of the time here in the middle, and then towards the end, it goes from normal to very bright, just like this. I move to the third video. Video three. I'm going to look for the effect. It invert under channel. I drag and drop the effect on video three like this. I'm going to use the up and down arrows to put the play head right here at this edit point, I'm going to go down here. Here I have blend with original when I change this value. You can see what's happening. I'm going to create the first key frame here. I click on the stopwatch, and after 2 seconds, I'm going to click here plus 200. I'm going to change this value from 0% to 100%. I create a second key frame right here. I animated this effect. Now when I play, it goes from here to here. Now we are done with the videos. I'm going to apply effects to our text. I bring back V two, I make it visible one more time. I have the text london right here. I select the graphics clip, and I'm going to put the playhead right here at 2 seconds. I'm going to go down here, motion, and then opacity, I look for opacity. I'm going to set the opacity to 0%. I make it completely unvisible. I'm going to click on the stopwatch, toggle animation, and after 2 seconds to 00, I'm going to take it from 0% to 100%, make it 100% visible. Now and I play. We end up with this result. I'm going to apply another effect. I'm going to apply a Gagen blur effect to my text. I write Gagen under Blur and Sharpen. Gagen blur, I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. I have the effect. Right here, I'm going to to this up. Gosenbler effect. Go to previous key frame. I put the playhead right here. I'm going to go to Goshen Blur. I go to blurness, right now set to zero. I'm going to create one key frame here. I click on toggle animation. I create one key frame here. I go down. I click on go to previous key frame. The playhead is right here. Now I'm going to change the blurriness 0-100. And now and I play We end up with this result. I animated both the blurness, and the opacity, and we end up with this very nice effect. We are done with the London text. I'm going to keep going. I go to the Paris text. I'm going to look for the effect. Lens flare under generate lens flare, I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here on the tex pairs like this. Now we get this lens flare effect. We have lens flare here in the effect controls. FI, click here. Now we can move the lens flare like this manually using the mouse, or we can change these values, the x and y values and move it this way. I'm going to move it manually and put it right here. I move the play head around 12 seconds right here. I go to flare center, and I'm going to click on the stopwatch, like this. I'm going to animate the lens flare. I move the playhead here. And now I'm going to move the lens flare. I click on the lens flare, and I'm going to take it from here to here. You notice now we have a motion path goes from here to here, and now and I play We end up with this effect. I think this looks nice. I notice that I have a red bar here. That means this part is not fully rendered. If I want to render this part, I can go to sequence, click on render effects into out, or I can simply press enter and now it's rendering. Now the red became green. Now it fully rendered. I'm going to play. I think this looks nice. We are done with this text. I'm going to move on to the last one. New York that go to effects. I'm going to look for the effect. Glow, I type glow. I look for VR glow under immerse video. I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. I drop it on the New York text. Now we have a glow effect, as you see. I'm going to go to VR glow right here. I go to globe brightness, and I'm going to set this to five like this. Now I'm going to animate the brightness. I'm going to put the playhead in the middle of the clip like this. I go to glow brightness. I click on the stopwatch, toggle animation. I create the first key frame here. I go back about 1 second like this, and I'm going to change the globe brightness to zero, res enter. Now, go from no glow to very intense glow like this. I'm going to put the playhead right here and I'm going to change the value 5-0. Now and I play. We end up with this result. The brightness goes up and then goes down quickly. I think I'm going to make it a little bit faster. I zoom in like this. I'm going to make the animation a little bit faster. I move the key frames a little bit closer. Now and I play. I think this looks very nice. And I'm going to keep it like this. Now I'm going to play the entire video. Exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 45. Exercise 5 : Masks: In this exercise, we will learn how to mask effects, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise five. I select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to sort by name. I select Video one. Press shift, go to Video five. Select all the videos 1-5, and I'm going to drag and op like this. Now I have all the videos. A I'm going to start with Video one. Up arrow. I put the playhead at 0 seconds, and now I'm going to click on rectangle Tool, and I'm going to draw a rectangle like this. I'm going to go to essential graphics. I can either click here or go to window and look for essential graphics. I'm going to place this shape, this rectangle in the middle, a line center horizontally, and a line center vertically like this. I'm going to click here. I'm going to de link the scale. I can make it longer or shorter like this, and I can make it thinner or thicker like this. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to set the thickness to 80 like this. I go down here, fill, I click, and I'm going to change the color from gray to black and click on. I go back to selection tool. I'm going to select Video one. I'm going to go to effects, and I'm going to look for the effect invert. I select the effect invert under channel, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on Video one. I end up with this result. But this is not exactly what I want. I want the effect invert to be applied only on the right part. To do that, I have to create a mask for the effect. I have to mask the effect. Go here, effect controls. I go to invert and I'm going to create a four point polygon mask. I click, and now as you see, the effect is only applied inside the mask and nowhere else. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to place the mask right here. I'm going to take this point here. I take this point here, this point here, and this point here. Now and I play This is exactly the effect I wanted. I'm going to keep going down arrow. I have video too. I'm going to delete what's in the search bar, and I'm going to look for the effect brightness and contrast under color correction, brightness and contrast. I'm going to drag and drop the effect right here. I go down, brightness. I'm going to set this to 20, and contrast, I'm going to set this to 40, and now I'm going to create a mask. I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I click here. And I'm going to put the mask around the butterfly like this. I'm going to rotate a little bit and make it a little bit bigger. I'm going to rotate some more. I'm going to change the mask feather mask feather right now it's set 210. I'm going to set this to 300 to make the transition smooth. Now, this is without the effect, and this is with the effect. You see how the butterfly becomes the center of attention. I'm going to play the clip now. I think this looks good. I'm going to move on to the next video, Video three. I'm going to drag and drop the same effect, brightness and contrast. I drop the effect right here. I go here, effect controls. Brightness and contrast, and I'm going to set the brightness to -100. I can type -100 from here. Or I can toggle this down and move the slider like this and set it to -100. Now I'm going to create an ellipse mask. Click. I'm going to put the ellipse mask around the butterfly like this. I make it about this size. Now I'm going to invert the effect. I go here, invert it, and I click. Now I inverted the effect. I'm going to go up here, mask feather, and I'm going to set this to 300. We end up with this result. Now the butterfly is the center of attention. I'm going to scrub through. Make sure the butterfly is always inside. The mask. I think this looks good, and I'm going to move to the next Video four. I'm going to delete what's in the search bar and look for the effect black and white. I go down here. Video effects, image control, and I'm going to drag and drop the effect, black and white. On video four like this, I'm going to create an ellipse mask, click. I put the mask around the butterfly like this. I'm going to invert the effect. I click on inverted, and I'm going to change the mask feather and set this to 300. We end up with this result. I'm going to play I think I'm going to increase the mask feather even more. I can use it from here or I can click here like this and feather. I'm going to take it up to 600, somewhere around 600 like this. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks good. I'm going to click on the mask one more time and going to make it a little bit bigger and rotate it just a little bit like this. I'm going to play it one more time. Now I think this looks better. Now the last video video five. I'm going to select this graphics clip, the thick line right here, and I'm going to duplicate this clip. I'm going to press t and click and drag like this. Now I'm going to extend this clip and make it the same length as Video five like this. I'm going to go to essential graphics. I select shape one, and I'm going to change the color from black to yellow. I'm going to choose the color yellow and click on, Okay. I'm going to put the playhead right here in the beginning of the clip. I'm going to go down here. Shape one. We have transform position. I'm going to change the x value and take it to the left like this. I'm going to click on Tgal animation. I create the first key frame right here. I'm going to move the playhead. Put it right here, and I'm going to move the rectangle to the right by changing the x value and I drag to the right like this, and I'm going to leave it right here. Now and I play I get this animation. I'm going to click here, go to previous key frame, go to previous key frame. Right here, I'm going to create a marker. I'm going to press the letter M. I create a marker right here. I click here, go to next key frame, and I'm going to create another marker M. Now we have two markers here and here. I'm going to put the playhead right here on this marker. I click on this marker. I'm going to go to effects. I click, and I'm going to look for the effect. Find edges. Under stylize, find edges. I'm going to drag and drop on Video five, like this. I go to effect controls. I go down and I'm going to click on invert, and I end up with this effect. Now I'm going to click here. Create four point polygon mask. I create a mask like this. I'm going to zoom out. I'm going to make sure the mask covers the entire surface. And move the points like this in the corners, make sure the mask is bigger than the video like this. I'm going to go back to fit. I'm going to click and move the mask to the left, like this. I'm going to leave it right here. I Zoom out so you can see. I place the mask right here. Now I'm going to animate the mask. I go to mask path. I click on Togal animation. I create the first key frame right here. I move to the next marker. I click on the next marker, and I'm going to move the mask. I click on the mask. I select it, and I'm going to move it. Right here to the right. And by doing that, I create a second key frame. Now and I play. I end up with exactly the result I wanted. I'm going to play the entire video now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 46. Exercise 6 : Masks: In this exercise, we will blur plates and faces, and we will end up with this video. I go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise six. I select the videos and bring them in my project panel. I'm going to start by bringing Video one. I drag and drop here. And the first thing I'm going to do is blur these two plates. To do that, I'm going to apply an effect that we didn't see before. I'm not going to use the Gagen blur. Instead, I go to effects, and I'm going to look for the effect mosaic under video effects, stylize, mosaic, I'm going to take this effect. I drag it and drop it on video one. And I end up with this result. I go to here effect control, mosaic, horizontal blocks. I'm going to change this to 30 and vertical blocks. I'm going to change this to 30 also, and I end up with this blur effect. This is without, and this is with the effect. But of course, I don't want the entire image to be blurred. I just want the plates to be blurred. To do that, I have to create a mask. I'm going to click on Create four point polygon mask. And just like that, I created a mask. I'm going to move this mask right here to cover the plates. I'm going to place it right here. I think this is better. I'm going to move this point right here, this point right here, and this point right here, and by doing that, I covered the two plates. I'm going to zoom in for more precision. Make sure the mask is placed correctly. This is without the effect, and this is with the effect. I'm going to scrub through the video. I'm going to make it a little bit bigger like this. And now I'm done with the first video. We blurred the two plates successfully. I'm going to bring the second video now. Video two, I drag and drop right here. I'm going to play video two. And now what I'm going to do, I'm going to blur the face of this man. Using the up and down arrow, I make sure the playhead is placed right here on the first frame. And I'm going to drag and drop the same effect, Mosaic. I go here, and I'm going to change these values Hzontal blocks. I'm going to set this to 30 vertical blocks 30, and I'm going to create a mask this time. Ellipse mask, I click here, create a ipse mask, and now I'm going to move this mask to cover the face of the man, controls to go back. I'm going to zoom in, set this to 75. Make sure his entire face is covered. I'm going to cover his ears also like this. And now I'm going to scrub through. And obviously, we have a problem here because the camera is moving. His face doesn't always remain covered, doesn't always remain blurred. So we need to fix this by moving the mask as the camera moves. I place the playhead right here. I'm going to come here, Mosaic, mask one. I go to mask path, Togal animation, I'm going to click on the Stopwatch right here. And now I'm going to move the playhead a little bit. Right here, and I click on mask. I'm going to move the mask, make sure his face is covered. I keep moving the playhead. I make sure his face is covered. I keep moving the play head. Move the mask. I move the play head, move the mask. And of course, every time I move the mask, I'm creating a new keyframes here. I keep moving the playhead. I move the mask. I keep moving the play head. And I think now his face is covered the entire video, I'm going to scrub through and verify. I scrub through slowly. Right around here, I'm going to move the mask a little bit just to cover his ear and create another key frame. I keep scrubbing through the video. Right here. I'm going to move the mask a little bit just to cover his ear. Like this. I keep scrubbing through right around here. I'm going to move the mask a little bit down. I keep going around here. I'm going to move the mask a little bit to the right just to cover his ear like this, I keep moving. And around here, I'm going to move the mask a little bit. I keep moving. And now I'm sure his face is covered the entire video. I'm going to play one more time. Now, I'm done with the second video. I'm going to bring the next one. Video three. I select it, and I drag and drop right here. I place the playhead right here in the first frame of this clip. And what I'm going to do now is blur this plate. I need to hide this number. And for this, I'm going to look for Gagenbler. I delete what's in the search bar, and I'm going to look for Gagenbler under Blur and Sharpen. I take this effect, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on Video three. I go to blurriness, and I'm going to set this to 30. Now, the plate is fully covered. We can no longer read what's in the plate. And now I'm going to create a mask, create four point polygon mask, like this. I'm going to zoom in for this one. I set this to 100% or even 150%. And I'm going to move the points of the mask like this. Make sure the plate is fully covered, and I go to mask feather. I'm going to reduce this 10-0 like this. This is with the Gagen blur, and this is without. Mask is placed correctly. Now I'm going to scrub through the video. And obviously, we have a problem. The camera is moving. Not only the camera is moving, but the car is also moving. And we need to make the mask follow the plate the entire video. The plate needs to be covered the entire video. To do that. We can click here, Togle animation. Next to mask path. We can click on the Stopwatch and do it manually, just like we did with Video two and track it frame by frame, or I go back to the first frame where the mask is placed correctly, and I must make sure that the mask is placed correctly. This is very important. The playhead on the first frame, and now I go to mask path and click on track selected mask forward. I click. I wait for some time. Now Premier Pro is doing the tracking. This might take some time. And just like that, Premier Pro tracked the plate the entire video and saved us a lot of time now if I play. You see how the mask follows the plate, and the plate remains hidden the entire video. I'm going to scrub through one more time. I scrubbed through slowly. And you can see how Premier Pro track the plate frame by frame. If you look here, you see that Premier Pro created hundreds of frames here. Automatically, and by doing that, we saved a lot of time. I'm going to hide this effect. We need to cover the plate up to this point. And then when the car moves forward right around here, we no longer need the effect because the entire plate now is hidden, so we no longer need the effect. I can come here. Playhead is placed right here. I'm going to in like this. I'm going to activate the effect. One more time, I click on the eye. After this point, we no longer need the blur effect because the plate is no longer visible here from this point. What I'm going to do is go to blurriness. I'm going to click on the stopwatch, Dougal animation. I'm going to zoom in, like this. I'm going to press the right arrow. I go to the next frame, and I'm going to change the blurness 30-0. And now when I zoom in. You see, we have a blur here. We still have a blur here. And after this point, we no longer have a blur because we no longer need it. Now I'm going to play the entire clip. I'm going to full screen. I'm very satisfied with the result. Now I'm going to move to the last video Video four. I selected, I'm going to drag and drop right here. And what I'm going to do is blur the face of this man. Make sure the playhead is placed in the first frame. Now I'm going to drag and drop the Gagan blur effect on Video four. I'm going to change the blurriness to 30, like this. Make sure the face of this man is completely blurred, and now I'm going to create a mask. I click and create a lips mask, like this. I'm going to place the mask right here. I'm going to make it smaller. I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to set this 200 and make sure his face is completely hidden. I'm going to make the mask fit his face. Like this. I'm going to rotate a little bit. I'm going to keep the mask right here. And from here, I'm going to zoom out, click on fit. Make sure the playhead is placed exactly in the first frame of the video. This is very important. The first frame of the clip. And now I'm going to track his face. I go to Mask Path. I click here, track selected mask forward. I wait for some time. Now Premier Pro is doing the tracking. And now it's done. I'm going to play and make sure Premio did a good job. I play. And I think the result is pretty good. When I scrub through, his face stays blurred the entire video. I think Premier Pro did a great job. I don't need to make any adjustments. Beyond this point, when the playhead is right here, beyond this point, we no longer need the mask. So I'm going to o in here. I'm going to zoom in. And I'm going to delete all these key frames. I delete. I deleted all these key frames. I'm going to delete these two also. I'm going to move to the next key frame. I press the right arrow, and I'm going to take the mask completely outside outside the frame. This will be our last key frame. And now I'm going to play the Video one more time. I'm going to full screen. I play and you see how his face stays hidden the entire video. And by using the tracking option, we saved a lot of time instead of doing this manually instead of moving the mask frame by frame. I just hit one button, and Premier Pro did the entire job for us. Now we are done with the exercise. I'm going to play the entire video. Now, you do the exercise and don't forget to save. 47. Exercise 7 : Presets: In this exercise, we will learn how to create presets, and we will end up with this video. I'll go to Premier Pro. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence like this. Next, I'm going to import the files I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise seven, and I'm going to select everything like this. I'm going to change the view. I go to List view. I look for video one, selected, I'm going to select Video one, Video two, Video three, Video four, and now I'm going to drag them and drop them in my timeline like this. I'm going to select Video one, and the first thing I'm going to do is to apply a black and white effect to Video one. I go to effects. I type black. I look for black and white right here under image control, black and white, and I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. Next effect. I'm going to apply is the brightness and contrast. I type brightness under color correction, brightness and contrast. I'm going to drag and drop this effect right here. I go to the effect controls, and I'm going to change the brightness from zero to -50. Like this, I make it darker. I can do it by typing the value or by moving the slider. This is the same thing. -50. And the last effect I'm going to apply is the directional blur. I go to the search bar, I'm going to write blur and look for directional blur, or I can go to video effects under Blur and Sharpen. I select directional blur, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Right now, nothing changed, but if I go here to blur length, and I change the value, I move the slider. You can see what's happening in the screen. This is with the effect, and this is without the effect. Right now, the blur length is set to 20. I'm going to increase it even more and set this to 100. I end up with this result. And now I'm going to change the direction. I can choose the angle of the directional blur like this. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to type 90 degrees. I end up with this result. Now I'm going to deactivate this effect. I'm going to go up to brightness and contrast. I'm going to deactivate this effect, and I'm going to focus on black and white. What I want to do is to make the edges black and white, and I want the center of the video to be colored. To do that, I have to create a mask. I'll go here. Create a lips mask. I make one click, and now I'm going to make the mask bigger like this. I'm going to make it almost as big as the screen like this, a big mask. I'm going to increase the feather. I'm going to type 300 for the mask feather. Now we get a smooth transition from black and white to colored. Last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to go here and click on inverted, and just like that, we end up with exactly the effect we wanted. I'm going to play black and white in the edges and colored in the center. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to go to brightness and contrast. I'm going to activate this effect. I'm going to do the same thing I did with the black and white effect. I'm going to create a mask. I want just the edges to be dark and the center of the video, I wanted to look normal. So I'm going to create the same type of mask, a lips mask. I make it bigger like this. I increase the feather to 300, click on inverted or I'm going to select this mask. I'm going to hit the lite. I delete it with the delete key. I can go to the mask of the black and white effect. I make sure it's selected. Control C to copy. I go to brightness and contrast. I select the effect and control V to paste, and just like that, I copied and pasted the same exact mask. And we end up with exactly the result we wanted, as you see here, Now, I'm going to do the same thing for the third effect, directional blur. I'm going to activate this effect, make sure the effect is selected and control V to paste the same mask and just like that, we end up with this result. Now we created a very nice effect around the edges. What I want to do now is to apply the same effect to video two, video three, and video four. To do that, there are several ways. I can make sure video one is selected. I'm going to total these up like this. I can select the effects one by one. I press and hold control, select the effects one by one. Control C to copy the effects. I go to Video two and control V to paste the effects, and we end up with exactly the same effect. This is one way of doing it, tro Z to undo. I can also select this clip. I go to edit, copy or control C, the shortcut. Then I go to Video two. I go to edit and click on paste attributes. Make sure the effects are selected, all of them, the black and white, the brightness, and the directional blur, and then click on. And just like that, we copied and pasted the same effect. We end up with the same result. The third way we can do this. I'm going to do what I did, control Z. I can select Video one. I'm going to select the three effects. I'm going to press and hold control. Select the three effects. And now I'm going to right click here. Go to Save Preset and click. I get this window. I'm going to name this preset. My first preset and click on. Now if I go to the effects panel, I go up here preset, and under presets, I can find the preset I just created, my first preset. Now if I go to Video two, and I drag and drop this preset, I end up with exactly the same effect. And if you look here in effect controls, you can find the three effects applied right here. I'm going to do the same thing for video three. I drag and drop the effect like this. I go to Video four and drag and drop the effect, just like this. I can do that one by one or control Z, control Z control. I can select the three clips at the same time. And now I'm going to drag and drop the pre set. And just like that, I apply the same effect to the three eclipse. Next thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring the flags. I'm going to go back to icon view. I'm going to start with the first flag, flag one. I'm going to drag and drop right here. Next. Flag two Dragon drop. Right here. Flag three. Dragon drop right here, and flag four, I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Now we have the four flags. I'm going to select flag one. I'm going to start with this one. I'm going to go to scale, and I'm going to scale it down to 30 like this. I go to opacity. I'm going to reduce the opacity a little bit. I'm going to type 90. Now we have 90% opacity, and I'm going to change the blend mode from normal to hard light. And I end up with this result, Next, I'm going to apply another effect. I'm going to apply a drop shadow effect to this flag. I go to effects. I'm going to type drop. I look for the drop shadow effect under perspective, and I'm going to apply it to this clip. Now I have a drop shadow effect. I'm going to go here and change the values a little bit. I'm going to increase the distance. I'm going to set this to 75 like this. You can see the shadow clearly now. And I'm going to change the softness 0-100. And by doing that, I get a blurry shadow just like this. Now this is without the shadow. And this is with the shadow. I think this looks nice. What I'm going to do is animate this flag. I want this flag to go from left to right. I go up here. I go to motion position. I'm going to move the play head first. I'm going to place it at 1 second. I'm going to go to position, the x value. I'm going to change it and move the flag all the way to the left until it leaves the screen right here. I'm going to create a key frame. I'm going to start animating from here. I click on the Stopwatch, Dougal animation. I move the play head all the way to 9 seconds, and I'm going to change the x value of the position and make the flag move from left to right, just like this. And now when I play, I end up with this animation. I think this looks nice. Now, the same thing I did to flag one. I want to apply to Flag two, three, and four. To do that, I'm going to create a preset. And make sure flag one is selected. I'm going to select motion. I'm going to press and hold control. I'm going to select Opacity, and I'm going to select the drop shadow effect. The three are selected. As you see, the three are selected, I'm going to right click and click on Save Preset. I'm going to name this preset. Moving flag. Preset, and I'm going to click on. Now if I go here, I'm going to delete what's in the search bar. I go up here, presets. I toggle this down, and I find the preset I just created. Now if I select these flags like this and drag and drop. The preset, I end up with exactly the same effect. Now we are done with the flags. The last thing I'm going to do is add light leak transitions. I'm going to go to my project panel. Look for light leak overlay. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here in the video three V three right here. I'm going to play This is the first light leak overlay. I'm going to look for light leak overlay two, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here in between these clips, and light leak overlay three. I'm going to place it between these clips like this. This is the second one. And this is the third one. Now the last thing I need to do, I select the light transition, make sure the clip is selected. I go to OPT. I go to bland mode, and I'm going to change it from normal to screen. And now when I play, I get this very nice transition. This light leak transition. I'm going to do the same thing for the other clips. I select this clip. I go to blend mode. I'm going to change it to screen. And the third clip, same thing. I go to blend mode, and I'm going to change this to screen. I'm going to play the entire video. Now, the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 48. Exercise 8 : Adjustment Layer: In this exercise, we will learn about adjustment layers, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise eight. I select the videos and click on Open. I'm going to sort them by name. I'm going to select the four videos like this, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline. I'm going to scrub. I'll go to Video two, and I'm going to right click here. Go down here and click on Set to frame size. I go to Video three, and I'm going to do the same thing. Set to frame size. Now we have four clips in the timeline. Now, let's say we want to apply an invert effect to these four clips. We can do that by dragging and dropping the effect on each one of these clips. Or we can do that by creating an adjustment layer, and the adjustment layer is going to affect all the four clips. I'm going to show you how to create an adjustment layer. I go here, new item. I click, and then click on adjustment layer. I'm not going to change anything. I'm going to keep the same settings as the sequence and click on. And now when I go all the way up in my project panel, I find I have an adjustment layer right here that I just created. I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline right here. I'm going to zoom in. And you notice the adjustment layer is not doing anything. It's not affecting anything. I can see it or unsee it. It's not doing anything. But I'll go to the effect panel and look for the effect invert, and I drag it and drop it on the adjustment layer. I let go, and now you see how it's affecting the clipse below it. Now the effect that I added to the adjustment layer is affecting the eclipse. I can make the adjustment layer, longer like this, I can make it cover all the f clips, and now it's affecting the fo clips. As you see, I can even add more effects on the adjustment layer, like tint, for example, I drag and drop the effect tint. Map to black. I'm going to choose two random colors. Like this. And you can see how the two effects now are applied to all the eclipse below the adjustment layer. So instead of dragging and dropping the effects for each clip and doing it one by one, we can just create one adjustment layer, make it long like this, and it's going to affect all the eclipse. I'm going to add another effect. I'm going to add a mirror effect, like this. I'm going to move the X value, and you can see what's happening in the screen. I can even reduce the intensity of these effects by changing the opacity of the adjustment layer. Right now it's set to 100% if I decrease it. You can see what's happening. I'm going to bring it back to 100%. If I take the adjustment layer up to V four and change the order like this of the eclipse, the adjustment layer is always affecting all the eclipse below it. As you see, But if I change the order, I put the adjustment layer on V three. I put Video three on V four, and now when I scrub through. You notice how the adjustment layer is not affecting Video three. That's because Video three is above the adjustment layer and not below. And the adjustment layer only affects the eclipse below it. So this can be a very practical way to apply effects quickly to several clips without wasting too much time. I'm going to undo what I did. Contro Z several times, like this. I'm going to select the adjustment layer. I'm going to delete the tint effect. I'm going to delete the mirror effect. I'm going to keep the invert effect, and I'm going to add a black and white effect. I go down to image control, black and white. I select it or I can type black and white right here. I'm going to drag the effect and drop it on the adjustment layer. And now we have black and white effect and an invert effect affecting all the four videos, all the four clips. As you see. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to zoom in like this. I'm going to select the razor tool, and I'm going to scrub through slowly. And right when his hand touches the woodboard, right here, I can use the right and left arrows to move frame by frame, exactly at this frame. I'm going to create a cut. I create a cut like this. Now I have this clip selected. I'm going to delete it. I hit the delete key. Now if I play, the video looks normal, and then suddenly, we see the effect when the wood breaks. I'm going to keep going. Keep scrubbing through and right when their hands touch, I'm going to create another cut right here. I'm going to keep going. I keep going. And right when the board breaks, right here, I'm going to create another cut. I click, I create another cut on the adjustment layer. I keep going. I five, when both their hands touch, exactly at this frame, I'm going to create another cut, cut, I keep going. When his foot touches the board, and the board breaks. At this frame, I'm going to create another cut cut. I keep going. High five, when both their hands touch. Here, I'm going to create another cut. Like this, I keep going. Right here, when she touches the board, I'm going to create another cut, cut. I keep going now and there. Hands touch. Right here, I'm going to create one less cut. Now back to selection tool. I'm going to go back all the way here. I'm going to zoom in a little bit like this. I'm going to select this clip. I'm going to delete it. This clip, I'm going to delete it. I keep going, this clip, delete, and this small clip in the end, delete. Now I'm going to play the entire video. Yeah. And this is exactly the result I wanted. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 49. Exercise 9 : Warp Stabilizer: In this exercise, we will start with this shaky footage. We will stabilize these videos. We will add some effects, and in the end, we will end up with this result. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise nine. I select the videos. Okay. Now I'm going to bring all the videos one by one. And Dragon drop in my timeline. I have all the videos now, one, two, three, four. I'm going to play and you notice this footage is very shaky. It was shot on a hand held camera, and it's moving too much, shaking too much. We will fix this by using an effect called warp stabilizer. I'll go to effects, I type. Warp stabilizer right here under dist warp stabilizer. I'm going to take this effect, I'm going to drag it and drop it on video one. I wait for some time. It's analyzing in the background. And now it's done. If I play. You notice we no longer have shakes in our footage. Now it's very stable, very smooth. I'm going to go to the effect controls. I'm going to deactivate or stabilizer. This is the before. And this is the after with the effect. I'm very happy with the result. There are several settings inside the warp stabilizer, settings that we can change, but I'm not going to change anything. I'm going to go to borders framing. I'm going to select stabilize only just to show you how warp stabilizer works. Now if I play, you see how the video is moving, rotating, scaling up and down and warping to create the illusion that the video is not moving at all. To make the video look like it's stable. I go to borders framing, and I'm going to click here, stabilize drop and auto scale. And I'm going to move to the second video now. Video two. I'm going to drag and drop the same effect, warp stabilizer, drag and drop. It's analyzing now. We see the percentage here. And now it's done. Now if I play Okay, obviously, here we have a problem. I'm going to full screen this so you can see clearly. We notice that these pyramids are moving way too much. They are bouncing up and down. Obviously, this is not what we want. This doesn't look realistic at all. I'm going to go back. I go to effect controls, warp stabilizer, I'm going to go down here. And here we have method. I'm going to change this to position scale, instead of subspace warp, I'm going to choose position scale. I'm going to wait for some time, and let's see the result we get. It's not perfect, but it's much better than the other option. I'm going to keep it like this. So this is before the warp stabilizer. This is without the effect. And this with the effect. It's not perfect, but it's much better. I'm going to move to video three. I'm going to drag and drop the same effect. Right now it's shaking too much. I'm going to drag and drop warp stabilizer here. I wait for some time. It's analyzing. Now it's done. I'm going to play We have the same problem here. I notice the pyramid is bouncing way too much. I'm going to go to the effect controls, and I'm going to change the method, and I'm going to change this to position. You can always try different methods and see each time what result you get and go for the best result. I'm going to play this now. I think this is much better. Now the pyramid is not bouncing at all. I think I'm going to go back to video two. I'm going to try position instead of position scale rotation. Let's see what it looks now. And if I change the position, I play Now I think I'm going to go back to position scale rotation. I think this gives the best result. And for Video three, the method position, I think is the best one. So I'm going to leave it like this. You can also change the percentage of the smoothness from 0% to 100%. You can try different values and see each time what result you get. I'm satisfied with this result. I think it looks stable and smooth. I go to the last one. In Video four, I'm going to play. We notice the camera is moving, especially towards the end. I'm going to apply the same effect, warp stabilizer. I'll wait for some time. And now it's done. This time, I'm going to do something different. Right here, under result, we have smooth motion selected. I'm going to change this to no motion. And now when I play There is no more motion in my video. Now it looks like it was shot on a tripod. There is no movement at all. I think this looks nice. I'm going to keep it like this. The last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create an adjustment layer and add some effects on top of these clips. To do that, I'm going to go back here. I conview. I can click here, new item adjustment layer, or I can right click here, new item adjustment layer. Okay. I create an adjustment layer here. I'm going to drag and drop the adjustment layer. Right here on V two. I'm going to extend the adjustment layer. I'm going to make it longer like this to cover all the clips, and I go to effects. I'm going to look for the tint effect under color correction. I'm going to drag and drop right here. Map to black. I'm going to change this to. I'm going to choose a brown color like this one. I put this in the red and I look for a brown color. Right here, a dark brown color. I click on. Map to white. I'm going to click and I'm going to choose this shade of yellow. I'm going to choose this shade of yellow, the golden yellow and click on Okay. Now we end up with this result. We end up with this effect. One more effect I'm going to add. I'm going to add a crop effect. I type crop. I look for the crop effect under transform, and I'm going to drag and drop. I'll go down here to the effect controls. Top. I'm going to change this to 10%. Bottom, I'm going to change this to 10%. Now as you see, we get a cinematic effect just like a Western movie. I like this effect. I think it looks nice. I'm going to zoom in here. I need to extend the adjustment layer by one frame, like this. Now make sure it starts from the beginning and goes all the way to the end to the last frame. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 50. Exercise 10 : Linear Wipe: In this exercise, we will use the linear wipe effect, and we will create this video. I go to Premiere Pro. I'm going to right click here, create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos I'm going to need. I go to Exercise ten. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to select Video one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here in my timeline. I select Video two, and I'm going to drag and drop on top of Video one on the video track V two, right here. And now I'm going to go to the effect panel, and under video effects, I'll go to transition and look for the effect linear wipe. I'm going to drag and drop. This effect right here on video two, I'll go to the effect controls. Linear wipe. I go to transition completion. Right now, it's set to 0%, but if I increase this percentage, you can see what's happening in the screen, and if I decrease, you see what's happening, I'm going to set this to 50% like this, pe angle. I can change this. By increasing and decreasing the angle. I rotate the y like this. I'm going to set this to -90 degrees. And for the feather, right now it's set to zero, if I increase it, you can see what's happening. I make the transition smoother like this. I'm going to set this to 500, and I'm going to keep it like that now when I play. I end up with this result. I think this looks nice. Now I'm going to select both clips, and I'm going to nest them right click, and I click on nest. I'm not going to change the name. I click on k. And now we have one clip in the timeline. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I'm going to go up here and I'm going to look for video three. I'm going to drag and draw video three and put it right here. Now I'm going to go to video transitions. Go to dissolve and look for the transition dip to black or you can write dip to black right here in the search bar. I'm going to take this transition, drag and drop between these two clips. I get this message, insufficient media. I'm going to click on. I'm getting this message because there are no more frames on the right of this clip and no more frames on the left of this clip. I'm going to control Z to undo. You know that by seeing this small triangle in the corner and this small triangle, that means we can no longer extend it. We have no more extra frames. To avoid that problem, I'm going to make this a little bit shorter like this and this clip a little bit shorter like this. I'm going to delete the space in between. And now, as you see, we no longer see the small triangles in the corners. Now we have extra frames. I'm going to drag and drop the transition one more time, deep to black. And now we no longer have the problem. Now when I play We get a very nice and smooth transition. Tip to black. Now I'm going to create a color mat. I click on new item, color mat, and I'm going to choose a red color mat. I click on, like this. I'm going to drag and draw up the color mat right here. I'm going to make it shorter. Going to make it about 2 seconds long. I'm going to place this right here just on top of this transition. The color mat selected, I'm going to add transition in the beginning and in the end across the solve transition, just fade in and the fade out, shift D. And now I have across the solve. Transition as you see in the beginning in the end. I'm going to make it a little bit longer. And place the clip right here. Now I'm going to play. One less thing. I select the color mat, and I'm going to change the blend mode to I go down here, and I'm going to choose difference. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks very nice. I'm going to full screen this and play it one more time. I think I'm going to make this color mat a little bit longer. I'm going to make it 3 seconds long. And place it right here. Now I'm going to play one more time. I think this looks much better. I'm going to full screen and play it one more time. I'm very satisfied with the Results, I'm going to keep going. I go up. Now I'm going to look for the next video. Video. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on V two like this. And I want this part to be above Video three. Video four needs to be placed just like this. Now Video four selected, I'm going to look for linear wipe. I'm going to type linear wipe under transition, and I'm going to drag and drop the effect right here on Video four. I go down here. I find the effect linear wipe. Transition completion. I'm going to set this to 100. I'm going to set this 250 for now. I'm going to change the angle. I'm going to increase it up to let's say 250 degrees like this, and further, I'm going to set this to 500. This is how the transition is going to look like. Now I'm going to go back to transition completion. I'm going to set this to 100%. Now I'm going to animate this transition. I go to the stopwatch. Total animation of transition completion. I click. I'm going to move the playhead right here. Make sure we don't go beyond just right here, and I'm going to change this to 0%. So we go from 100% to 0% like this. Now I'm going to play. And we get this very nice transition. I'm going to full screen and play it one more time. I think this looks very nice. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to select Video five now, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on V three, right here. Same thing I did with Video four. I'm going to do with Video five. I'm going to put the playhead right here. Make sure Video five is selected. I'm going to drag and drop the same effect, linear wipe, right here. Transition completion. I'm going to set this to 100%. Wipe angle. I'm going to set this to zero degrees. I want the transition to be horizontal like this. I'm going to go back to 100%. And father, I'm going to set this to 500 like this. This is how the transition is going to look like. We start at 100%. The playhead is placed right here. I'm going to click on the Stopwatch of transition completion. I create the first key frame here. I'm going to move the playhead all the way here. And I'm going to change the value from 100% to 0%. Now when I play, We get this transition, which I think is very nice. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 51. Exercise 11 : Morph Cut: In this exercise, we will discover a new type of transition that we didn't see before, which is the morph cut, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a sequence like this. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise 11. I select everything and click on open. First thing I'm going to do I select the Video one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline like this. I'm going to play the video. I'm going to select the razor tool, and I'm going to remove the part where she's putting the lipstick on. When she's applying the lipstick, I'm going to remove all this part, and I want the video to go from no lipstick, straight to lipstick. So I'm going to scrub through. And right before she puts her hand up, right here, I'm going to make one cut here. I'm going to scrub through. And when she puts her hand down, right here. I'm going to create another cut. Now back to selection tool, I'm going to select this clip in between, I'm going to delete it. I'm going to select this space and hit delete. Now we go from no lipstick to lipstick directly like this. Now what I'm going to do. I'm going to add transition. I go to effects. I can look for morph cut by typing right here and select morph cut, or I can go to video transitions, dsolve and look for morph cut under the solve. I'm going to drag this transition and drop it in between these two clips. Right now it's analyzing. I wait for some time. And now when I play, I end up with this very smooth result, as you see. I go from. No lipstick to lipstick in a very smooth way. We don't even notice it. I'm going to full screen, so you can see clearly. I'm very happy with the result. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to select Video two now. I'm going to drag and drop right here next to Video one. I'm going to play I'm going to select razor tool. I'm going to scrub through this video and right here, I'm going to make one cut. I move here, and I'm going to make another cut. I delete selection tool, I select this part and hit delete. Now I'm going to select the space in between and delete the space. Now and I scrub through, you go from here to here. Now I'm going to put a morph cut transition between these two clips. I drag and drop like this. I wait for some time. And now and I play, I end up with this teleportation effect. It's like she's still reporting from one place to the next. I think this looks nice. I'm just going to do one more thing. I'm going to change the length of this transition. I can do this manually by clicking and dragging like this or I can double click and type the duration I want. I'm going to type 15 frames, half a second, 15 frames, and click on. I wait for some times analyzing, and now it's done. I'm going to play the video now. I think this looks good. I'm going to full screen and play one more time. I think I'm going to make the transition a little bit longer. I'm going to type 20 frames instead of 15 like this. I wait and now it's done. I'm going to play it. I'm happy with the result. I'm going to keep it like this and move to the third video now. Video three. I select it. I'm going to drag it and drop it next to video two, like this. I'm going to play. This is the video we have now. I'm going to put the playhead right here, right before she starts writing. Razor tool, I'm going to make one cut here. I'm going to keep going and right here, when she's done writing, and she's about to pull her hand. Right here, I'm going to make another cut back to selection tool. I can use the V shortcut to access the selection tool. Now I'm going to select the clip in between. I'm going to right click and ripple delete. I delete the clip in between and the space also. Now we go from here to here. The word suddenly appears. We don't see it being written. It just appears. And now I'm going to add a morph cut in between, I wait for some time. And now it's done. I'm going to play. And you can see the effect we get with morph cut, how the word appears. I'm going to keep this like this. And I'm going to move to Video four. I look for video four. I'm going to drag and drop this video right here. We have a disco ball. I'm going to look for the next video now, Video five, the moon video, I'm going to drag it and drop it right here after the disco ball. And what I want to create is a match cut between the disco ball and this moon right here. But first, I have to make sure they are aligned. I'm going to use the rulers for this. I'm going to click here and click on Show Rulers. Now we see the rulers, right here, the vertical and the horizontal. I'm going to create some guides. I go up here. I put the cursor right here, and I'm going to click and drag like this down. I drag down, and I create the first guide. I place it right here. I click and drag down. I put the second guide. I place it right here. I go to the vertical router. I create a third guide and a fourth guide like this around the disco ball. I'm going to move to video five now. Scale this up, move the position, like this. I'm going to scale this down a little bit. I'm going to try 200 and move the moon and try to place it where the guides are, like this. Now we have a match g. We go from this to this. I think this looks nice. I think I'm going to make this clip a little bit shorter from here and this clip a little bit shorter from here, delete space in between. Now and I play go from disco ball to moon. We end up with this match cut. I don't need the rulers and the guides now. I'm going to hide them. I click here and I hide the guides. Now I'm going to put a morph cut between Video four and Video five. I drag and drop the transition right here. And we get this error message. I'm going to click on k. Control Z to undo. I'm going to make this a little bit shorter. So we can have some extra frames here. I'm going to make this a little bit shorter, so we can have some extra frames here. And I'm going to delete the space in between. As you notice, we don't see the small triangles on top in the corners anymore. That means we have extra frames. Now I'm going to drag and drop the morph cut more time like this. I wait for some time. Is analyzing and now it's done. I'm going to play and see what I get. I'm happy with this result. I'm going to keep going. Now I'm going to bring Video six. I'll look for video six. I'm going to drag and drop. I'm going to play. I'm going to select the razor tool. And right before she raises her hand, I'm going to create one cut. And when she puts the money up, right here, I'm going to make another cut V selection tool. I'm going to delete this clip, delete this space, and we go straight from here to here. We don't see when she raises the money up. And now I'm going to drag and drop the morph cut transition between these two clips. I'll wait for some time. And now I'm going to play and see the result I get. I'm going to delete the morph cut. And instead, I'm going to shorten this clip a little bit. I'm going to delete the space in between. And I'm going to try putting the morph cut like this and see if I get a better result. I'm going to play now. I think this looks better. So I made the cut a little bit earlier. And I end up with this result. I'm very satisfied with this. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to bring Video seven now. I'm going to drag and Video seven, right here. And I'm going to bring Video eight next to it. Now I'm going to choose the ripple added tool, and I'm going to adjust these clips a little bit. I'm going to make this clip and right here. I'm going to trim it like this with the ripple added tool. Right before he puts his hand down, I want the clip to end right here. Next, I want the clip to start right here. So I select video eight, and I do the same thing with the ripple added tool. Like this, we go from here straight to here. And this clip ends. Right here, I'm not going to trim it anymore. One last thing I'm want going to do is drag and drop the morphica transition. I'll wait for some time. Now it's analyzing. And now it's done. I'm going to play and see the result I get. I think I'm going to make the transition a little bit longer. I'm going to make it 2 seconds. I type 20, zero. Let's see what we get now. I have to wait some more. And now it's done. I'm going to play I'm going to make the transition a little bit shorter. The selection tool, I'm going to try 1 second and 15 frames. I can double click here and write 115. I wait and now it's done. I'm going to play now. I think this looks good. I'm satisfied with the results. Now I'm going to play the entire video. I'll go back all the way to the beginning and play Now, the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 52. Exercise 12 : Track Matte Key: In this exercise, we will learn how to use the Track Matt key effect, and we will create this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to bring the files. For this exercise, I go to Exercise 12. I select everything and click on Open. The first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to select Video one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline like this. This is Video one. I'm going to put a playhead right here at 0 seconds, and I'm going to draw a big circle in the middle like this using this tool, the ellipse tool. I jo circle like this. Now back to selection tool, I'm going to press and hold control and make it snap in the middle of the screen, just like this. The color of the circle doesn't matter at all. I'm not going to change anything here in the appearance. Vo one selected, and now I'm going to look for the track matt key effect. I can write track matt key, and I find the effect right here, or I go to video effects and under keying, I find the track Matt key. I'm going to drag this effect and drop it on video one like this. I'm going to select the circle, the graphic and make sure it's the same length as the video one like this. Back to Video one, I go to the effect controls. Track Matt key right now it's not doing anything. We have here Matt set to none. I'm going to change this from none to Video two, which is the video track two V two. I click, and just like that, now Video one is only visible where the circle is. And it is completely transparent everywhere else. I can click here and activate transparency grid. You can see everywhere else is transparent. This is exactly the effect we wanted. I'm going to select the razor tool. I'm going to cut Video one in half. I'm going to select the second part of the clip like this. It has the same effect. Track Matt key applied Matt Video two, composite using Matt Alpha. I'm not going to change anything. I'm just going to click on reverse. And now we get the opposite effect. Now Video one is only visible everywhere else, except for the circle inside the circle. It's completely transparent, and it's visible everywhere else outside the circle. Now we are done with video one. I'm going to make this a little bit bigger. I'm going to select Image one. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here next to video one. I'm going to look for Video two. We have the image of the desert. Now I'm going to select the video of the desert and put it on top like this. I'm going to make both of them match. I'm going to make the image a little bit longer like this, just to make them the same length. Now we have the video of the desert on top of the image of the desert. I'm going to bring now image two, the image of the forest. I'm going to put it right here and I'm going to bring Video three, the video of the forest, and put it right here. I'm going to make sure they have the same length. Yes, same length. Using the up and down arrows. I'm going to put playhead right here, and I'm going to create a text using Type tool. Using Type tool, I make one click here, and I'm going to write Desert. I toggle this down. I'm going to select the text. I'm going to change the font to aerial font style, black, and I'm going to make it 300 for the size, I make it big like this. I'm going to click on center Aligned text. That's it. I'm not going to change anything else. I'm going to change the fill just to make it obvious, but it doesn't really matter. I'm going to make it blue. B to selection tool and go to press and hold control and snap the text exactly in the middle of the screen like this. Now, track mat key effect. I'm going to drag it and drop it on video two. We have Video two here, the video of the desert. I apply the track mat key effect. I go to the effect controls. I find the effect track Mt key right now. It's not doing anything. Matt. It's said to none. I'm going to change this from none to Video three, which is Video track three, V three. I click, and now we end up with this result. Now Video two is only visible where the text is, and we can't see it anywhere else. We end up with this result. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm done with this part. I'm going to move to Video three now. Instead of creating a new text, I can duplicate this text right here and then replace it and change the text or I can make this longer like this. I can cut this right here using the razor tool back to selection tool. Now, I'm going to double click on this text, and I'm going to replace this text. I'm going to write host, like this. We have Video three here. I'm going to apply the track Matt key effect to Video three. I'm going to drag and drop track Mat key. I'll go to the effect controls. Right now it's not doing anything because matt is set to none. I'm going to change this from none to video three. And just like that, we end up with the same effect as right here. Just one more thing I'm going to do. Video three is still selected. I go to Track Matt key, and I go to reverse and I check reverse. And now we end up with the opposite effect. Now Video three is only visible outside of the text Fs. And it's visible inside the text. If I make this unvisible, I hide the image underneath and I activate transparency grid. You can see it's transparent where the text is. This is exactly what I wanted. I'm going to make this layer visible again. I'm going to deactivate transparency grid like this. Now I'm going to select image two, and I'm going to change the position a little bit. I'm moving the image right now. Using the x and y values. I'm going to keep this image right here. I'm going to hide these two. Here's exactly what I did. I moved it down a bit and to the left a bit. I bring back these layers. Now I have this result. I'm going to take it up a bit like this. We end up with this result. I'm going to keep going. Now I'm going to bring Video four, the video of the ocean. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. I play. Now, I'm going to select the rectangle tool. And make sure the playhead is placed right here. I use the up and down arrows to move from one edited point to the next. Rectangle tool. Still selected, and I'm going to create a rectangle like this about this size. I try to make about one third of the screen like this. I'm going to keep it blue. I'm not going to change anything. We have the graphics clip right here. Back to selection tool, V, selection tool, I'm going to duplicate this layer. I press lt and I drag it up. Now I created a copy, using the selection tool, I can click and move it to the right. I can press shift to make sure it only moves horizontally and not vertically. I'm going to place this one right here. I'm going to duplicate one more time. I'm going to press old and drag up, I create a new graphics clip, create a copy right here. And using the selection tool, I'm going to move this to the right. I'm going to press shift. I move it to the right like this, and I'm going to leave it right here. I'm going to go back to this one. I'm going to make it a little bit smaller. This one, I'm going to make it a little bit smaller like this, and this one a little bit smaller. I'll leave some gaps between the rectangles like this. Now I have the three graphics clips. I'm going to choose this one. And I'm going to shorten this clip like this. I'm going to zoom in a little bit so you can see, I shorten this clip like this and this clip, I'm going to shorten it like this. Now when I play, they appear one by one. This is exactly what I wanted. I want them to appear like this. I'm going to full screen. I. I try to leave the same space between all the rectangles. I'm going to move this a little bit to the right like this. I'm going to leave them like this. I'm going to play one more time. Now I'm going to select the three graphics clips, and I'm going to nest them together. I'm going to right click and click on nest. Okay. Now we have the three rectangles inside one clip. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to select Track Matt key, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on Video four, like this. I go to effect controls. I go here. Matt, right now it's set two none. I'm going to set this to Video two, which is Video track two V two. I click, and I end up with this result now and I play. We end up with this very nice effect. I'm going to play it one more time. I'm satisfied with this result. I'm going to move to video five now. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Next, I'm going to select the bird image, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on top like this. Make sure they have the same length. What I'm going to do now, I'm going to animate this bird image. I'm going to change the value of the position like this and move it all the way to the left. The playhead is placed right here in the beginning of the clip. I'm going to start animating. I click on the stopwatch, Dougal animation. I'm going to move the playhead right here. And I'm going to change the x value of the position like this and put the bird in the center of the screen. Now we have this animation. And from here, I'm going to animate the scale. I go to scale and click on the stopwatch, Double animation. I'll move the playhead right here, and I'm going to increase the scale all the way up to 1,500. It needs to cover all the screen like this. And now when I play, we end up with this result. I'm going to select these two key frames. I'm going to move them a little bit to the left like this. I'm going to play from left to right, and then scales up like this. Now I'm going to select track Mat key, and I'm going to drag this and drop this on Video five. I'll go to the effect controls. Track Mt key Mt. Right now set to none. I'm going to change this to Video two, and now and I play We end up with this result. I'm going to go back to Bird. I think I'm going to select these two key frames, move them a little bit to the left, and this key frame a little bit to the left, also. Now I'm going to play. I think this looks good. I'm going to scrub through my video. I'm going to go back here. I'm going to select the image of the forest. I just need to move it a little bit. I can click on motion, and I'm going to move it a little bit to the right, like this. And I'm going to leave it right here. I noticed there was a small gap because it was placed a bit to on the left. I'm going to bring it back right here, like this, and now I'm going to play the entire video. A full screen. Now, the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 53. Exercise 13 : Track Matte Key: In the exercise, we learned how to create an alpha meet. In this exercise, we will learn how to create a lumat, and we will make this video. I go to Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files. Exercise 13, and I select all the videos like this and click on Open. I'm going to start by bringing Video one, I look for Video one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here in the timeline. I'm going to put the playhead at 0 seconds in the beginning of the timeline. And I'm going to create a graphics layer. I'm going to start by creating an ellipse. I go to a p tool, and I'm going to draw circle like this. About this size. Now I'm going to go to essential graphics. I can click here or go to Window and look for essential graphics. I have the shape selected here. I'm going to place it exactly in the middle. I click on align, center horizontally, and align, center vertically. I'm going to go to feel and I'm going to change this from solid to linear gradient. And I want the gradient to go from black to white. So I'm going to select this color stop, and I'm going to choose black, this color stop, and I choose white. I'm going to move the midpoint a little bit to the right like this and click on. This is the first shape. I'm going to create another shape, rectangle. I can go up here, new layer and click on rectangle or. I can go to rectangle Tool, and I'm going to draw a rectangle like this. About this size. I'm going to align it align center horizontally, align center, vertically. I'm going to remove the fill and add a stroke like this. I'm going to make the stroke very thick. I'm going to set this to 80, like this, and I'm going to change the color from solid to linear gradient. I'm going to click in the middle here to add a color stub like this. I'm going to put this one in the middle. This one white. This one, white, and the one in the middle, I'm going to make it black, make sure it's selected, and I'm going to make it black like this, and I'm going to change the angle. I'm going to set this to zero and click on. Now we end up with this result. I think I'm going to change the stroke width to 100, make it even thicker, and I'm going to change this from outer to center, like this. I'm going to select the circle. I'm going to scale it down a little bit. I'm going to set this 290, like this. I set this 290 or maybe 95 about this size, and I'm going to create a third shape. I'm going to create a rectangle. I'm going to make it black, and I'm going to take this shape all the way down here. I'm going to scale it all the way up just like this and cover the entire screen. I'm going to select the circle. I'm going to click on fill. I'm going to move the midpoint a little bit to the right like this. And now I have this graphics clip. This is the graphics clip that I drew. I'm going to extend it, make it as long as Video one. I'm going to go to effects. I'm going to look for the track Matt key under keying, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on Video one like this. I go to effect controls. I go down here. Track Matt key. Matt, I'm going to change this from non to Video two, and composite. Right now, it's set to Matt Alpha. I'm going to change this to Matt Luma, and we end up with this result. So what Matt Luma does. It only shows the video, Video one in the light areas and completely hides the video in the dark areas. So this is the shape we created. When I hide video one, when I make video one reappear, it only appears in the light areas right here and it's completely hidden in the dark areas. This is the Mt Luma effect. I'm going to go to the razor tool, and I'm going to cut Video one in half. I make one click here in the middle. I cut the clip into two parts. Back to selection tool. I'm going to select Video one. Go down here, track Matt key. I have the Matt luma activated. I'm going to activate reverse. I click on reverse, and now we get the opposite effect. Now Video one appears in the dark areas, is completely visible in the dark areas and completely hidden in the light areas. This is the graphics clip we created. And when I make Video one appear, it's only 100% visible in the dark areas. So we end up with this result, lumomat, and reverse lat. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to bring Video two and place it right here. I'm going to place the playhead right here, and I'm going to create a text type tool. Make One click, and I'm going to write. Animals. I'm going to go to the essential graphics. Make sure the text is selected. I'm going to go down here. Change the font to aerial. I'm going to choose black for the font style, the thickest option, and size, I'm going to set this to 300 C. I'm going to click here, Align center horizontally, and align center vertically. L this appearance. I'm going to change the fill. I click on fiel, and I'm going to change this from solid to linear gradient. I'm going to click on this color stop, and I'm going to make it black like this, and the angle, I'm going to make it -90. Like this. I can do that, or I can keep it at 90 and move this color style right here and this color style right here. And now it goes from white to black that way. I'm going to also add a stroke. I'm going to make it thicker. I'm going to make it ten, like this. Now I'm done with a text. I'm going to add another shape. I'm going to add a rectangle like this. I go to selection tool. I'm going to take the rectangle right here. I'm going to make it wider and thinner like this. I go to fill, and I'm going to change this from solid to linear, and I want it to go like this from black to white. This is exactly what I want. I'm going to click on. I think I'm going to scale it up a little bit just to make sure. It's bigger than the screen like this. It's very important. I'm going to go back to fit. I have the rectangle selected, I'm going to duplicate it, right click, duplicate. Now I created a copy. Now I'm going to take this copy down here. I'm going to leave it right here. I'm going to go to fill. I click, and I'm going to move this color stop right here and this color stop right here. I reverse the order, and now it goes from white to black, and I'm going to click on. I'm going to go back to the effect panel. I'm going to take Track Matt Key and drag and drop to Video two like this. Video two selected, I go to effect controls. Track Matt key, Track Matt, and I'm going to change this from non to Video two, which is the Video track two. And I'm going to change the composite from Matt Alpha to Matt Luma, and we end up with this result. I can select the graphics. Clip, go to essential graphics. I'm going to go to the text animals, and I'm going to make the stroke a little bit thicker. I'm going to set this to 15 like this. And now I think this looks better. I'm going to make this rectangle a little bit thinner. I'm going to delink the height and the width and control z to go back, and I'm going to make this a little bit thinner. I set this to 90 like this. I'm going to go to the other rectangle. I'm going to delink this, and I'm going to set the height to 90 like this. I'm going to play. I'm going to full screen. I think this looks nice. If I go to Video two, Track Mt key, and I click on reverse, you see what's happening. But I'm not going to do that. I'm going to click one more time. I'm going to go back to this clip. I'm going to select this rectangle, and I'll make it longer. I'll make sure it goes beyond the screen like this. This one also. And now I'm going to move to Video three. I look for video three. Now I select video three, the giraffe video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here next to Video two. This is our video. I'm going to look for Video four, this one, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on top of Video three, like this. I'm going to go up here effects, and I'm going to drag and drop the track Matt key effect like this and apply it to Video three. I drop it on Video three like this. Video three selected. This is the ira video. I go to Track Mat key, and I'm going to set the Mat Video two. Click composite using, and I'm going to choose Matt Luma, and just like that, we end up with this result. Now, the video is very visible in the light areas and not so visible in the dark areas. As you see here. I can look for the effect brightness and contrast. I'm going to apply this to Video four. I'm going to hide the giraffe for now. I'll go to brightness and contrast. If I increase the contrast all the way up, and now bring back the giraffe, you see the result we get. The giraffe is only visible in the sky area, which is the very light area, and all the rest is dark, so the giraffe video is completely hidden here and here. I can play around with these values in the brightness and contrast. And you can see what's happening when I change the contrast, and look what happens when I change the brightness. I can play around with these and each time, get a different effect like this. But I'm not going to do that. I'm going to select the effect, the brightness and contrast, and I'm going to delete it. I'm going to leave the video like this with the double exposure effect, and I'm going to bring the next video. I look for video five, the forest video, I'm going to drag and drop right here. Next, I'm going to bring Video six, the Tiger video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on top. This is the Tiger video. Now I'm going to look for Video seven. This video, I'm going to drag it and it on top of Video six. This is Video seven. And now what I'm going to do. I'm going to look for Track Matt key, and I'm going to drag and drop the Track Matt key on Video six on the Tiger video. Video six selected, I go to track Mat Key. Right now, the Mt is set to none. I'm going to change this to Video three, which is the video track V three. I click composite using, and I'm going to choose Matt Luma. Now when I play I get this result. But this is not the result I want. I'm going to go back here. Track Mt key, and I'm going to click on reverse. Now when I play. This is exactly the effect I wanted. The tiger is only visible where the ink is. This is a very nice effect, very nice transition. Now we are done with the Tiger video. I'm going to bring the next video. I look for video eight. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. This is video eight. I'm going to look for Video nine. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on top of video eight. I'm going to place it right here. Now I'm going to go up. And this is the last one. I'm going to bring the track matt transition, which is a black and white transition, and I'm going to place it right here. I'm going to zoom in a little bit. I'm going to place Video nine right here. This is the track matt transition. It goes from black to white like this. I'm going to go to the razor tool. This is very important, and I'm going to cut Video nine right here on the same level as these two clips. This is very important. They must be aligned like this. And now, I'm going to go to Track Matt key, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on this clip like this. Video nine selected. I'm going to go back to selection tool. Video nine selected. The small clip right here in the beginning. I go to effect controls. Track Matt Key Matt, I'm going to change this to Video three, Video track three, composite using, and I'm going to choose Matt Luma instead of Matt Alpha, I'm going to select Matt Luma. And now we end up with this result. I think this is a very nice transition. If I click on reverse, we get the opposite effect. But this is not what we want, obviously, so I'm going to deactivate reverse. I'm going to play one more time. Now I'm going to play the entire video. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. A 54. Exercise 14 : Luma Key: In this exercise, we will learn how to use the Loma key, and we will create this video. I go to Premiere Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise 14. I select all the videos and I'm going to click on Open. The first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to look for Video one, the Pigeons video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it in my timeline like this. This is Video one. Next, I'm going to look for Video two, the CT video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on top of Vo one. This is Video two. Now I'm going to go to effects right here. I go to video effects. Under keying. I look for Luma key. I'm going to drag and draw luma key on. Video two, and now I'm going to show you what Luma key does. I go to the effect controls. Here I have Luma key, and I have the threshold and the cut off. I'm going to set the threshold to zero. Now, the video looks normal. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to increase the value of the threshold, and you're going to see what's happening. You see how the dark areas, the blacks are becoming more and more transparent as I increase the value, and I can go all the way up to 100. If I activate the transparency grid and hide video one. Now it becomes obvious. You can see that the blacks now are transparent. I increase the value like this up to 100%, and now everything that's black, everything that's dark is completely hidden, is completely transparent. I'm going to set this to zero. And the second value is the cut off. Right now it's set to zero if I increase Now it's doing the opposite. Now the light areas, the white areas are becoming more and more transparent, and I can go all the way up to 100. Now you see all this area is transparent, and even the eyes are transparent. If I bring back Video one, I get this result. Only the black remains. But I'm not going to do that. I'm going to go back to cut off. I'm going to set this to zero, and the threshold, I'm going to set this to 40, and I'm going to end up with this result. I think this looks nice. I keep going. I'm going to look for video three. The dog video, I'm going to put it right here. I snap it right here. I'm going to drag and drop the Luma key. And this time, I'm going to do the opposite. Threshold. I'm going to set this to zero. And what I want to do is to make the light areas, the sky area. I want to make it transparent. I go to cut off, and I'm going to increase this up to 30, I'm going to play. And now we see the pigeons in the background. And because I didn't increase this value all the way up, I can still see some clouds here in the sky. I think this is a very nice effect. So we go from here to here. I think this looks good. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to look for Video four, and I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. Next to Video three. I'm going to do the same thing, Lomache drag and drop. I go to threshold. I'm going to set this to zero. And now I want to make the light areas transparent. So we can see the pigeons behind. I'm going to go to cut off, and I'm going to increase this value all the way up. To 70, and now you can see how the windows became transparent, but also the shirts here, everything that's light, and we end up with this result. I think this looks good. Now I'm going to look for video five, the fire video, going to drag in job right here. This is Video five. I put it on top of Video four. And I'm going to do the same thing I did with the CAT video. I'm going to make everything that's dark, completely transparent and only keep this light part, the fire Lumaki, dragon drop. I go to Lumaki, and I'm not going to change anything. I'm going to keep threshold at 100%. 100%. Now, everything that's dark is completely hidden, and we are only left with the fire in the screen. Like this. I'm going to keep going. Now I'm going to look for video six. I'm going to drag and draw video six right here. Only this time, I'm going to do something a little bit different. I'm going to use the key to create a glow effect to make the lights glow even more. Video six selected, and I'm going to duplicate it. I'm going to press and d. Now I created a copy of video six. We have two copies of video six on top of each other like this. I'm going to select the top one, and I'm going to drag and drop Luma key like this on the clip on top. I'm going to go down here. Threshold. I'm going to keep it at 100% and cut off 0%. Now I'm going to hide video six in the bottom. So you can see. Now we are only left with the light, and everything that's dark was completely removed. I'm going to add another effect to this clip. I'm going to add a Gagen blur. I'm going to go here, blur and sharpen, and I'm going to look for Gagen blur. I'm going to drag and drop the agent blur right here. I go down here and I'm going to set the Gagen blur to 50. And now we end up with this result. You can see the glow effect we get. I'm going to hide the clip underneath, so you can see what we did. This is with the Gasenblur, and this is without cosin blur. I'm going to hide transparency grid with the Gasenbler, without cosin blur. I'm going to bring back V one like this. And I'm going to do one more thing. I'm going to go up to opacity. I'm going to change the blend mode to linear dodge, and I'm going to reduce the opacity to 50%. Now this is without the glow effect, and this is with the glow effect. This is another use of themak. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to look for video seven. I'm going to drag Video seven and drop it right here next to Video six. And I'm going to do something similar with Video seven. I'm going to press, I'm going to duplicate this layer like this. This clip selected. This time, I'm going to go to Blur and Sharpen, and I'm going to look for directional blur. I'm going to drag and drop the effect directional blur on this clip. I go to effect controls, blur length. I'm going to set this to 30, and I'm going to change the angle. I'm going to change the direction to 50 degrees like this. Now we end up with this effect. Now I'm going to add a luma key. I'm going to drag and draw up luma key on Video seven and only keep the light parts. Threshold set to 100% and cut off 0%. This is what we have. This is without the directional blur. We only have the light parts left. I'm going to activate grid, so you can see transparency grid. And this is with the directional blur. I bring back V one, and we end up with this result. So this is without the glow effect, and this is with the glow effect, but I'm not done yet. I'm going to go to opacity blend mode, and I'm going to set this to linear Dutch. And now you see how I made the light shine even brighter. This is without V two, and this is with V two. I'm going to scrub through the video. I'm going to play here. Right when he makes this move, right when he makes this move, I'm going to cut this clip, make a cut right here, and I'm going to delete this part. So now, the video is going to look normal and when he makes this move at this moment, the lights suddenly becomes brighter. The light suddenly shines brighter like this. I'm going to play one more time. I think this looks good. I'm going to keep going. I look for video eight. I'm going to drag Video eight and drop it right here. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. I drop it on V two. This is very important, and I'm going to look for video nine, the plane video, I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on V one, and it must be placed like this. And now I'm going to show you how we can use the Luma key to create a very nice transition from video eight to Video nine. I'm going to select video eight. I'm going to drag and drop the Luma key, like this. I'm going to put the playhead right here. And I'm going to set the threshold to zero like this and the cutoff at zero. I'm going to leave them like this. I'm going to click on Toggle animation, click on the Stopwatch next to cutoff, but make sure the playhead is placed exactly right here. It's very important. Cut off. I click on the stopwatch. I'm going to move the playhead right here and I'm going to change the cut off 0-100. And now, when I play, We end up with this result. You can see what's happening. You can see how the light areas become more and more transparent gradually, starting from the window, which is the brightest area here. The whites disappear gradually like this until they are completely gone. And we can see the layer underneath. We can see the plain video. I'm going to click here, go to previous keyframe, and from here, I'm going to go to threshold. I'm going to click on Toggle animation. I click on the stopwatch right here. 0%. That's the value. I'm going to go all the way to the end of video eight around here, and I'm going to change the threshold 0-100. Now Video eight is completely gone, and we only see Video nine. Now and I play. We end up with this very nice transition. So just to explain, we're going to zoom on these key frames a little bit like this. And explain to you. So first, we have the cut off value changing 0-100, and all the whites gradually disappear like this. And from here, all the blacks or the dark areas gradually start disappearing, start becoming more and more transparent until it's completely gone. So at this point, all the whites and all the blacks, all the dark areas, or the light areas are completely gone, and video eight is completely transparent, and now we only see Video nine. I'm going to play the entire video now. But before that, I need to render. As you can see, we have a lot of red bars here in our timeline. So I'm going to render. I'm going to press enter. I wait for some time. And now it's done rendering. You can see the red became green. Is fully rendered. Now I'm going to play. S. Now the exercise is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 55. Exercise 15 : Ultra Key: In this exercise, we will learn Chroma Keying in Premier Pro. We will use these green screen videos, and we will create this video. I'm going to go to. Premier Pro. Right click new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the files I go to. Exercise 15, I select everything and click on pen. First thing I'm going to do. I'm going to bring Video one. I'm going to drag and drop right here. This is Video one. Next, I'm going to bring Video two, I'm going to drag it and drop it on top of Video one right here. We have this three D character dancing on a green background. What I want to do now is to remove this green background and make him look like he's dancing in this part. To do that. I go to video effects, keying. I look for ultra keying. I'm going to drag and drop this effect, ultra keying, and I drop it on video two, like this. I go to the effect controls. I have ultra key. The most important thing. Here I have color key. I'm going to click on the eye dropper, and I have to choose the color. I want to remove. I make one click, and just like that, I removed everything that's green. And now when I play It looks like this three D character is inside the park. This is exactly what I wanted. If I hide, Video one. You see the background is transparent. The green screen was completely removed. This is without the ultra key, and this is with the ultra key. I'm going to bring back V one. I'm going to scale down. Video two. I'm going to scale down this three D character. I go up here scale, and I'm going to choose 40 for the scale. I think this is too small, I'm going to choose 70. I'm going to double click, and I'm going to move this video right here between these two trees. I'm going to leave him right here. Now I'm going to bring the cat video. Video three. I'm going to drag and drop on top of Video two right here. Here we have a cat shot in a green screen studio. I'm going to do the same thing I did. Ultra key, I'm going to drag and drop on Video three like this. Now, I go to effect Controls ultra key key color. I have to choose the color I want to remove. I click on the eyedropper tool. I make one click here. I select the green, and now everything that's green is completely removed. We end up with this result. Video three is still selected, I'm going to scale down the video from 102 70 like this. I'm going to click on motion and move the video like this. I'm going to place the cat right here. Or I can double click on the video and move it wherever I want. I'm going to keep it. Right here. Now I'm going to play I think I'm going to move the cut a little bit lower. I'm going to change the y value here, and I'm going to move him a little bit to the right. I'm going to keep going. I'm going to look for Video four. I have to zoom out a little bit here on my timeline. Video four selected, I'm going to drag it and drop it right here on V two, and not on V one. Here we have a man playing video games, and in front of him, there's a TV with a green screen. I place Video four on V two. This is very important. And now I'm going to look. Video five, I'm going to drag it and drop it underneath. I place it right here. The clip must be under video four. Now I'm going to go to ultra key, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on video four like this. I go here, effect controls ultra key key color, and I'm going to select a green color. I click on the eye dropper and make one click here, and now the green became transparent. I'm going to hide V one. You can see. Now we have a transparent TV. I bring back V one. I'm going to select Video five. I'm going to scale down Video 5240. I'm going to click on motion, and now I can move video five. I'm going to place Video five right here. I'm going to go to effects, and I'm going to look for an effect called corner pin. Under distort corner pin, I'm going to drag and drop this effect on Video five. And with this effect, I'm going to select the effect. Now I can see four points in the four corners of Video five, and I can move them wherever I want like this, and by doing so, I'm distorting the video like this. I'm going to zoo in a little bit and make sure it matches the TV. I put one pin here, one pin here. One pin here and one pin here. I'm going to hide V two. You can see what it looks like. I distorted V five and now it perfectly matches this TV now and I play. I end up with this result. I'm going to in a little bit. I'm going to go back to Video five. I'm going to click on Corner pin, and I'm going to move this a little bit here a little bit here. I'm going to leave it like this. I'm going back to fit, and now I'm going to look for video six. This one. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here next to Video five. This is video six. I'm going to look for Video seven, the money video, and I'm going to drag it and drop it on top like this on top of video six. I'm going to look for. Ultra key. I'm going to drag and drop the ultra key effect on video seven, I go to effect controls. Ultra key key color. I click on the eye dropper tool and I'm going to select the green color, and now everything green was removed. I get this result. I can also go to opacity, blend mode, and change the blend mode. And by doing so, I get different results. I can try different options. I think I'm going to go with luminosity for the blend mode. I'm going to leave it like this and move on to the next video. I'm going to select video eight. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. This is going to be the background, and now I'm going to select Video nine. The mother and the baby, and I'm going to place the clip on top of video eight. I'm going to do the same thing, ultra key. I'm going to drag it and drop it on Video nine, like this. I go to ultra key key color. I click on the eye dropper tool. And this time, I'm going to do something a little bit different. I'm going to press control. I'm going to press and hold control. And by doing so, I can pick a wider sample. I make one click. I select all the green and I remove it. Now we end up with this result. Whenever you are working with real footage of real people shut in a green screen studio. I recommend you always do this when you click on the eye dropper tool. Before you pick the color, you press and hold control. So you can pick a wider sample of the green and then click because in a studio, there are different shades of green, so it's better to press and hold control, select a wider sample and then click and you get a better selection and a better result. I I hide V one, This is what we get. I notice I have a problem here. There is a mic that enters the shot right here. Obviously, this needs to be corrected. I don't want the mic to be in my video. To solve this, I'm going to have to create a mask, make sure Video nine is selected. I'm going to go up, opacity, and I'm going to create a free mask. I click. I'm going to create a few points a our subject. Click, click, click, click, click, click, and I close the selection. I close the mask, and of course, make sure we don't include the mic, like this. Now I'm going to move these points around. I'm going to zoom out a little bit, set this to 25. Like this. I'm going to change this. I'm going to remove the transparency grid. I'm going to scrub through the video. I'm going to go back to fit. I think this is a good mask. Now I'm going to bring back V one. I'm going to play. And as you see, the problem was solved, I no longer see the mic. I'm going to do one last thing. I'm going to go to the effects panel, and I'm going to look for the effect. Tint. I'm going to drag and drop this effect, and I drop it on video nine like this. I'm going to go down here. Map to black. I'm going to click on the dropper tool and I'm going to choose something dark in the background, like here, I choose something dark or I can choose a color from the mountains here in the background. Map to white. I'm going to click and I'm going to pick a lighter color from the background, like this right here. Now amount to tint. I'm going to reduce this 100-15 I press enter, and with this effect, the subjects blend better with the background. Now it looks more realistic. This is without the tint effect, and this is with the tint effect. It's a slight difference. But makes our video a little bit better as you see. Now, I'm done with the last video. I'm going to play the entire sequence. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. H 56. Exercise 1 : Color Correction: In this exercise, we will discover the basics of color correction, and I'm going to show you the before and after of what we will do in this exercise. I go to Premier Pro. And the first thing I'm going to do, I'm going to change the workspace. I go here, work spaces, and I'm going to choose the color workspace. And this is the work space that we will use this entire chapter. I'll go to the Project panel, new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to color Exercise one. I select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to switch to List view. I select all the videos 1-7, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline like this. I'm going to start with Video one. We have the program monitor here. We can see our video right here, and here we have the lumetry scopes. This is the Waveform RGB. Right now, selected. We have also the parade RGB. And we have the vector scope. These are the three main ones. But for now, I'm going to focus on the Waveform Luma. I'm going to right click. I go to Vector scope, right now it's checked. I'm going to click again and hide it. Right click Parade RGB. I'm going to click and hide it. Now we have the Waveform RGB. I'm going to right click, go to Waveform type, and I'm going to choose Luma instead of RGB. I choose Luma. This represents the luminous, the dark colors and the light colors in my image right here. And I'm going to play, and I want you to look at both at the same time. We'll talk about this later. These wave forms represent what's light and what's dark in the image and everything in between. We will talk about this later. For now, I'm going to talk about lumetrc color here. I'm going to make this a little bit bigger. Lumetrc color. This is what we will work with this entire chapter. First, we have basic correction. We have color, temperature, we can change this. We can make the image colder or warmer just by moving this lighter like this. And when I double click, I reset and go back to zero. We have tint. We can move the slide like this, or this, make it more greenish or more purple. And when I double click, I reset, and I go back and we have saturation by moving this slider, we can make the colors more saturated like this, or we can do the opposite and desaturate the colors by going in the other direction like this. Now we no longer have any color. It's completely black and white. I double click and I go back. Here we have light, and the waveform Luma represents the lights in our image. I'm going to start with black. The blacks here. I can increase them or decrease them. And by doing so, I'm moving the wave forms in the bottom here. The wave forms in the bottom represents the blacks. If I move the slider to the left, you see how the wave forms here go down and the black becomes completely black. I'm going to double click. Right now, the black here is faded. The black in the camera, for example, if I move the slider, you see how the black became darker. I double click I reset. I'm going to move the play head like this. You see the black area here, this part of the door. If I move the slider, you see how it became. I double click to reset, and here we have the whites. The whites are represented by the waveforms in the top. I'm going to move the playhead right here. I'm going to keep the playhead right here. And you can see the wall here on the left, and on the right. These two are represented by these wave forms, this and this, and his white shirt in the middle is represented by these wave forms. If I increase the whites, notice what's happening. The whites become more and more bright, and the top wave forms go up. If I do the opposite, the wave forms go down and the whites become more and more dark, like this. I double click, I go back. Next, we have the shadows. The shadows are the darker areas. They are represented by the wave forms in the bottom half here. If I move the slider, You see what's happening is mostly affecting the darker areas represented by the bottom. Half wave forms here. I double click, I go back. I reset. Next, we have the highlights. The highlights are the lighter areas. They are represented here in the graph by the waveforms in the top half. These waveforms. If I change the value, if I move the slider, you can see how they go up and down. Especially these parts are affected. I double click, I go back. The contrast. I'm going to change the contrast, and I want you to see what's happening. When I go all the way up, I separate the high lights from the shadows like this, and if I go all the way down, I get the highlights and the shadows closer and closer, and we get this faded image. So if you want to separate the highlights and the shadows, you use the contrast. You're going to double click to go back. And finally, we have exposure exposure affects the overall brightness of the image. If I go all the way up, you see what's happening, the image is completely crashed, and when the wave forms here in the top reach the level. 100, that means the whites are completely white. They are 100% white. And if I do the opposite, I go all the way down. Right here, when these wave forms in the bottom touch zero, that means they are completely black. So if our footage is under exposed or over exposed, we can fix it using this. I'm going to double click to go back reset. Saturation. I'm going to increase this to somewhere around 110 like this. I can click here to see the before and after. Right now, it's very subtle. The exposure. I'm going to decrease it a little bit. I think I'm going to start with the Blacks. The blacks are faded here. I'm going to decrease this down to -80 like this. This is the before, and this is the after. The whites. I'm going to increase this up to 80, I want bright whites. This is the before. This is the after the shadows. I'm going to decrease them like this, down to somewhere around -50. Somewhere around here. The highlights. I'm going to increase them a little bit up to somewhere around 40 like this. The contrast, I think I'm going to increase this a little bit. I separate the highlights from the shadows. I'm going to go back. I'm going to set this around 30. And the exposure, I think it's a little bit over exposed. I'm going to decrease this a little bit. Put this down to -0.7 like this. I'm going to increase the contrast a bit. Up to 50. I think this looks good. Now, this is the before. And this is the after. I think this looks much better. I'm going to play now. This is the before. And this is the after. If I go to effect controls, we have very one selected. I go down here. I find limey color here, just like any other effect. With all the settings. I can select this effect, I can control C, copy this effect. And then I can go to Video two, Video two, selected, I'm going to paste the lumetri color effect, control V. And now you see we have lumetrc color here and the effect controls. And just like that, we copied and pasted the same exact look with the same exact values here. I'm going to play No, this is the before. And this is the after. I'm going to go back to metro scopes. If I want to undo all the color correction I did, all I have to do is go here, base a correction and click and reset, and now we're back and all these values are back to zero. But I don't want to do that. Control Z to undo, and I'm going to keep going. I'm going to go to Video three. I'm going to do some color correction to Video three. I'm going to start with the Blacks. The blacks here look faded, and you can see the lower wave forms here are too high. I want to bring them down a little bit. I need to bring them down a lot, not a little bit. I'm going to change the blacks. I'm going to set this to -90 like this. I bring them down here. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I already looks much better. The whites. I think I'm going to bring them down a little bit somewhere here, minus ten, just slight change. The shadows, the darker areas, I'm going to bring them down a little bit like this. I'm going to keep them at -50. The high lights. I'm going to decrease them also somewhere somewhere around 25. Now this is the before, this is the after. I already looks much better, and I'm going to increase the contrast up to somewhere around 50, like this, and I'm just going to slightly reduce the exposure. I think it's too high here. I'm going to decrease it a little bit. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I think this looks much better. I'm going to full screen. I think this looks much better. I'm going to keep going video for now. This video, I want to make it colder, make it bluish, so I'm going to change the temperature and drag this slider to the left, like this. I'm going to keep this at -50. I think I'm going to change the tint a little bit. Move this to the left, to keep this somewhere around -30. This is the before, and this is the after. Saturation. I think I'm going to increase it a little bit, just to make the colors more intense, somewhere around 130. This is the before. This is the after. The exposure is a bit dark here. I think you can see it in the wave forms. The fish, I think should be a bit brighter, so I'm going to change the exposure. I take it up to one like this. Contrast, I'm going to increase this up to 50 like this. The highlights. I'm not going to change the highlights. I double click I reset. The shadows. I'm going to decrease them ale bit like this, down to -25 like this. The whites. I'm going to increase the whites. Increase them up to 50 like this. I want the fish to be bright and white like this. The blacks, I'm going to take them down a little bit. I want his silhouette to be really dark, which is represented by these waves right here. I'm going to bring this down even more. L -25. I bring this 20. This is completely black. This is exactly what I wanted. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to play The fish are really bright like this. You can see the fish are represented by these waves, and his silhouette is really dark, represented by these waves. You can see how they're moving here and here. I'm going to keep going V. Now, this looks really faded. This obviously needs color correction, doesn't look good at all. And you can see in the wave forms here. They are very close to each other. They are concentrated in one single area. This is usually a sign that the footage needs color correction when the wave forms are too concentrated like this. I'm going to show you something that we didn't see before, which is the auto option. I go up here and I'm going to click on Auto. And just like that, Premier Pro automatically did the color correction for us, and it already looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after. Notice here in the wave form, this is the before, and this is the after. If you're happy with the job Premier Pro did, and you want to go more in this direction, you can increase the intensity here. Right now, this is set to 50%. You can increase it even more like this up to 70. Now we end up with this result. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm very happy with this result. I'm not going to change anything. I'm going to keep the values like this. And I'm going to move to the next video. I'm going to use the same option. The automatic color correction. I click on auto, and it already looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to play. I want to increase the intensity a little bit. I'm going to increase this up to 70 like this. And I'm going to do some more adjustments. I'm going to go to the blacks. I'm going to reduce this down to -60 like this. I want her shirt to be dark. Her shirt is represented by these waveforms. I want these waveforms to get closer to zero. I think I'm going to increase a bit just a little bit. I'm going to type -60 like this. The whites, I'm going to increase them above zero. I'm going to set this too. Somewhere around 20 like this. The shadows I think I'm going to keep them where they are, somewhere around -50. I'm going to increase the highlights a little bit. The contrast, I'm going to increase the contrast up to 40, and I'm going to decrease the exposure. Somewhere 1.5 like this. I'm going to play s. I'm happy with this footage. Now, this is the before. And this is the after. There is a huge difference in the program monitor and in the lumetri scopes. I'm going to keep going and I'm going to move to the last one. Now, this footage looks a little bit better than the previous one, but it still needs some work. I'm going to use the same option. Auto. I click like this, and I'm going to make some adjustments. I'm going to take the blacks down do to somewhere around minus eight. I want the blacks to be completely black. I push these wave forms down. The whites. I think I'm going to take them down a bit somewhere around 15, the shadows. I'm going to bring them down a little bit down to -70 like this. The highlights. I'm going to keep them where they are. I'm going to try increase a bit. No, I think I'm going to keep them somewhere around -20 like this. And I'm going to increase the contrast. I separate the highlights and the shadows. I'm going to put this around 50 like this and the exposure. I think I'm going to bring it back to 0.5 like this. I think this looks good. Now, this is the B four, and this is the after. This is the B four. And this is the after. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 57. Exercise 2 : White Balance: In this exercise, we will learn how to balance colors by balancing the white. I'm going to come here. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos I'm going to need for this exercise. I go to Exercise two. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to switch to List view. I'm going to select all the videos 1-12, and I'm going to drag them and drop them in my timeline like this. And the first thing I'm going to do. I'm going to do the color correction for this first clip, just like we did in the previous exercise. I'm going to start by using the auto option. To automatically do the color correction. This is a good place to start. Intensity, I'm going to increase this a little bit up to 70 like this, and now I'm going to make some more adjustments. I'm going to go down here. The Blacks. I'm going to decrease the blacks. Down to somewhere ad -80. I can click and use the up and down arrows also. I think this looks good, and you can see the darkest areas in the footage are touching the zero. This is exactly what I want. The whites. I'm going to decrease this ale bit. L minus y. The shadows. I'm going to decrease this a little bit down to -70 like this. The highlights. I'm going to try increasing the highlights a bit. I think I'm going to go back. I'm going to put it back to minus five like this. The contrast, I'm going to increase it a little bit. I'm going to try to separate the shadows and the highlights. I'm going to increase this up to 60 like this and the exposure. I think I'm going to increase it just a little bit. I'm going to set this to. I'm going to keep this at 0.5, and I'm going to go up here. I'm going to increase the saturation a little bit more. Just a little bit. I'm going to keep it at 110, just to make the colors pop more. And I'm going to make the clip a little bit warmer by increasing this value, the temperature, I'm going to drag to the right. And I'm going to keep this at 15 like this tint. I'm going to move this b to the left. I think I'm going to keep it at minus five. I think this looks good. I'm going to play Now, I think this looks good. This is the before. This is the before. And this is the after. H huge difference, as you see, I'm satisfied with this result. I'm going to keep it like this. And I'm going to move to the next clip, and now we will do something a bit different. I'm going to hide the Waveform Luma. I don't need it for this clip. I'm going to need the parade RGB, so go to Parade RGB and click, bring this scope. And now I'm going to hide the waveform Luma. I'm not going to need it. So this is the parade RGB, and this represents the red, the green, and the blue in our clip. I'm going to play And you notice there's a blue color cast in this clip, and you can see right here that the color blue is very dominant, is very obvious compared to the two other colors. The blue color is dominating and the level is way too high. We will try to fix this. By changing the temperature and the tint. If I move this slider to the left, the clip is going to become colder, is going to become more bluish. That's not what we want. I need to go to the other direction. So I'm going to click on the slider and I'm going to drag it to the right like this. I try to make it a little bit, and you can see how the image is becoming and the blue level right here is going down. The colors now are balanced, as you see, are almost on the same level. One last thing I'm going to do, I'm going to drag this a little bit away from the green so we can lower the green level a little bit, just a little bit. So I go to tint, and I'm going to move this slider a bit to the right. If I overdo it, we get a very bad result. So be careful to not overdo it. I'm going to keep this at eight. I think this looks good. Now the colors are balanced. I might increase the temperature, just a little bit. I'm going to keep it at 60, so this is the B four, and this is the after. Now the image looks normal. This is the before. And this is the after. And you notice how even her white shirt used to have a blue color cast. After the correction we did. Now the white looks really white. Same thing for the board. By correcting these colors. We also corrected the white. I'm going to keep going. And this clip right here. Has a green color cast. You can see it it's obvious in the program monitor and it's also obvious in the parade RGB. You can see that the green color is more dominant than the other colors. We will try to balance that by changing the tint. I'm going to drag the slider on the opposite direction of the green, so I'm going to reduce the green. And I'm only focused on the lumetri scopes. Make sure the level of the green is equal to the other colors, more or less like this. And I'm going to make the clip a little bit colder just to lower the level of the red, so I'm going to drag this slider a bit to the left. Ale bit like this. Now I think they are balanced, the three colors are balanced, and our clip looks much better as you see. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I think I'm going to lower the blues just a little bit. Before, after. I think this looks good. I'm going to keep it like this. I'm going to keep going. Now, this one has a red color cast, you can see in the lumetry scope. The red is more dominant than the other colors. We will try to fix this by changing the temperature. I'm going to make the clip a little bit colder. I raise the blues and I lower the reds like this until they are more or less on the same level like this. I go to tint. Now, I need to raise the greens just so they can be At the same level. So I'm going to drag this to the left. I'm going to drag the temperature a little bit to the right. I'm going to keep the temperature right here. I'm going to increase the green just a little bit. Now, this is the before. And this is the after. I think I'm going to reduce the green. I'm going to reduce the blues a little bit. You might spend a long time just taking and making small changes to the values and keep your eye on both the program monitor and the lumetri scopes until you get a result you're satisfied with. Now I think the clip looks good. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep it like this. I move to the next clip. And for this one, I'm going to right click here, and I'm also going to bring the vector scope. This one right here. I'm going to play the first clip. Now, this clip is obviously shut in a studio with a blue light. We have a very strong blue color cast. I'm going to try to balance the colors. This time, using a new method, which is much faster and much more practical, which is the white balance tool right here. I'm going to use the white balance tool. I click here on the eye dropper, and now I'm going to tell Premier Pro what should be white like her jacket. Her jacket is originally white, but with the blue light, the color changed. So right now you can see the blue is the dominant color. And here, you can see that the colors are leaning towards the blue. We have the six main colors here, and you can see where the colors are leaning. So obviously, the blue is the most dominant color here, white balance, and I'm going to click on her jacket. I make one click. And just like that, your jacket became white. As I told Premier Pro, this should be white, and by doing so, it corrected the other colors. I can do it one more time. White balance. I'm going to tell Premier Pro, this should be white. I click. I get a slightly different result. Now, this is the before and this is the before, after. Before and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. Now, this was shot with a red light. It's very obvious here that the red is the most dominant color here. And here you can see it I'm going to go to the white balance. I click on the eye dropper, and I'm going to click on her dress that should be white. I make one click here. Now obviously, I clicked on the wrong place. I'm going to redo it one more time. Eye dropper tool and click on the dress. Now, this is the before, and this is the After. I can try clicking somewhere else like the wall. And I get a slightly different result. I'm going to reset the effect. Reset. I'm going to do it one more time. I'm going to click on the wall. The wall was also originally white. So I tell Premier Pro, this should be white, and it corrects the white, it does the white balance, and it also balances the other colors, so. This is the before. You can see how the red was extremely higher than the other colors here and here. And this is the after. It's much more balanced like this. I'm going to keep going. Now, this has a strong green. Color cast was shot with a green light. You can see that the green is dominant here and here. I'm going to go to White Balance. Click on the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to click on her dress. And by doing so, I correct the white here, I balance the white, and I also balance the other colors. Now, this is the before, and this is the after before and after, I'm going to try clicking on the wall, and see what I get. I think this is a better result when I clicked on the wall. The colors are much more Balanced now, you can see here. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. Now, this was shot with a yellow light. I'm going to do the same thing I did, white balance, and I'm going to click on the wall, like this. Instantly balance the white and the other colors too. As you see here, this is the before. And this is the after. Obviously, these are extreme examples that I showed just to demonstrate. I wouldn't say these clips needs to be white balanced because they were shut with colored lights on purpose. I just used these as an example to demonstrate the white balance tool. I'm going to keep going. Now, this has yellow color cast. I'm going to try to fix it using the white balanced tool. I click on the eye dropper, and I'm going to click on an area that should have been white like her shirt. I make one click and instantly correct the footage. Now we end up with this result. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I banaced the whites. And by doing so, I banaced all the other colors. Now the clip looks normal. I'm going to keep going. This clip has a red color cast. You can see that the red is dominant here, touching the hundred. This needs to be corrected. I'm going to correct it using the same method, white balance. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to click on what should have been white, like her shirt or the paper here. I make one click, and I instantly corrected the colors with just one click. I can go back to white balance and try the shirt. Click on the shirt, see what I get. I think I'm going to use the paper as a reference. I'm going to click on this paper. I think clicking on the paper, gave the best result. I'm going to keep it like this. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. This has a green color cast. You can see here the green is the most dominant. I'm going to go to white balance, and I'm going to try clicking on this statue. And instantly corrected the colors. I can try the paper. I click, see if I get the better result. Same thing, nothing changed. I can try clicking on the wall. I get the same result. I think this looks good. Now, the colors are perfectly balanced. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. This obviously has a blue color cast. And you can see here, the blue is the most dominant. I'm going to fix this. I go to white balance. I click on the ye dropper tool, and I'm going to click on her shirt like this, and I instantly corrected the colors by doing so. I can try this canvas. M one click, see if I get a better result. I think this looks better. I'm going to try the wall. Click on the wall. No, I think this canvas gave me the best result. Click again on this canvas. And I end up with this result, so. This is the before, and this is the after. The exercise now is finished. You go do the same and don't forget to save. 58. Exercise 3 : Color Grading: In this exercise, we will learn how to do color grading, which is different from color correction. So Color correction is taking a clip and trying to make it look as normal, as natural as possible. And color grading, on the other hand, is taking a clip and trying to give it a certain certain style. And that's what we will do in this exercise. I'm going to go to the Project panel, right click new sequence. Next. Import, I go to exercise three, and I'm going to select the two videos. Click on Open. I select the two videos, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline like this. This is the first one. And this is the second one. Both clips look faded. I will do the color correction, and then I will do the color grading starting with video one. I go to Lumetri Color, basic correction. I'm going to start by clicking on auto. I do the automatic correction. It already looks better. I'm going to increase the intensity up to 65 like this. And I'm going to make some more adjustments. The blacks. I'm going to take them down a little bit, somewhere around -45. I think I'm going to hide the parade RGB. I'm going to bring the wave form Luma and I'm going to hide the vectorscope. I'm going to set the blacks at -50. Now the darkest part are very close to zero. This is what I want. The whites I'm going to keep them at -40. I think I'm going to decrease a little bit. I'm going to set this to -45 shadows. I'm going to decrease this just a little bit, just slightly Sow -55. The highlights. I think I'm going to increase just a bit, a 45. The contrast. I'm going to increase this, separate the shadows from the highlights. I drag this up to orti like this. And the exposure. I'm going to increase it just a little bit. I'm going to keep this at 1.7. I think this looks good. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. This is the before. And this is the after color. I'm not going to change anything. I'm not going to change the temperature, the tint, or the saturation. Now we are done with the color correction. I'm going to do the color grading by going to here creative. I click, this down. And here we can do the color grading. Here. Look, we have many looks premade looks we can select. I'm going to try a few, just to show you each time, what type of result we get. These are pre made. They come with Adobe premier pro by default. I'm going to try this one. I'm going to try this one. I will try a few and show you each time, what type of result we get, how each time we give a different look to our footage. This is a blow ice. This is a blow moon. Blow sail. Back in my ks. These are the looks that come with Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to set this to none. If I choose a look like this one, for example, or this one, for example, I can change the intensity right now it's set to 100%. I can increase the intensity of this or I can decrease it. If I double click, I go back to the value by default. I'm going to go back to none. I go down here, adjustments. I have faded film. If I increase this, the film looks faded, and you can see how the whites and the blacks are getting close to each other. Which gives a faded look. I double click. I bring it back to zero, the value by default. Sharper, we can make the clip sharper by increasing this value like this. I'm going to zoom in a little bit, so you can see clearly I double click, I bring it back to zero, and when I increase this value, we get sharper details. If I go to the other direction, I do the opposite, and the footage become blurry. I double click, I go back. Now, vibrant. I'm going to increase this value and notice what's happening. You see how it's making the colors more intense. And if I go to the other direction, I desaturate the colors. The colors are less intense. I double click I go back, and this is saturation. It makes the colors. More intense, and if I go to the other direction, I completely desaturate the colors. The saturation and the vibrant. They both do more or less the same thing. The only difference is that saturation affects all the colors, meaning it intensifies all the colors or desaturates all the colors. The vibrant on the other hand, only focuses on the less intense colors and tries to intensify them. But the colors who are already intense, it doesn't really affect them that much. That's why usually increasing the vibrance gives a better result than increasing the saturation. I double click, I go back to the value by default. Same thing here. And here we have shadow tint and highlight tint. I can click and drag this and add a tint to my shadows. You see each time what's happening. I double click, I go back, and I can also add a tint to my highlight here using the highlight tint. I double to go back. I'm going to apply an orange and teal effect to this clip, so I'm going to take the shadow tint, and I'm going to drag it towards the teal color. I'm going to keep it around here and the highlights. I'm going to d towards the orange like this. And I get an orange and til effect an org color grading, and I'm going to increase the vibrance to 50, I'm going to tie 50 like this, which intensifies the less saturated colors. Now, this is before the color grading, and this is after the color grading. This is the before. And this is after the orange and tail effect. I'm going to drag this a little bit down here. I can change the tint balance, like this, I can drag it up or down towards the orange or towards the til. But I'm not going to do that. I'm going to double click. I go back to zero. Now that I did the color correction in the basic correction here, and I did the color grading in creative here. I want to save what I did as a preset and apply to Video two. This one. I'm going to go back to Video one. I can go to effect controls, go down here to Lumetri Color. Right click, click on Save Preset. Or I can go here. L lumetri color. I click here, and I'm going to click on Save Preset. I'm going to name this preset orange and Tal. Look, and click on. Now I'm going to go to Video two. I'm going to click here, go to effects, or I can go to Window and look for effects. I go to presets right on top. I talk this down, and I find a preset I just created the orange and teal. I'm going to drag it and drop it on Video two. And just like that, I applied the same look. I go to the lumetri color and in basic correction and creative, I find the same exact values as Video one. This is exactly what I wanted. Now, this is the before and this is the after. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 59. Exercise 4 : Color Match: In this exercise, we're going to learn how to color match. I go to my project panel. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I go to Import Exercise four, I select everything and click on Open. List view. I'm going to select all the videos 1-6. And I'm going to drag them and drop them in my timeline like this. I'm going to p I'm going to move faster. All these clips, they were shut in the same place at the same time, but they don't look homogeneous at all. This one looks normal. This one looks normal and natural, but the rest obviously, they have problems. They have co. And together, all these clips put together, they don't look homogeneous. We will fix this and we will make all these clips match Video one. That's what we will do in this exercise. I'm going to start with Video one, I put the playhead right here. We already saw basic correction, creative. Now I'm going to go to color wheels and match. Here we have shadows, mid tones, and highlights. If I move this lider, I take it up. You see what's happening in the wave form here. If I drag it down, You see what's happening? I double click, and I reset mid tones. I can take them up or down. And you see what's happening each time, I double click to reset, and the highlights, also, I can take them up or take them down from here. I double click to reset. I can do that, and I can also add a tint to the shadows by using this color wheel, like this. If I press and hold shift, I can move faster and add a tint to my shadows. I double click, I go back, midtones. Same thing, I can add a tint to the midtones. As you see, and the highlights, same thing, I can add a tint to the highlights. Like the sky, for example, here is the brightest area. I can add a tint to it. When I double click, I go back to the default setting. I'm not going to change anything here. In Video one, I'm going to move to Video two, and obviously here. We have a red color cast. If I right click here and bring the parade RGB, and I hide the wave form. You can see that the reds are very high here. The level of the red is above the other colors, the green and the blue. This one is balanced, but this one needs some adjustments. We need to fix this, and I'm going to do this using the option color match. I put the playhead right here. I'm going to click on Comparison view. I get this view. Now we have a reference. I can put this anywhere in my clip in my sequence. I'm going to put this on video one right here. This is video one. This is going to be my reference, and this is the current. This is where the playhead is. As you see, going to place the playhead right here. Now we can see them next to each other. We can compare both of them. I have different views. Right now it's set to side by side. I can change this to vertical split, and I get this. This is the vertical split view, and I also have the horizontal split view, and I can move this line like this and compare both. I can move this line like this and compare both If you look here in the lumetry scopes, the left parts here here and here represent the reference and the right parts here here and here represent the current. If you look at the reds here, you can see that the current is way higher than the reference. We need to fix this by using the option. Apply. I have the playhead placed right here. I have the reference. Now I'm going to click on Apply Match. And just like that, Premier Pro matched the current Video two to the reference Video one, and now it looks much better. I'm going to change the view side by side. Now they look very similar. And the red is no longer very dominant. I'm going to keep going. Video three. I'm going to do the same thing here. This obviously has a green color cast. I'm going to put the playhead right here. I'm going to keep the reference where it is, and I'm going to click on Apply Match. And instantly, as you can see, it looks much better. I'm going to keep going. Now, this has a blue color cast. I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to click on Apply Match. And looks better now. I'm going to move the playhead a little bit here. I'm going to try one more time. Apply Match. I'm going to move the reference a little bit here. I'm going to try one more time. Apply Match. We get a better result. I'm going to keep going. Video five. This has a red color cast. Same thing. I'm going to click on Apply Match. Now it looks much better. I'm going to keep going. Video six. This has a yellow color cast. I'm going to click on Apply Mach. And now it looks much better. I'm going to click again. Like this. I'm going to scrub through one more time. The clips now look much better, and the clips put together, they look more homogeneous, but we can still improve what we did. We can still add some adjustments. That's what I'm going to do now. I'm going to change the view vertical split. I put the playhead right here, and I notice here the red is still much higher than the reference. So I can go to the highlights and drag this in the opposite direction of the reds. Like this. And by doing so, you see how the red level here is going down. Just a little bit, make sure you don't overdo it. And now I think the current looks much more similar to the reference. I'm going to keep going Video three. And I notice here, the green level in the highlights is way too high. I'm going to try to reduce it a bit. I'm going to go to basic correction, and I'm going to use tint this time. I'm going to move this a little bit to the right and reduce the greens this way until the color of the sand looks. Almost identical. I'm going to keep this at this level, set the 10220 like this. I'm going to try to change the temperature a little bit and make it a little bit colder. Now, I think they look more similar now. They are not identical, but much better than before. I think I'm going to reduce the reds a little bit. I'm going to go to color wheel and match. And especially here in the shadows in the dark areas, I'm going to go in the opposite direction of the red. I'm going to push this do a bit. Like this. Now, I think it looks much better. We don't see as much red here. Be careful to not overdo it. I'm going to keep going. Video four I think I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to reduce the reds in the dark areas in the shadows. I'm going to bring them down to this level. I go to the opposite direction of the red, and I'm going to drag down like this. I get rid of the red. This way, I drag it down towards the greens. I think I'm going to leave it right here. And I'm going to go to basic correction, and I'm going to make Veo four, the current a little bit warmer by changing the temperature. I'm going to drag this a little bit to the right. Let's see what we get. Just slightly, I moved it a little bit to the right. Now I think this looks a little bit better. I'm going to go back to color wheel and match. I think I'm going to add more red in the mid tones. Just a little bit. I want the sand here and here to look almost identical. Just a little bit. I'm going to reduce the red in the shadows. I'm going to move in the opposite direction of the red towards the green like this. Now I'm happy with the result. They look almost identical, as you see here. Now I'm going to move to Video five. I'm going to go up to basic correction. I go to tint. I'm going to move this towards the green, a little bit like this. Somewhere around -20 like this. Temperature. I'm going to make it a bit. Some a ten, and I'm going to increase the exposure ale bit. I'm going to set this. To 0.6. The tint, I'm going to keep it at -15. I'm trying to get these as close as possible. Temperature. I don't think I'm going to change this. I'm going to set this to ten like this. I'm going to go back to exposure, and I'm going to reduce it a bit. 0.5 I'm going to reduce it a bit more 0.4. And now they look very similar. The sand, the sky. They look very similar. I'm happy with this result. I'm going to make it a bit colder. Reduce the temperature a bit. I'm going to keep it at five. I think this looks good, and I'm going to move to Video six. I'm going to go to temperature, and I'm going to reduce this ale bit. I'm going to keep it at -15 tint. I'm going to increase this. Somewhere around ten. I think they look very similar now. I'm going to try to reduce the highlights a little bit, just to make the sand a little bit darker. I'm going to see what I get. I'm going to keep this at -30, like this. I think these look good. I'm going to go to color wheels and match. I'll go to the shadows and I'm going to reduce a little bit of the red here in the mountains. I'm going to drag this in the opposite direction of the red towards the blue and the green. But be careful to not overdo it. I'm going to leave this right here. Now, they look very similar. The colors are very similar now. I'm happy with this result. I'm going to leave comparison view. I click here. I leave comparison view. And now when I scrub through, I notice that my clips look homogeneous now. One last thing I want to show you. I'm going to select all these clips. I'm going to right click and nest all of them. I created a nested sequence. I'm going to go back to CO view. I'm going to look for the Mad Max picture. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. And now I'm going to show you how you can steal any look from any movie you want and apply to your footage. It's very simple. I have nested sequence selected. Nested sequence, selected. I go to comparison view. I'm going to move the reference all the way to the end until I see the Mad Max picture. We have the orange and teal. Look here. This is the look of the Mad Max movie. And now I'm going to steal this look by simply clicking Apply Match. I make one click. And just like that, I stole the look of Mad Max. Now I'm going to leave the comparison view. And I'm going to lay the entire video now. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. H 60. Exercise 5 : Curves: In this exercise, we will discover the curves in the lumetrc color. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import. I go to Exercise five. I select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to switch to List view. I select all the videos from 126, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline. Now I have all the clips. I'm going to start with video one. I go two curves. I talk this down. Here we have RGB curves, and right now, this is set to the white. This allows us to manipulate the light parameters, the same way. We did here with basic correction. We have light with different parameters, the blacks, the whites, the shadows, the high lights, contrast and exposure. We can manipulate the light from here, or we can do it using the curves. If I want to change the whites, if I want to bring the whites up or down, I can click here on this point of the curve, and I can bring the whites up. And you can see how the whites are moving here. And the wave form luma, make sure the wave form luma is selected, so you can see, and I can bring the whites down by moving this point down like this, and now it's completely black. I go all the way here. Now it's completely white, and all the way here. Now it's completely black. I can manipulate the whites that way by moving this point, and I can also manipulate the blacks by using this point, I can bring the blacks up like this, and you can see how the blacks are moving here. You can see the wave form in the bottom, how they are moving. I can bring the blacks up like this or bring them down like this. I can also create points on the line. I put the cursor right here, and you can see there is a plus sign. I'm going to create a point exactly in the middle, like this. Now by moving this point, I can change the midtones. I can manipulate the midtones, take them up or down. The midtones are represented by the wave forms in the mid right here. You can see how they are moving. I can delete a point by pressing and hold the control and put the cursor right here. Now you can see there's a minus sign. I click, and now I delete. If I create several points and press and hold control, I can delete them one by one, like this. I'm going to create one point here, one point here and one point here. Now, if I move this point, I can manipulate the highlights. I can take the highlights up or down. And by doing so, you can see how the wave forms in the top here that represent the highlights are moving. I can move them this way, and I can also manipulate the shadows by moving this point. And you can see how the wave forms in the bottom are moving. If I want to rest and go back to the way things were, all I have to do is double click, and now we're back. So to recap, this area manipulates the whites. This area manipulates the highlights, this area, manipulates the midtones, this area, manipulates the shadows and this area manipulates the black, and by moving this curve, we can do the same things we can do here using basic correction in the light section. We can do the same things using curves. Right now we have lights selected here. I can also change this to red, and now I can manipulate the red. I can add more red in the highlights by moving this curve. I can have less reds in the highlights and in the whites, like this. I can have more or less reds in the shadows and in the blacks, the dark areas like this. I can also create points and add more reds in the Mtones or reduce, so I can add more red and when I reduce the red, we get a greenish image as you see, the more I reduce the red. I'm going to change this. I'm going to bring the parade RGB, like this. And you can see how I'm manipulating the reds. The wave forms in the middle are the ones moving the most. I can double click to go back. I can create more than one point. Now I can add more red to the shadows or less red in the shadows like this. Same thing with the highlights, more or less. You can see how it's affecting the waveforms here in the top, and in the bottom. Double click to go back. I can do the same thing with the green, add more green or less green. You can move these curves like this, make the blacks completely green this way. M the white, the light areas green like this, or do the opposite, and when I reduce the green, I get a purple image. Double click to go back and I can manipulate the blue. Can add more blue, the highlights or do the opposite and get the yellow image. I can add more blue in the dark areas like this or do the opposite and I can move this down and affect the mid tones. As you see, when I want to go back, all I have to do is double click and now we're back to normal. I'm going to go back to light and for video one. I'm going to apply a very famous technique used by color graders, which is the S curve to create an S curve. I create one point in the middle. Here and one point here for the highlights, and one point here for the shadows. I'm going to take the highlights up a little bit and the shadows down a little bit. And by doing that, I create an S curve, a shape similar to the letter S. We call it the S curve, and we add the contrast of the image. This is the before, and this is the after. You see how it looks much better before and after, I can make it less intense. Like this to reduce the contrast. And you see how it looks much better. I'm going to go down here. Here we have hue saturation curves, and the first one is hue versus saturation. This allows us to pick a color, any color we want and change its saturation. If we want to select a certain color, for example, blue, I can put the cursor right here. You see there as a plus sign. Now I can select a blue by making one point here, one point here and one point in the middle. Like this. We have this blue selected, and now I can drag this up and increase the saturation of the blue, like this, I take it all the way up, or I can completely desaturate the blue by bringing this down and you can see how it's affecting the sky. Up or down like this. If I double click, I reset, and I delete all the points. I can create points like this and choose any color. I can also press and hold control and delete all the points like this. Another way to select the color. I can use the eye dropper tool, click, and I'm going to select the sky. Now, the sky is selected. The color of the sky is the point is the.in the middle. Now I can change the saturation of this one. Like this. I'm changing the saturation of the sky. I can take it up or bring it down like this. I can make the selection of a certain color more broad by moving these points like this. I'm making a wide broader selection like this. Now and I move this point, I affect more shades of blue. Ranging from light blue to dark blue. I'm going to take this up here. Increase the saturation of the sky like this. Now this is the before, and this is the after. What I'm also going to do, I'm going to desaturate the green of the grass. Now I'm going to select the eye dropper tool, and I'm going to select the green color of the grass. I'm going to make one click here. And by doing so, I created three points. Now, move the point in the middle. I can change the saturation of the grass like this. I think I'm going to put this point right here. I'm going to desaturate the green of the grass, like this. I'm going to keep this point right here, and I'm going to move these points like this, just to get a wider selection and affect more shades of the green. Like this. I'm going to make this even wider. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I saturated the blue of the sky and desaturated the green of the grass. No completely, of course, just slightly. Just to get this effect. So this is u versus saturation. We're going to keep going. U versus u. This allows me to select a color and then change it. I'm going to select the sky blue color like this. And now when I move this up and down, notice what's happening. I can change the blue to any color I want like this. I'm going to make it purple, but before that, I'm going to select a wider. Range of blue. I can double click, reset, and I can do it manually. I can create one point here, one point here, and one point here, and now I can manually change the color of the sky, change the blue to purple, and I'm going to leave it like this. This is the before and this is the after. I can change the green of the grass if I want to by creating points. And now I'm affecting the green color. As you see, but I'm not going to do that, control. I hold, and I'm going to delete these points. I just want a purple sky. I'm going to keep going. This is Hu versus Luma. This allows me to select a color and change the luminosity, make it brighter or darker. I'm going to select the sky, and I'm going to make it a little bit brighter like this. I'm not going to overdo it. I can also make it darker. 's going to make it slightly brighter like this. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. We have Luma versus saturation. When I take this up, I increase the saturation of everything, and if I bring this down, I desaturate everything, double click to go back. I'm going to create one point here. One point here. I'm going to take this up here and bring this down here. And by doing so, I increase the saturation of the light parts. This represents the high luma part, the lightest parts, I increase the saturation of the light parts, and I decrease the saturation of the darker parts. Notice like these trees, they are dark. I completely desaturated them. To be like this. I desaturated all the dark parts, especially here and here. I bring this down and the light parts mainly here. I increase the saturation of that color by creating this curve. Next, we have saturation versus saturation. I'm not going to touch this. I'm going to leave Video one like this. This is the before and this is the after. I'm going to play. Now I'm going to keep going. I move to Video two. I'm going to do the same thing here. RGB curves. I'm going to create an S curve, one point here, one point here, one point here, I take this up a little bit like this, and I bring this down ale bit. I increase the highlights and decrease the shadows. Now I get more contrast. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. He versus saturation. I'm not going to touch this. He versus hue. I want to select the orange color, and I want to make it pink to do that. I'm going to choose the eye dropper tool. I make one click here. I choose the orange color, and I'm going to bring this up like this. I'm going to widen the range, so I can select more shades of the orange. Like this. And I'm going to keep it right here. So this is the before. We had orange, and now it became pink. I think I'm going to make the range even wider. I'm going to move this here like this. To select the more yellowish color here. This is the before. And this is the after versus Luma. I'm not going to change the luminosity of any color. I'm going to keep it like this. Luma versus saturation. I'm going to create one point here, and one point here. I want to desaturate the lightest parts and the darkest parts. So I'm going to desaturate the darkest parts by bringing this down and the lightest part, also, I want to desaturate them. Like this. This is the before, and this is the after. You notice how the light part here of the sun is desaturated. It has no color now. And also the dark parts here. They don't have a tint anymore. This is the before used to have some kind of tint. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going saturation versus saturation. I'm going to create one point here, and the less saturated parts, I want to make them more saturated. I'm going to take this up and before and after. These are the less saturated parts. By doing so, I made them more saturated. I think I'm going to decrease just a little bit. Think I overdid it. If I do the opposite, if I double click, create one point here, one point here, and I take this up, the already saturated parts become even more saturated before, after, these are the most saturated parts, or I can completely desaturate like this. Now the saturated parts are the saturated. Double click to go back. I'm going to click here, and I'm going to increase the saturation of the less saturated parts here. I'm going to take this up here. Now, this is the before. This is the after. And Video two used to be like this. And now it became like this. I'm going to play the video. We are done with Video two. This is the next one. And for this one, I'm not going to apply changes directly to. The clips. Instead, I'm going to create an adjustment layer. Can go to icon view, right click new item adjustment layer or I can file new look for adjustment layer. Okay, I created adjustment layer. I'm going to drag and drop the adjustment layer right here. I'm going to apply the changes of Lumetri color to the adjustment layer and is going to affect the clipse below it. Going to make it longer like this. I'm going to start by creating an S curve. Make sure the adjustment layer is selected, and I'm going to create an S curve, one point here, one point here, one point here, I take this up a bit like this, and I bring this down a little bit like this. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I increase the contrast like this. I'm going to keep going. Next, we have hue saturation curves. We have a hue versus a saturation. I want to use this to desaturate the yellow color of this bag. I click on the dropper tool. I click on the bag. I select the yellow color, and I'm going to desaturate the yellow like this. Remove the color from the bag completely. And now we end up with this result. The before, and this is the after. The color was removed. I'm going to keep going. Next, we have Hue versus Hue, and I'm going to use this to change the color of this van. I drop a tool. I make one click. I select the blue color. You can move this slider like this to see it clearly. And now I'm going to take this up until the van becomes green like this. And I notice we still have problems here. We still have some blue areas here. I need to make the selection a little bit wider. I'm going to take this to the left, and I'm going to take this to the right like this, include more shades of the blue. And now, everything that's blue is affected. All the blue became green. I scrubbed through the video. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I think I did a good job. Before and after, like this. The range of the blue needs to be a little bit wider. You can just use the eye dropper and make the selection, need to make it a little bit wider, so you can include all the shades of the blue right here and make all the blue green. I'm going to keep going. And here we have a. I'm going to use this to select the color of their skin and increase the, the brightness of their skin. I'm going to click here. I dropper tool. I'm going to click on the skin, and I'm going to increase this a little bit. I take this up. If I go all the way up, notice what's happening. If I go all the way down, we see what's happening. I'm just going to make the skin a little bit brighter. I'm going to leave this right here. Now, this is the before and this is the after. Next, we have L luma versus saturation. I'm going to create one point here, one point here. Now I'm going to bring this down, create a point and bring it down like this. And by doing so, all the the brightest areas are completely desaturated. I want the white to be completely white with no tint, no color, and I'm also going to do the same thing for the blacks for the darkest part. I want the darkest parts to be completely black with no color and no tint. This is a very slight change, but it makes the clip a little bit better. I'm going to keep going. Here, we have saturation versus saturation. The saturated parts, I'm going to make them even more saturated like this and the less saturated parts. I'm going to make them even saturated. I'm going to bring this down here. Now, this is the before and this is the the already saturated parts became even more saturated, like the flowers, the green here, and the less saturated colors like the curtains here, became less saturated before and after. This is the original video, this is the before, and this is the after. Now the same changes I apply to video three. I want to apply to the rest of the videos and get the same look, the same effect. And because I made the changes to the adjustment layer, now it made things easier. All I have to do is make the adjustment layer longer, and Now it covers all the videos 3-6. The four clips are affected by the adjustment layer now. Now I'm going to play the exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 61. Exercise 6 : HSL Secondary: In this exercise, we will discover the HSL secondary inside the Lumetrc color. I'm going to create a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import the videos. I go to Exercise six. I select everything and click on Open. I'm going to switch to List view. I select all the videos 1-7, and I'm going to drag and drop in my timeline. Now I have all the clips in my timeline. L this. I'm going to start with Video one. I go to HSL secondary. And here I have key. I can select any color. Simply by clicking. I'm going to select the color green. I click. Now, I selected the color green. If I want to see my selection, I can click here. Now it's set to Color slash gray. I can change this view to Color slash black, and I see my selection. Is the green part, and everything else is not selected, or I can use white slash black. Now my selection is white, and everything that's not selected is in black. I'm going to go back to color slash gray. I see my selection. I see the color green selected. I can use these, the H S L to make my selection white or narrow based on the hue, the saturation, or the luminosity. I can make the selection wider by moving this triangle, the upper one, like this, and by doing so, I make the selection. Wider, like this, based on the hue, I can select more or less similar colors. Make sure I select all the shades of the green like this, but I have to be careful not to go beyond and select the boy and the road. If I go too far, now the boy is selected, and the road also, that's not what I want. But this level, I can change the view, color slash black. Go back to color slash gray. I can also make the selection narrow or white based on the S, the saturation of the green, can move like this. I'm going to make it a little bit narrow like this. Make sure I the boy and the road completely. But I have to be careful not to go too far because I'm going to deselect the trees here. About this level like this, and I can make it wide or narrow based on the luminosity of the green, like this. I'm going to keep it right here. I can use the bottom triangle to make the selection more smooth and more gradual if I want to like this, or I can do the opposite. I'm going to keep it right here. I can move this lower triangle and do the same thing. Make the selection more gradual. I'm going to keep it right here. I'm going to come back to the hue. I will try to make the selection a bit wider. To include all this grass. Now that I selected my green, I can click here. My green is selected, I can go down. And now I can change the temperature of the green. I can make it colder like this or warmer. And you see it's only affecting the green parts, the boy and the road are not being affected. Double click to come back, I can change the tint, towards the green or the purple, and it's only affecting the selected parts, meaning the green. I can change the contrast. Double click to go back, I can make the green sharper, like this or do the opposite and make it blurry. Double click to go back and I can increase desaturation like this or completely desaturate all the green. I can change the brightness of the green, take it up or down like this. I can add a tint to the green by moving the point on the color wheel and you see what's happening in the screen. Double click to go back. I can click here and change the brightness of the shadows, the midtones, and the highlights individually like this. I can add a tint, I can add the color to the highlights only. To the midtones on or the shadows, and, of course, is only affecting the selected part, the green part. I'm going to go back to my selection here. I'm going to click here to change the view. And if I click on this button, I can invert my selection. Now, this is my new selection. I inverted the selection, and if I go down here, I can apply changes. I can increase the saturation of the selected part, for example, I can make it colder or warmer, like this, without affecting the green part, as you see, I'm going to go up here. I'm going to click on Invert or more time to deactivate it. Now, this is my selection, and I can also denoise the selection by changing this value by moving this slider, and I can also make the selection more blurry, like this. Now if I change the temperature, for example, I might get a smoother effect. So this is zero blur. And this is 30 blur. You can see how it affects the edges. I'm going to go back to zero. I'm going to double click here, temperature. Now I have my selection. I'm just going to increase the saturation to make the green pop more. I'm going to increase it up to 150, and I'm going to add a slight green tint like this. I'm not going to overdo it and take it all the way here. I'm just going to keep it right here. And I'm going to go up to the blur. And I'm going to feather the edges, a little bit like this. I'm going to keep the blur at five, like this. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to play the entire clip. This is the before. And this is the after. I'm going to move to the next clip now. I'll move to Video two. I'm going to put the playhead right here. What I'm going to do now is select his skin color using this tool, the eye dropper tool. I make one click and click on the body. I select the skin color. I can click here to see my selection. This is already a good selection. I can click here. You see there's an eye dropper tool with the plus sign. I can click here and select more shades. More colors like this, and I try to include the entire body. If I include a color that I don't want, I go here. There is a minus sign. I click, and now I can de select colors if I. Select colors by mistake. I'm going to conchse Z to undo. Like this. And if I want to reset everything, I can click here and reset everything. I'm going to click here and do the selection. From the beginning one more time, click on the dropper tool. I click on the body. I take this sample, I take this color. Now this is my selection. I go to the plus sign. I select this color. I'm going to go to the minus and deselect. This part. I think this is a good selection. I'm going to start here, luminosity. My goal here is to include as much as I can, of the body as much as possible, of the body without including anything outside the body. I'm going to keep it right here. I go up here S. I go here. I'm going to keep this right here. I'll go to the bottom triangle. I'm going to leave it right here. I'm going to keep this right here, and I think this is a good selection. This is when I play. I'm going to blur my selection. I'm going to change this 0-1, just a little bit like this. Now I have my selection. I'm going to click here. I'm going to go down all the way, and I'm going to increase the saturation the saturation of his skin, like this, up to 140. I'm also going to increase the brightness, like this. Just to make him pop more. Now, this is the before and this is the after, before, after. One more thing I'm going to do. I'm going to add vignette. I go here, Vignette, and I'm going to change the amount to -1.5 like this. You can see this is without the vignette, and this is with the vignette, the midpoint. I'm going to change this to somewhere around 20, like this. Roundness, I'm going to change this to 50 like this. And father, I'm going to set this to somewhere around 60. Now this is without the Vignette. And this is with the Vignette. I'm going to play the entire clip now. Without HSL, and this is with HSL secondary. Without Vignette. And this is with the Vignette. I'm going to keep going. I move to the third clip. I go to HSL secondary. And what I want to do is to keep the color of this car, the blue color, and make everything else black and white. This is what I will try to do. Now I'm going to select the blue color of this car. I go to the eye dropper tool. I make one click here. I click here to see my selection. Now I'm going to try to include as much as possible of the blue color. I go back each time to the plus sign, and I include more. Now I'm going to go to the minus sign here and I'm going to try to remove this color. This control to do plus sign. I click here. Minus I'm going to select this. I think this is a good selection. Now I'm going to go down here, L. I'll move this a little bit. I'll go to the bottom triangle. I can make the selection more or less inclusive, like this S. I'm going to keep it like this. And H Now I think this is a good selection. I'm going to go to the blur, and I'm going to increase this somewhere around five. I'm going to keep it here at five. I go back to a normal view. I'm going to invert first. I'm going to invert the selection like this. I go back to normal view. Now I'm going to go down here. This is my selection. I'm going to desaturate all the way down to zero. And by doing that, only the color of the car remains, and everything else became black and white. I think this is a very nice effect. I'm also going to decrease the brightness of the background like this. I take this slider down. That way, the car shines more. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to make the background even darker. I'm going to take this a little bit lower like this. Now I'm going to play the clip. I think this looks good. I'm going to keep going. This is the next clip. What I'm going to do with this clip is I'm going to select the color blue, the color of the pool, and I'm going to completely desaturate it. I'm going to go here. I'm going to select the blue color. I click here to see my selection like this. I'm not going to use the eye dropper tool for this one. And I'm going to move these sliders. I'm going to start with L. I go up to S. I'm going to keep it right here, and H I make sure only the poor is selected. Like this. Now I have my selection. I click here. I go back to a normal view. I'm going to go down here and I'm going to desaturate the blue color all the way. I take the saturation all the way down to zero like this. Now, I got rid of the blue color completely. I can increase the blur. I can try to increase the blur like this up to one. And now I removed the blue color. I desaturated the pool. What I want to do next is to select the red color of this ball, and I'm going to change the color of the ball from red to purple. To do that, I need to create another lumetry color because this one, we have the blue color of the pool selected already. So I need to create another lumetri color effect. I go here and click on Ad lumetrc Color effect. I click here, and by doing that, I added another lumetry color effect. If you go here to the effect controls, you can find two lumetry color. Here and here. To avoid confusion, I can rename the lumetric color. This is the one that desaturates the pool. I'm going to rename this to pull. Okay. Now, this lumetri color effect is called pull and right here you can see it the name pull. I'm going to go down to the other one. This is the first one pull. I go to the second one, and I'm going to rename this ball. Okay. Now I'm going to use the eye dropper tool and I'm going to select the color of the ball like this. I click here to see my selection. I go back to the plus sign, and I'm going to make some more clicks to make sure the entire ball is selected. I'm going to go down here, El. Es I think this is a good selection. I'm going to change the blur to one like this. Now I'm going to go down here, and I'm going to change the color by using this wheel. I'm going to go back to normal view, and I'm going to move this right here, and by doing that, the color of the ball changed from red to purple, as you see. Now, if I play, We end up with this result. The first lumetri color effect poll, we desaturated the blue color of the pool. Second one, we changed the color of the ball. You can see the two effects right here, lumetri color pool and lumetri color ball. You can deactivate it from here. And same thing for this one. You can act and is activated from here and see the difference either before and after. Another way of adding lumetri color effect. This is the first way. I'll click here, add lumetri color effect. I can also go here effects and look for lumetri color, and you can find it right here under color correction, lumetric color, and you can add it just like any other effect by dragging and dropping. And then you find it right here, for example, going to drag it and drop it right here, just like any other effect. You can find it here. This is a third lumetri color, and you can find it here, also lumetri color. I can rename it, call it third, like this. Now I can select the red color, for example, like this. And change the temperature, change the tint, change the saturation. Like this. And this is on a separate lumetri color. And if I want to delete, all I have to do is make sure it's selected and click on clear. Now it's gone, and we are only left with these two lumetri color. I'm done with this one. I'm going to keep going. I'll go to the next. S. I'm going to choose the color red. I click here to see my selection. Now, the girl is selected. Almost entirely, I'm going to go down here to refine my selection. I'm going to move the bottom triangle to make it less inclusive, to make the selection less inclusive like this. I think this is a good selection. I'm going to increase it a little bit just to include a little bit of the hair. I'm going to change the blur. Also, I'm going to set this to three like this. Now I have our selection. I'm going to go down here. I'm going to make it warmer. I increase the temperature like this. I'm also going to make it sharper. I'm going to sharp like this and the saturation I'm going to make the red brighter, like this. Now, this is the before. And this is the after. I have the lumetric color effect right here. I'm going to copy this effect, control C, and I'm going to paste it on the same clip, control V, like this. Now we have double the effect, and right here, we have two lumetri color. The first one, I'm going to rename it. Girl. The second one. I'm going to rename it field. Now we have Lumetic Color girl and lumet color field. I have the field selected here. I click here to see my selection, and what I'm going to do is invert the selection. Right now, I have the field selected. And what I'm going to do now, I go back here. I double click, I bring the temperature back to normal. Sharpen double click, I bring it back to normal and saturation double click. I bring it back to normal. What I'm going to do is click here, and I'm going to add a green tint to the shadows to the dark areas, especially here. I'll move the point right here and you can see what's happening. I'm going to go back to a normal view. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I think I'm going to reduce the blur, bring it to one. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to play the entire clip. I think I'm going to set the blur 20. I'm happy with the result. I'm going to keep going. Next clip. I'm going to select the eye dropper tool. I'm going to select the orange color of the tiger. Se my selection. Plus sign. I'm going to add some more orange. I go to L, I make the selection wider. Make this. I go up to S. And a. Now, I think this is a good selection. I'm going to go down here and change the temperature. I'm going to make it warmer, like this. Contrast. I'm going to increase it a little bit sharpen. I'm going to increase it a bit like this and s. I'm going to make the orange more intense and bring it up to 150. Now, this is the before and this is the after. I'm going to come here and I'm going to add a slight orange tint. I take this up here like this. Now, this is the before and this is the after. I think this looks nice. I'm going to go up here. I'm going to rem color. I'm going to call it tiger. I'm going to duplicate this. I'll go here to the effect controls, lumetric color, tiger selected, Control C to copy and control V. Make sure the clip is still selected, Control V, and I copy the lumetric color. Now I have two lumetric colors here. I'm going to rename this background or I can write B G. Like this. I'm going to click here to see my selection. I'm going to invert the selection, select everything else, like this. I'm going to go down here. I'm going to double click here, bring this back to normal, double click, double click on all the values. Bring them back to normal. And I'm going to start changing the values. I'm going to add a slight blue tint. Like this. I'm going to change the temperature. I'm going to make this colder, like this. I'm going to decrease the contrast. I'm going to decrease sharpen the opposite of what I did with the color orange, and I'm going to increase the saturation ale bit like this. I'm going to keep it somewhere around 130. Now, this is the before and this is the after. I'm going to play the entire clip now. And this is the firstmt coolor effect. This is the before, and this is the after. Now, the last one, for this one, I'm going to create an adjustment layer. I'm going to click here, go back to my project panel. I'm going to go back to CV. Go all the way down. G right click and create new adjustment layer or go to file new adjustment layer. Okay. Now this is the new adjustment layer. I'm going to drag it and drop it right here. On top of video seven, I'm going to zoom in. Like this. The first thing I'm going to do is select the green ball, and I'm going to change its color. I'm going to zoom in for this one. I'm going to set this to 150. Go to the y dropper tool and select the green color. I click here to see my selection plus sign. I click here. Okay, control Z to undo. Plus, I click here. Plus, I click here. I have a good selection. The entire ball is selected. I go to L, and I'm going to keep this right here. I'll move the bottom triangle. Go to keep this. Right here, I go up here, as I go to keep this right here. H H. I think this is a good selection. I'm going to go back to normal view. And now all I have to do is go down here and I'm going to move this on the color wheel and change the color of the ball just like this. Now I have an orange ball. I'm going to keep it like this, and I'm just going to increase the saturation of the ball, just to make the color obvious. I'm going to keep this at 150 like this, and now I'm going to create another lumetri color effect. Second one. I'm going to go back to the first one. I'm going to rename this ball. This is the one responsible for changing the color of the ball. This is the before, and this is the after. The second one, I'm going to rename it clothes. And we will use this lumetc color effect clothes to change the color of the clothes of this man. That's what we will do. I'm going to go to the dropper tool and make one click to select the color of the clothes. I'm going to make some more clicks to include more of this color. Now, I go to L and I move this. I'm going to keep it like this. I go to S. And H, I'm going to click and move this to the right until the ball is completely removed. I don't want the ball to be included in my selection. I'm going to make this wider and move it. Like this. I'm going to go back to L. S Now I think this is a good selection. The blur, I'm going to set this to three. Now I have my selection. I'm going to go back to a normal view. I go to the color wheel and I'm going to change the color of the clothes like this and make them blue. I'm also going to change the saturation. I'm going to increase this up to 150. And now we end up with this result an orange ball and blue clothes. Now I'm going to zoom in on the timeline. I'm going to scrub through. The ball does one spin, and then he holds the ball with five fingers. I'm going to make one cut here. I keep going. He touches the ball one more time with five fingers. After another spin, I make one cut here. I keep going another spin, and he touches the ball. Right here, I'm going to make another cut here. I go back to selection tool. I'm going to select this adjustment layer. I'm going to go to ball, the domtric color effect ball, and I'm going to change the color of the ball. I make it purple. I go to clothes, and I'm going to change the color to green like this. I keep going next adjustment layer. I select the ball. I'm going to change the color to blue. And the clothes, I'm going to change this color to pink, like this. The next adjustment layer. The ball. I'm going to completely desaturate the color of the ball till I get a gray ball like this. I switch to clothes. I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to completely desaturate the clothes like this. Now I'm going to play the entire clip. And we end up with this result. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 62. Exercise 7 : Skin Tones: In this exercise, we will learn how to correct and fix skin tones using several methods. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence. Next, I'm going to import. I go to Exercise seven. I select all the videos and click on Open. I'm going to switch to List view. I'm going to select all the videos 1-8, and I'm going to drag and drop like this. Now I have all the clips in my timeline. I'm going to start with this one. Now, this one is obviously over exposed. Especially your face. I'm going to start by fixing this. Make sure the clip is selected. I'm going to go to effect controls. I go to opacity. I'm going to create a mask, a free raw, basi mask. And now I'm going to draw a mask like this. I select a part of her skin like this. Now I have this mask, this part selected. I'm going to go to the lumetry scopes, and notice this is the level of brightness of this small selected part. This represents the brightness of the part inside the mask I created. Now, this is too high, as a general rule, the skin, the brightness of the skin should be somewhere around 70, and this is above 80, so I'm going to fix this. By going to basic correction, light exposure, and I'm going to decrease this until this reaches 70. I decrease down to -0.7. I think this is a good level. I see in the lumetry scopes, the brightness level is around 70, and now I can go back to effect controls. I can select the mask and I can delete it. Now the clip looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to set this to fit. This is the before, and this is the after looks much better. I'm going to keep going. I go to the second clip. Now, this one is obviously under exposed, and especially her face. I'm going to zoom in like this, and I'm going to fix the problem using the same method as the previous clip. I go to opacity. I'm going to create a mask free Jo Bezier. I'm going to draw a mask like this. I select a part of her skin. I'm going to go to the lumetry scopes, and you can see here, obviously, it's under exposed. I need to bring this up to around 70. I go to light, I go to exposure, and I'm going to increase this up to 1.5. Now I can see here it's reaching the 70 level. I can go to effect controls now and I can delete the mask mask selected, I'm going to delete. And now as you see, looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after. This is the before, and this is the after. I think I'm going to reduce this just a little bit from 1.5 to 1.4. I think this looks better now. And I'm going to move on to the next clip. Now, obviously, this clip has a green color cast. That's a big problem. We need to fix. I'm going to fix this. By focusing on the skin color. I'm going to try to fix the skin tone. And by doing that, the entire clip going to be fixed. I'm going to zoom in even more 150. Like this. I go to effect controls. I go to opacity. I'm going to draw a mask like this. I select a part of her skin like this. Now I'm going to switch to lumetr scopes, and I notice that the brightness level is around 50. This is too low. This is under exposed. I need to fix this. I go to light exposure, and I'm going to Change the exposure, going to take it up to 1.2. I'm going to go back to the effects control and look at the result. This is the before, and this is the after before and after. I think it already looks much better. I'm going to go back. Lumetri scopes. Now I need to fix the green color cast. I'm going to right click. This time, I'm going to bring the vector scope. And I'm going to hide the wave form Luma like this. We have the vector scope right here. Now that we have the vector scope. I'm going to talk about this line. This line, we call it the skin tone line. The skin color should always be on this line, no matter the skin type or the ethnicity, all the skin colors should be on this line. In this case, obviously, it's away from the line. We need to put it back on this line. And by doing that, we will fix the skin tone, and we will fix the entire image. The entire clip. I'm going to fix this by using the tint. I go to basic correction tint, and I'm going to drag this away from the green. I'm going to move this slowly and notice This moving. I'm going to move this here up to 17, and now you see it matches the skin online perfectly. Now the problem should be fixed. I'm going to go to affect controls. I'm going to select the mask, and I'm going to delete it. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. Obviously, it looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after the clip is now fixed. I'm going to keep going. Next one. Now this one has a blue color cast. I'm going to try to fix this. I'm going to create a mask opacity, fridro Bezym set this to. 100 s. I'm going to select a part of her arm. Like this, I'm going to set the mask feather to zero. Now I'm going to go to lumetr scopes. And notice how this is away from the skin tone line. I'm going to try to put it back here on the skin tone line. I'm going to change the mask like this just to make this obvious. And I'm not going to use basic correction this time. Instead, I'm going to use curves, and I'm going to go to the blue color because we have a blue color cast. I'm going to go to the blue color. And I'm going to take down the blue color a little bit, like this. I bring this down like this. I reduce the color blue in the mid tones. And by doing so, you notice that this is now perfectly on the skin tone line. You see how it moves as I move the line. So I'm going to put this down here, make sure it matches the skin tone line. Don't overdo it. About here. Like this. Now the problem should be fixed. I go to effect controls. I'm going to delete the mask. I'm going to set this to 50. Now this is the before, and this is the after. I think this looks much better. This is the before, and this is the after. I think I'm going to switch to the color green and reduce the green just a little bit. Just a little bit like this. I think this looks better. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to keep going. Next clip. I'm going to go to the effect controls, opacity, redraw Bs. I'm going to draw a mask on his arm like this. I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to go to the lumetri scopes. And obviously, this is away from the skin tone line and going more towards the red. I will fix this this time using u versus u inside curves. I'm going to go down here. Here we have Hu versus u. I'm going to select a skin color. I'll make one click here. I select a skin color, and now I can move this up and down and change the color. I move it up. And you see in the liumetry scopes inside the vector scope, how the color is moving. So I'm going to put it Right here, I'm going to keep it right here. Make sure it's on the skin tone line. And now the problem should be fixed. I think I'll go to fix controls. I'm going to select the mask, and I'm going to delete. Now. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to set this to fit. This is the before, and this is the after the skin tone was corrected. I'm going to keep going. Next clip. This obviously has a blue color cast. I'm going to go to Opacity, Rigo Bezier, I'm going to go to select her forehead. Like this. I'm going to switch to lumetry scopes. I see the vector scope here. I'm going to go to the color wheels this time, and I'm going to fix this by changing the mid tones, and I'm going to move this towards the orange like this, just slightly until this is perfectly on the skin tone line. Now the problem should be fixed. I think I'll go to effect controls. I'm going to delete the mask. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. The problem was fixed just by changing the mid tones. I'm going to set this to fit. This is the before, and this is the after. Now the clip looks much better. We are done with this clip. I'm going to move to the next one. Now, this one has a blue color cast, obviously, I'm going to fix this by fixing the skin tone. I'm going to select his forehead. I go to Opacity, go Bei and I'm going to select a part of his skin like this. I'm going to go to the lumetri scopes. And you can see obviously here, it's leaning towards the blue. We will fix this using the color wheels. I'm going to start with changing the midtones. I'm going to move this towards the orange like this, and I keep my eye on the vector scope. I try to put this on the skin tone line. I'm going to keep this right here. I won't go too far, and I'm going to change the highlights also like this towards the orange. Until this is perfectly on the skin tone line. I'm going to go back to the midtones. Move them just a little bit. Make sure it's exactly on the line. Now the problem should be fixed. I'm going to go to effects, and I'm going to delete the mask. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. This is the before, and this is the after. And as I mentioned previously, the skin tone line works on all types of skins and all ethnicities. I'm going to set this to fit. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. You notice when I fixed skin tone, the entire clip was fixed. This is the before, and this is the after. Now the last one, Obviously, this one has a green color cast that needs to be fixed. Effect controls, opacity, I'm going to draw a mask. I select a small part of her skin like this. And I'm going to fix this using the basic correction. I go to tint, and I'm going to move this slider away from the green to reduce the green. I'm going to switch to the lumetri scopes. You can see that this is not on the skin on line as expected. It's leaning more towards the greens. I'm going to go to tint, and I'm going to move this away from the green. Until this is perfectly on the skin tone line. I think now the problem is solved. I go to effect controls. I'm going to delete the mask. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to set this to fit. This is the before, and this is the after. I have a problem here. The skin tone color was fixed, but by doing so, I ruined the background. Which was green like this, made of grass and trees. I fixed the skin tone color, but I ruined the background by changing the tint. So I need to find another way of fixing the skin tone. I'm going to double click here. I'm going to reset this value. I'm going to leave basic correction, and instead, I'm going to use the HSL secondary. I'm going to select their skin color. I click here on the dropper tool. I make one click. Now I click here to see the selection. I'm going to start by changing the L here, make the selection wider, the S and the H and moving the triangle in the bottom to include more Now, I think this is a good selection. Now I'm going to go down here, refine. I'm going to refine my selection. Do you know if I'm going to set this to like this, somewhere around. And I'm going to blur the selection. I'm going to grease this up to ten like this. Now I have my selection here. Now I'm going to switch to the lumetr scopes. And I go down here, I go to tint, and I'm going to change this. I'm going to move this slider away from the green like this. Until this matches the skin tone line like this. And of course, because I have a selection, I'm only affecting my selection here. So now I think the problem should be solved. I'm going to click here. Go back to normal view. This is the before, and this is the after. This is the before. And this is the after I fixed skin tone color without ruining the background. This is exactly what I wanted. The exercise now is finished, you go do the same and don't forget to save. 63. Exercise 8 : Masks: In this exercise, we will apply masks to the lumetry color effect. I'm going to start by creating a new sequence. Next, I'm going to bring the videos. I go to Exercise eight. I select all the videos, and I'm going to click on Open. Switch to List view. I'm going to all the videos 1-6, and I'm going to drag them and drop them in my timeline like this. I'm going to start with video one. And what I'm going to do with video one, I'm going to make this side darker, and I'm going to make this side brighter. I'm going to go to basic correction. I go to light exposure, and I'm going to increase the exposure. I'm going to keep it at two. Now, I go to the effect controls. I look for the lumetrc color, and I'm going to create a mask a four point polygon mask. I click here. Place the mask right here. I move this point up like this, I move this point down like this. I'm going to zoom out. I'm going to take this point right here, and this point right here. One last thing, I'm going to change the mask feather, and I'm going to set it to 200 like this. Now we end up with this result. This is the before and this is the after. Now I'm going to do the opposite to this part. I'm going to make it even darker. I'm going to click here. First of all, I'm going to rename this lumetrc color. I'm going to call it light. Okay. Now I'm going to create another lumetry color effect. I click here. I'm going to rename this dark basic correction, light exposure, and I'm going to decrease this to minus two, I'm going to keep it at minus two. Now, I go to the effect controls. We have lumetri color light. I look for the other one, Lumetri Color dark, and I'm going to create a mask, four point polygon mask. I click. I'm going to place the mask right here. I'm going to o out. Take this point down here, this point up here, this point here and this point here. I'm going to change the feather. I'm going to set this to 200, and now we end up with this result. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to play the entire clip. We are done with this clip. I'm going to keep going. Video two. I'm going to play the clip. And what I want to do now is to change the color of this cupcake. I want to take it from green to blue. To do that. I'm going to go to HSL. Secondary. Now what I'm going to do, I'm going to select the color green. I'm going to go to the eye dropper tool and make one click here. I click here to change the view. Now I have my selection here. I'm going to go back to a normal view. I'm going to zoom on the cupcake. This is my main focus, and I'm going to go here to the plus sign and add some more colors. Like this. I'm going to go to this view like this, and I'm going to make my selection better. I'm going to try to improve my selection. I go to L. I make it a little bit wider. I go to the bottom triangle. I'm going to keep it like this. I go to S. I'm going to drag it. Here, the bottom triangle. I'm going to keep it here, and H. I'll make it a little bit wider, but I have to be careful not to overdo it. I'm going to keep it right here, and the bottom triangle. I'm going to keep it right here. Now we selected all the green of the cupcake. I can go back to normal view just to verify all the green here is selected. And the green here is also selected, but I'm not going to care about that. I'm not going to worry about that now. I'm just going to focus on the cupcake. Now I have our selection. I'm going to go down. Here. I click here. Now I have the shadows, the Mons, the highlights. I'm going to add a blue tint to the shadows to the Mtons and to the highlights. I'm going to start with shadows. I'm going to drag this all the way here. I'll make it blue. Mtons. I'm going to drag this all the way towards the blue and highlights. Same thing. I take it all the way towards the blue. I'm going to change the blur 0-1 just to make it a little bit smoother around the edges. Now I think this looks good. Now I have a blue cupcake. This is exactly what I wanted. Obviously, I changed the colors of a lot of things around the cupcake. That's why now I need to create a mask. I'm going to go to the effect controls. I go to lumetrc color, and I'm going to create a free Psi mask. I click here, and now I'm going to draw a mask. Around the cup cake like this, and we end up with exactly the result we wanted. I'm going to play the clip now. This is exactly what I wanted. I changed the color of the cup cake without affecting anything else. I'm going to keep going Video three. I play the clip. Now what I want to do in this clip, I want to change the color of her lipstick from red to purple. I'm going to do that using the HSL secondary. I'm going to zoom on her lips. Like this. I'm going to go to the eye dropper tool and I'm going to select the color of her lips. I'll make one click here. I'm going to change the view. I go to the plus sign. I'm going to make some more clicks. Like this. I'm going to go to L and try to improve my selection. I'm going to go back to L, and H. I'm going to keep this like this. I think this is a good selection. I'm going to go down here, refine. I'm going to blur a little bit. I'm going to set this to one just to make it a little bit softer around the edges. Now, correction. I'm going to drag this towards the color purple. And by doing so, I'm changing the color of her lips. I'm not going to take it all the way here. Just going to keep it right here. Now I'm going to go back to a normal view. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. This is the before. This is the after. I think I'm going to take this a little bit here. If you take it all the way here, it's not going to look natural, so I'm just going to leave it somewhere. Here, this is the before and this is the after. Now obviously, I need to create a mask. We don't want to end up with this result. I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to put the playhead in the beginning right here and I'm going to go to the effect controls lumetric color, and I'm going to create a mask. This time, I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I make one click. I get my mask here. I'm going to out. I'm going to make the mask smaller. Late this. I'm going to zoom in. I'm going to rotate the mask and put it around the lips like this. I'm going to rotate a little bit like this. And now we end up with the result we wanted. Now the color change is only affecting the lips and nothing else. This is the before, and this is the after. This is the before, and this is the after. I'm going to p Okay, obviously, we have a problem. Her head is moving, and when she moves her head, the lips go out of the mask. So we need to fix this. I'm going to bring this back here. In the beginning of the clip. I'm going to go to effect controls, magic color mask. I go mask path, and I'm going to click on the stopwatch, Togal animation. I create one keyframe here. I'm going to move the playhead. I click on the mask, make sure it's selected. I move the play head. I keep scrubbing through, and here, I'm going to move the mask. I'm going to put it right here. I'm going to rotate it a little bit. Make sure it perfectly matches the lips, like this. And by doing so, I created a new keyframe right here. I'm going to keep going. Right here, I'm going to move the mask like this, and I'm going to rotate also. Make sure I always match the lips. I keep going. Right here. I'm going to move the mask, take it down a little bit here. I keep going. I put the playhead in the end, going to go back. I put the playhead in the end. I select the mask, and I'm going to move it ale bit to the left. By doing so, I created several key frames. Now if I scrub through We notice that the mask always follows the lips. Now I'm going to play and we end up with exactly the result we wanted. The mask perfectly matches the lips. I'm done with this one. I'm going to keep going. Video four. I'm going to play. For this video, I want to make it look like there is a bright light coming from this window to create this effect. I'm going to go up here, basic correction. I go to light exposure, and I'm going to increase this 0-1 0.5. This is the before. This is the after. I make it very bright like this. Next step, I'm going to create a mask. I go to effect rows, lumetric color, and I'm going to create a free row sie mask. I click here, or I can create a four point polygon mask. It's the same thing. I click. I'm going to place one point here. One point here. I'm going to zoom out. Set this 225. I'm going to put one point here and one point here. I can do it this way or I can use the free draw besi and draw a mask like this. We end up with a four point mask like this. Now, last step, I'm going to increase the feather. I'm going to set this to 100 like this, and we end up with this result now. This is the before, and this is the after. I think this is a very nice effect. I'm going to go back to mask. I'm going to take this up here like this and this down here. I think it looks better. This is the before, and this is the after. It's a very nice effect. I'm going to play the clip. Okay. Obviously, we have a problem. The camera is moving. When I scrub through, the mask doesn't perfectly match the window. So I'm going to put the playhead right here. Right here. I matches the window. I'm going to go down here. Do match your color mask, and I'm going to click on the stopwatch, Toggle animation, create one key frame here. I'm going to go to the end mask selected, and I'm going to move these points. This one, I'm going to put it right here, and this one, I put it right here. Now and I play. We no longer have the problem. I'm going to select mask. I'm happy with the result. It matches the window. It doesn't perfectly match the window frame by frame. We can do it frame by frame if we want to, but I'm not going to do that. I can keep moving the mask frame by frame and create several key frames here, but I'm not going to do that. I'm happy with the result. I'm going to play it one more time. Now, this is the before. And this is the after. I'm done with. This clip. I'm going to move to the next one. Video five. And for this one, I'm going to go to basic correction. I go to a light exposure, and I'm going to increase the exposure 0-0 0.5, like this. By doing so, I created a new lumetry, color effect here in the effect controls. I'm going to start by creating a mask, ellipse mask like this, and I'm going to place it around her face. Like this. I'm going to rotate a little bit. And go to place it like this around her face. I'm going to go to mask feather, and I'm going to set this to 100. Now, this the before, and this is the after. I just want her face to become brighter, and I don't want the lumetric color to affect. Anything else, just her face, like this, I'm going to go back here. I'm going to go to saturation, and I'm going to increase this 100-150 like this, just to make the colors more intense. Now, this the before and this is the after. I'm going to go down here to creative. I'm going to sharpen just to sharpen the features of her face, somewhere around 20 like this. Now, this is the before and this is the after. I think I'm going to increase even more. I'm going to take this up to somewhere around 50. This is the before and the after. I sharpen the features of her face, like this. I'm going to increase the vibrance too. I'm going to take this up to 50. Saturation here. I'm going to increase it just a little bit somewhere around 120. Now, this is the before, this is the after. And I'm going to make her face a little bit warmer by changing the shadow tint by adding a shadow tint. I'm going to move this towards the orange just slightly like this. I'm not going to overdo it. And same thing for the highlights. I'm going to move this towards the orange. Now, this before and this is after. I think I'm going to take back the saturation down a little bit. I'm going to keep it at 110. Now, is the before and this is the after with the basic correction and creative. I'm going to play. Okay, obviously, we have a problem because not only the camera is moving, but her face is moving also. I need to make the mask follow her face. I'm going to put the play head right here. I'm going to click on the mask. Make sure the mask is placed exactly. On her face, like this, I'm going to make the mask a bit like this, a bit bigger than her face. Like this. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. I put the playhead in the beginning of the clip. I make sure the mask is perfectly around her face, is placed correctly like this. Now I'm going to go to mask path, and I'm going to click here, track selected mask forward. I click, and now is doing the track. Is tracking her face. And now it's done. I'm going to scrub through. And you can see how the mask now is following her face. I'm very happy with the result, even though it tilted towards the end. I'm very happy with the result. I can fix this if I want to. I can delete the key frames here. From this point on, I can select all the key frames here and delete this key frame also. And I can do the rest of the tracking manually. I move the playhead here. I can move this here. I create a new key frame. I move this some more here, and I move the mask. I keep going, I move the mask. I keep going. I have to go back, create one last key frame here, towards the end, select the mask and I'm going to create one last key frame here, I move like this, and now I'm going to scrub through one more time. Now the mask perfectly matches the face. It perfectly follows the face. I'm very happy with the result. This day before. And this is the after. I'm done with this one. I'm going to move to the last one. Video six. I'm going to play. Obviously, this needs color correction. I'm going to go to basic correction, and I'm going to click on auto to automatically correct is already be. This is the before, and this is the after intensity. I'm going to increase this up to 75, somewhere around here. And I'm happy with the result, this is the before, this is the after. I'm just going to change the saturation. I'm going to increase this up to 150. Just to make the colors more intense. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. The next thing I'm going to do, I'm going to create another lumetri color effect around her eyes, just to make her eyes brighter. I'm going to go here, add lumetri color effect. I'm going to rename this one eyes. Okay. I'm going to go down here, lumetri color eyes. I'm going to create an ellipse mask. I'm going to put this one around her eyes. Like this, I rotate. I'm going to zoom in like this. I'm going to place the mask right here. I'm going to change the feather to 100 like this. Just to make it subtle. I place it correctly, and now I'm going to go to basic correction. I'll go to light exposure, and I'm going to increase this. I'm going to set this to one like this. Now, this is the before, and this is the after. You see how it's affecting the eyes. I'm also going to increase the contrast up to 20. Now this is the four, and this is the after. I'm going to go down to a creative. I'm going to make the eyes sharper. I'm going to increase this up to 30. This is without sharpen, and this is with sharpen. We can see more details of the eyes. I'm also going to increase the vibrance up to 30. Now this is without creative and this is with creative. And this is without basic correction and creative, and this is with basic correction and creative. You can see the difference. I'm going to put the play head right here and I'm going to play. Obviously, we have a problem because the camera is moving, so I need to put the playhead right here in the beginning. I need to select the mask. I'm going to zoom in. I have to select the mask, put this around her eyes, like this. And I'm going to track her eyes. I go here, track selected mask forward, and I'm going to click. I wait for the tracking. And now it's done. I'm going to scrub through. And I'm very happy with the result. Premier Pro perfectly tracked the eyes. This entire clip. I'm going to play. Now, this is before and this is the after. O last thing I'm going to do. I'm going to create a new adjustment layer. I'm going to go back to icon view. I'm going to right click, go to a new item, adjustment layer. Okay, I have a new adjustment layer. I'm going to drag and draw up this right here. I'm going to make it the same length as Video six and place it on top of Video six like this. Now, adjustment layer selected, I'm going to go to color wheel and match, right here. I'm going to go to the shadows, and I'm going to add a pink tint. I'm going to take this all the way here towards the pink, like this. I go to the midtones and I'm going to move this towards the pink, but not all the way, just a little bit. Here, now I go to the effect controls, metric color, and I'm going to create a mask. I'm going to create an ellipse mask click, and I'm going to place this mask around the body of the girl. Like this, I can zoom out font and rotate this, place this right here, I'm going to change the feather to 400. I'm going to make it extremely high, like this. And one last thing, I'm going to click on inverted, and now we end up with this result with this effect. If I want to make this effect less intense, I can select the adjustment layer, go to opacity, and I can reduce the opacity from here. Like this, I can set this to 70%, I can type 70%. Now. This is the before, and this is after the adjustment layer. This is the original video. This is the before. And this is the final one. And now we're done with this exercise. You'll go do the same and don't forget to save. 64. Conclusion: We now reached the ending of the course. We covered all the fundamentals of Premier Pro, and if you really did all the exercises, you now know all the basics and you are able to use Premier Pro with ease. With more practice, you can become a master. That's why for your next step, I recommend you go to YouTube. Look for more advanced tutorials and continue to get better and sharpen your skills. Thank you for choosing me as your teacher, and goodbye.